2016-2017 Academic Catalog - Professional Skills Institute
Transcription
2016-2017 Academic Catalog - Professional Skills Institute
Professional Skills Institute College of Allied Health School of Physical Therapist Assisting School of Practical Nursing Academic Catalog Career education for a lifetime of success! 2016-2017 Academic Catalog College of Allied Health School of Physical Therapist Assisting School of Practical Nursing Institutionally Accredited by Accrediting Bureau of Health Education Schools (ABHES) Approved to confer Diplomas and Associate of Applied Science Degrees State - Approved by the State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools Approved to confer Diplomas and Associate of Applied Science Degrees Registration Number: 84-11-0916B PSI Campus 1505 Holland Road Maumee, Ohio, 43537 Phone: 419-720-6670 Fax: 419-720-6674 www.proskills.edu As of May 2, 2016, Professional Skills Institute is a wholly owned subsidiary of Education Evolve, LLC. This catalog is published for informational purposes only. It creates no contractual rights for either students or staff. All questions concerning the application of any stated policy to an individual must be referred to the appropriate school officials for final determination. (Revision Date: May 25, 2016) 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 1|P a g e 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 2|P a g e Table of Contents Page Academic Calendars General Information Mission and Philosophy PSI Divisions History of Professional Skills Institute Non-discrimination Voters Registration Information Informed Consent Employment Opportunities Admissions Acknowledgment Statement Program Delivery PSI Management and Staff Members PSI Directors and Faculty Members College of Allied Health School of Physical Therapist Assisting School of Practical Nursing Approvals/Accreditations/Licensure/Certifications National Level State Level CAPTE / PTA Licensure/ NPTE Early Testing Policy Ohio Board of Nursing/ PN Licensure Medical Assistants Credentials Medical Billing and Coding Specialist Certification Pharmacy Technician Certification PSI Campus Location, Geography Hours of Operation, Facility, Student Parking, Handicapped Parking/Campus Access Bus Stop Student Lounge PSI Campus Smoking Policy, Weapons Policy, Reception Area Library, Library Pamphlet University of Toledo Library Agreement Non-solicitation Financial Aid 7 9 9 9 9 10 10 10 10 11 11 13 15 15 16 17-18 19 19 19 19-20 20 20 20 21 23 23 23 24 24 24 25 25 26 27 Title IV Financial Aid Information Federal Pell Grant Federal Direct Stafford Loans Direct Subsidized Stafford Loans Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loans Federal Direct Parent PLUS Loans Undergraduate Loan Aggregate Limits First Time Borrower & All New Students Policy Federal Direct Subsidized Loan (Federal Regulations) Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (FSEOG) Federal Work-Study Non-Title IV Financial Aid Veterans Benefits, Ohio National Guard, AmeriCorps Workforce Investment Act, Bureau of Vocational Rehabilitation (BVR) Private Alternative Loans Maintaining Financial Aid Eligibility Satisfactory Progress (SAP) for Financial Aid Regaining Financial Aid Eligibility Financial Aid Maximum Time Frame Return of Financial Aid Funds for Withdrawn Students Institutional and Financial Aid Refund Policy 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 28 28 28 28 28 28 29 29 29 30 30 31 Business Information 33 33 33 34 Tuition and Fees Textbooks Options/ Student Supplies PSI Uniforms (Purchase and Return Students Accounts Payable Student Billing Third Party Billing/Outside Sources Additional Fees Payment Methods Student Account Overages Student Tax Forms and Information 34 35 35 35 36-37 37 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 3|P a g e Educational/Academic Information Credit Hour Conversion Formulas/Outside Clock Hours ABHES Quarter Credit Hour Description State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools --AAS Degree Quarter Credit Hour Description Additional Outside Clock Hours Description Confidentiality Policy/ Confidentiality of Student Records/FERPA PSI Student Procedure of Access of Academic Records PSI Procedure of Academic Accommodations Due to a Documented Disability PSI Disability Discrimination Grievance Procedure Correspondence Courses Experiential Learning/Advanced Placement /Ability to Benefit Transportation Malpractice Insurance Student Health Services Transfer of Credits/Proficiency College of Allied Health (AH) – Guidelines for Transfer Credit/Proficiency School of Physical Therapist Assisting (PTA) - Guidelines for Transfer Credit/Proficiency School of Practical Nursing - Guidelines for Transfer Credit/Proficiency Procedure for Proficiency Exam Grading Policies PSI Grading Scale PTA Grade Adjustment Grade Point Average (GPA) Calculation Failure of a Course with a Lab Competency Component Incomplete Academic Transcripts Dean’s List Graduation/Graduation Requirements Career Services 39 39 39 39 39-43 43 44 45-46 46 46 46 47 47 47 47-48 48 49 49 50 50 50 50 50 50 51 51 51 Student Registration (Registrar) Newly Enrolled Student Registration Currently Enrolled Students Changing Program Schedule, Adding a Course, Dropping a Course Withdrawal from a Course/Program Part-time Status Standards of Satisfactory Academic Progress Satisfactory Academic Progress for All Students SAP Warnings, Probations, Terminations and Appeals Attendance Procedure for Handling Academic Difficulty Dean of Education (DOE) End of the Quarter Review of Transcripts Guidelines for Transcript Review Academic Hold Plans of Study (POS)–Due to Failure of a Course(s) Procedure for Plans of Study Academic/ Attendance Termination all Programs Re-Entry (Second Attempt) Enrollment Criteria PSI Testing, Quizzes and Exams Instructor/Course Evaluation Institutional Student Satisfactions Surveys PSI Student Conduct Unprofessional Conduct/Behavior Unacceptable Conduct/Behavior Grievance/Dispute Resolution Procedure Sexual Assault Education and Prevention Program Student Suggestion or Complaints Suspension Policy PSI Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy 51 51 51 51-52 52 53 53 53 53-55 55-56 56 College of Allied Health 75 77 77 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 83-84 84 56 57 57 57 58 58-59 59-61 62 62 62-63 63-64 64 65 66-68 69 69 69-74 Admission Requirements Application Process Pre-Acceptance Required Documents Acceptance Process/Orientation/Probationary Admission AMA Medical Office Assistant (Associate Degree) AMA Curriculum Sequence MA Medical Office Assistant (Diploma) MA Curriculum Sequence Medical Assistant Clinical/Clerical Skills AAMA Mission and Core Values Goals and Objectives for the AMA and MA Programs 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 4|P a g e MBCS Medical Billing and Coding Specialist (Diploma) MBCS Curriculum Sequences Medical Billing and Coding Specialist Clerical Skills Goals and Objectives for the MBCS Program Medical Association of Billers Code of Ethics PhT Pharmacy Technician (Diploma) PhT Curriculum Sequence Goals and Objectives for the PhT Program Code of Ethics for Pharmacy Technicians College of Allied Health (AH) ---Course Descriptions College of Allied Health (AH) ---General Information Competency Evaluation Policy AH Externship Externship Personnel Descriptions/Roles/Responsibilities Grading for Externship AH Advisory Board Members 85 86 87 87 87 89 90 91 91 93-100 101 101 102 101-102 102 103 School of Physical Therapist Assisting 105 107 107 107-108 108 109 110 111 111 111-113 113 113 114 114 117-123 125 125 125 126 126 126 127 127 127 128 128 128 129-133 134 School of Practical Nursing 137 137 137 137-138 138 138 138 139 140 141 141 141 142 142-143 143-144 145-149 151 151-152 152 152 153 154 155 155 Admission Requirements Application Process Pre-Acceptance Required Documents Acceptance Process/Orientation/Probationary Admission PTA Physical Therapist Assistant (Associate Degree) PTA Curriculum Sequence PTA Clinical Skills PTA Mission Statement and Philosophy Standards of Ethical Conduct for the Physical Therapist Assistant Goals, Objectives and Outcomes of the PTA Curriculum Professional Development Aspirations PTA Generic Abilities Essential Job Functions of the Student School of Physical Therapist Assisting (PTA) --- Course Descriptions School of Physical Therapist Assisting (PTA) --- General Information PTA Class Dress Code Student Roles and Responsibilities for Laboratory Class Care of Laboratory Equipment & Supplies Complaints Outside of the Published Policies Clinical Practicum Requirements Clinical Personnel Descriptions Qualifications of Clinical Instructor (CI) Clinical Personnel Roles Clinical Personnel Responsibilities Clinical Practicum Dress Code Grading for Clinical Practicum PTA Clinical Site and Educator Information PTA Advisory Board Members Admission Requirements Application Process Pre-Acceptance Required Documents Acceptance Process/Orientation/Probationary Admission Probationary Admission PN Part-Time Status PN Practical Nurse- (Diploma) PN Curriculum Sequence Practical Nurse Clinical Skills Terminal Objectives for Graduates of the PN Program Goals for the PN Program School of Practical Nursing Philosophy Conceptual Model/Threads of the Practical Nurse PN Student Conduct Policy School of Practical Nursing (PN) --- Course Descriptions School of Practical Nursing (PN) --- General Information PN Clinical Rotation Policy Acknowledgment Cell Phone/Electronic Device Policy for Clinical PN Policy Revision for Nursing/Medication Labs Grading for Clinical Rotations PN Clinical Requirements PN Lab Competency Medical Release for PN Program 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 5|P a g e Curriculum Content Rule 4723-5-14 ©) (5) © Failure of a Nursing Course Seat Availability Process PN Advisory Board Members 155 155-156 157 Inserts: The Admissions Representative, during the first meeting, will give the applicant updated program cost sheets and the Retention, Placement and Licensure Program Disclosure forms as an insert to this catalog. AMA MA MBCS PhT PTA PN Program Program Program Program Program Program Cost Cost Cost Cost Cost Cost Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet and and and and and and Retention and Placement Program Disclosure Retention and Placement Program Disclosure Retention and Placement Program Disclosure Retention and Placement Program Disclosure Retention, Placement and Licensure Program Retention, Placement and Licensure Program Form Form Form Form Disclosure Form Disclosure Form 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 6|P a g e Academic Calendars (Revised 4-2016) 2016 Winter Quarter January 1 January 4 January 18 2016 Spring Quarter April 4 May 30 June 6 First Day of the Quarter PSI Closed-Memorial Day Summer Registration February 15 February 29 March 25 March 26 to April 3 PSI Closed-New Year Holiday First Day of the Quarter PSI Closed-Martin Luther King Day PSI Closed-President’s Day Spring Registration Last Day of the Quarter Spring Break June 24 June 25 to July 1 Last Day of the Quarter Summer Break July 4 July 5 September September September September PSI Closed-Fourth of July First Day of the Quarter PSI Closed-Memorial Day Fall Registration Last Day of the Quarter Fall Break October 3 November 24 and 25 November 28 December 23 December 26 December 24 to January 1 2016 Summer Quarter 5 12 25 26 to October 4 2016 Fall Quarter 2017 Winter Quarter January 2 January 16 February 20 March 24 March 25 to April 2 First Day of the Quarter PSI Closed-Martin Luther King Day Spring Registration Last Day of the Quarter Spring Break 2017 Spring Quarter April 3 May 29 First Day of the Quarter PSI Closed-Memorial Day June 5 June 23 June 24 to July 2 Summer Registration Last Day of the Quarter Summer Break 2017 Summer Quarter July 3 July 4 September September September September 4 5 22 23 to October 1 First Day of the Quarter PSI Closed-Fourth of July PSI Closed-Memorial Day Fall Registration Last Day of the Quarter Fall Break 2017 Fall Quarter October 2 November 23 and 24 November 27 December 22 December 23 to January 2 January 1, 2018 2018 Winter Quarter January 1 January 2 (Tuesday) January 15 February 26 March 23 March 24 to April 1 PSI Closed-New Year’s Holiday First Day of the Quarter PSI Closed-Martin Luther King Day Spring Registration Last Day of the Quarter Spring Break 2018 Summer Quarter July 2 July 4 September 3 September 21 September September 22 to 30 First Day of the Quarter PSI Closed-Fourth of July PSI Closed-Memorial Day Fall Registration Last Day of the Quarter Fall Break First Day of the Quarter PSI Closed-Thanksgiving Holiday Winter Registration Last Day of the Quarter PSI Closed-Christmas Holiday Winter Break First Day of the Quarter PSI Closed-Thanksgiving Holiday Winter Registration Last Day of the Quarter Winter Break PSI-Closed New Year’s Day 2018 Spring Quarter April 2 May 28 June 4 First Day of the Quarter PSI Closed-Memorial Day Summer Registration June 22 June 23 to July 1 Last Day of the Quarter Summer Break 2018 Fall Quarter October 1 November 22 and 23 November 26 December 21 December 22 to January 1 December 25 First Day of the Quarter PSI Closed-Thanksgiving Holiday Winter Registration Last Day of the Quarter Winter Break PSI Closed-Christmas Holiday 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 7|P a g e 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 8|P a g e General Information Mission and Philosophy Professional Skills Institute (PSI) is a private, proprietary, post-secondary, degree-granting institution that offers medical, clerical and general education courses to a culturally diverse adult student population. PSI uses a blend of theory, lab practice, and externship or clinical practicum experiences to produce competent entry level medical professionals for the community. PSI’s mission statement is, “Career education for a lifetime of success.” PSI uses the following objectives to fulfill its mission statement and to continuously improve and enhance expected program outcomes; to hire qualified administrative and faculty personnel. • To provide innovative learning environments. • To guide the student in becoming an entry level competent health care professional. • To maintain quality classroom equipment and classroom environment. • To offer group tutoring to students in need. • To monitor student’s satisfactory academic and attendance progress throughout his/her program. • To analyze student satisfaction, graduate, and employer surveys to aid in updating and improving the curriculum during the annual review of each program. • To monitor each division's retention and placement statistics to maintain the 70% rate required by ABHES and to develop a plan of action, if needed. PSI Divisions College of Allied Health Diploma programs: Associate of Applied Science Degree program: Medical Office Assistant--- (MA) Medical Billing and Coding Specialist--- (MBCS) Pharmacy Technician--- (PhT) Associate Medical Office Assistant--- (AMA) School of Physical Therapist Assisting Associate of Applied Science degree program: Physical Therapist Assistant--- (PTA) School of Practical Nursing Diploma program: Practical Nurse--- (PN) PSI has a strong commitment to educate students for rewarding medical careers. Professional attitudes are instilled, along with high academic standards, to provide the medical community with qualified, competent medical personnel. History of Professional Skills Institute Professional Skills Institute was established in April of 1984 as an allied health personnel training facility by Patricia A. Finch, Founder/President. In 1984, a registered nurse from the South end of Toledo had a vision of creating a college unique from the sprawling institutions in the region. This was to be a college for everyone; A college as rich in diversity as opportunity for success. Her dream was a school where students came first and were respected as individuals and for their vision of one day entering the medical profession as she had. The college began in April of 1984 with only two students. Nearly 30 years have passed and thousands of successful graduates later her philosophy still remains. PSI is institutionally accredited by the Accrediting Bureau of Health Education Schools (ABHES) as an allied health educational institution and approved by ABHES to confer Diplomas and Associate of Applied Science Degrees. PSI has been continuously accredited by ABHES since May 2, 1986. PSI has current ABHES accreditation through December of 2016. PSI has been granted state approval by the State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools to confer Diplomas and Associate of Applied Science Degrees. PSI has current approval from the State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools through March of 2016. In 1989 PSI received State of Ohio Board of Proprietary School Registration now named State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools and ABHES approval for our first Associate of Applied Science Degree program in Physical Therapist Assisting (PTA). On April 15, 1992 the PTA program was granted programmatic accreditation by the Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education (CAPTE). The PTA program is programmatically accredited by the Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education through December 2019. This accreditation grants eligibility to the graduates to sit for the National Physical Therapy Examination (NPTE) PTA. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 9|P a g e In January of 2002, PSI realized the shortage of Licensed Practical Nurses (LPN) not only in the Toledo area but nationwide, began working with the Nursing Board of the State of Ohio and developed a Practical Nurse Program. The first class entered in August of 2002. Professional Skills Institute School of Practical Nursing Program (PN) was granted approval by the Ohio Board of Nursing in September 2003. PSI has current approval from the Ohio Board of Nursing through July 2018. In 2004, PSI applied for, and received, approval from the State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools and ABHES for a new associate degree program for the Medical Office Assistant. In 2014, PSI applied for, and received, approval from the State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools and ABHES for a new diploma program for Pharmacy Technician (PhT). On May 2, 2016 Professional Skills Institute changed ownership from Patricia A. Finch (Professional Skills Inc.) to Professional Skills, LLC owned by Education Evolve, LLC. The change in ownership does not change the daily operation of PSI, the program requirements or accreditations, the current student completion dates or affect new student enrollment. Non-Discrimination PSI does not discriminate with regard to age, race, color, sex, marital status, disability, religion, political affiliation, or national origin. This institution, in compliance with Section 504 of the 1973 Rehabilitation Act, does not discriminate against disabled persons. This policy pertains to admissions, classroom instruction, employment, and all other PSI personnel actions and functions. Voters Registration Information PSI has voter registration information available in the student lounge area at the 1505 Holland Rd., Maumee, OH location, at the front desk and in the student orientation packet. For more information about becoming a registered voter, the student may also may call 1-877-767-6446 or go to www.OhioSecretaryofState.gov/boards.htm. Informed Consent By reviewing and signing the PSI Enrollment Agreement, The student gives PSI the right and permission to use audio taping, photographic portraits, pictures, or videos of them in character or form for education, advertising, art trade, or any other lawful purpose whatsoever; the student gives PSI the right and permission to do drug testing and background checks for the purpose of maintaining a drug and crime free environment; clinical or externship placement. By reviewing and signing the PSI Release of Information Statement, the student gives PSI the right and permission to release information regarding his/her academic and attendance progress; clinical practicum, externship, or nursing clinical rotation grades to potential employers for employment purpose;, the student gives PSI the right and permission to release the preceding information for the purpose of applying for registry or certification exams and placement for clinical practicum, externship, or nursing clinical rotation. By reviewing and signing the PSI Student Clinical Participation Statement, the student releases PSI from any and all responsibilities in regard to participating in parenteral procedures, including venipuncture, blood testing, injections, and physical therapy procedures; the student gives PSI permission and understands that other students will be given the right to practice applicable procedures on them as well as being practiced upon. By reviewing and signing the PSI Off-Campus Participation Wavier the student releases PSI from any and all responsibilities in regard to participation in any off-campus educational experiences. Employment Opportunities The College of Allied Health (AH) graduates qualify to work in, but not limited to, hospitals, clinics, doctors’ offices, insurance offices or transcription offices, depending on the program completed. PSI does not guarantee employment or a minimum starting salary. To find the most current employment trends for the AH Programs go to the following websites: www.bls.gov and www.onetonline.org. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 10 | P a g e The School of Physical Therapist Assisting (PTA) graduates qualify to work in, but not limited to, hospital physical therapy departments, private physical therapy facilities, nursing homes, home health care agencies or other health related centers under the direct supervision of a Physical Therapist (PT). There is a strong need for PTs and PTAs to carry out rehabilitation for people who suffer from a degenerative musculoskeletal disease or injury, brain/spinal injury or stroke, a birth defect, like spina bifida; an acute trauma, like a sport’s injury or amputation; a neurological disease, like multiple sclerosis; generalized debility following an illness or be a part of a fitness/prevention program. PSI does not guarantee employment or a minimum starting salary. To find the most current employment trends for the PTA Program go to the following websites: www.bls.gov and www.onetonline.org. The School of Practical Nursing (PN) employment opportunities for LPNs are in a variety of facilities. Some of these settings consist of, but are not limited to, long-term care facilities, skilled care facilities, hospitals and medical centers, outpatient clinics, occupational health care centers, community mental health centers, rehabilitation centers, hospices, doctors’ offices, and private duty nursing. PSI does not guarantee employment or a minimum starting salary. To find the most current employment trends for the PN Program go to the following websites: www.bls.gov and www.onetonline.org. PSI Admissions Acknowledgment Statement As mature and responsible social behaviors are the fundamental basis for any professional atmosphere, be it academic or employment related Professional Skills Institute strives to accept only students who exhibit the utmost respect and courtesy for others. From the applicant’s initial contact with the School, the School will begin its evaluation to appraise the applicant’s behavior as responsible and appropriate. If any conduct is demonstrated that is inappropriate for the professional and academic environment, or lacking common respect and courtesy for others, admission may be denied or enrollment terminated. Professional Skills Institute reserves the right to use any and all information gathered, printed or otherwise, during the admission process to appropriately determine an applicant’s suitability for enrollment. If behaviors or a past pattern of behaviors are revealed during this assessment, that are immoral, unlawful or unbecoming of a student of Professional Skills Institute, admission may be denied or enrollment terminated. Program Delivery PSI programs are completely residential in nature and no components are done through distance learning. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 11 | P a g e 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 12 | P a g e PSI Management and Administrative Staff (Revised May 9, 2016) Management Staff Position Michael Marino CEO/Campus Director Mary Wells, AAS, RMA, CMA, CPT Director of Compliance Kimberly Osburn, MSN/ed Dean of Education AH Program Director Annette Martin, MSN, BSN, RN PN Program Director Deanna Lamb, PT, BS, MA PTA Program Director Tony Dickens, BA Director of Career Services Terri Kinder, AAB Director of Finances/Student Accounts Officer Kelly Sanders, AAS, BAAS Director of Financial Aid Joe Graham, BA Director of Admissions Jack Wells, MCSE, CCNA Director of Information Technology Sue Burton Registrar Administrative Staff Position Bonnie Mason, RPH PhT Program Coordinator Megan McClellan Financial Aid Assistant Kristina (Fuller) Gilson, BA Admissions Representative Melissa Smith, BA Admissions Representative Abby Czaja, BA Admissions Representative Barb Hansen Administrative Assistant Cheryl Smith Administrative Assistant 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 13 | P a g e 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 14 | P a g e PSI Directors and Faculty Members College of Allied Health (Revised April 1, 2016) Name Title Kimberly Osburn, MSN/ed MSN-- Lourdes University, Ohio BSN-- Lourdes College, Ohio AND-- University of Toledo, Ohio Deanna Lamb, PT, BS, MA MA–Spring Arbor University, Michigan BS--PT–Bowling Green State University, Ohio Bonnie Mason, RPH BS–Pharmacy-University of Toledo College of Pharmacy, Ohio AH Program Director (Full-Time) Hazel Hart, RMA AAS-- Professional Skills Institute, Ohio AH Instructor AMA/MA Externship Coordinator (Full-Time) Martha Davis, BS, RHIT BS- University of Toledo, Ohio AAS- Mercy College, Ohio AH Instructor MBCS Externship Coordinator AH Advisory Committee Chairman (Full-Time) Mildred Stundon-Waterford, BSN BSN- Spring Arbor ADN- Mercy College, Ohio Melissa Rybka, CPhT PhT Certificate --Owens Community College, Ohio Cassandra Bensch MA–Bowling Green State University, Ohio BA–Bowling Green State University, Ohio AH Instructor (Part-Time) Tamara Pahl BA- University of Findlay, Ohio Course Instructor AH General Education Coordinator (Full-Time) PhT Program Coordinator/Instructor (Part-Time) 156-M Introduction to Pharmacy Technician 157-M PhT Clinical I 158-M PhT Clinical II 159-M PhT Externship 160-M PhT Pharmacology I 161-M PhT Pharmacology II 162-M PhT Pharmacology III MED101/101-M Medical Law & Ethics MED109/109-M MA Clinical I MED110/110-M MA Clinical II MED111/111-M MA Clinical III MED114/114-M AMA/MA Externship Med 116/116-M Medical Terminology II Med 135/135-M A and P I MED 136/136-M A and P II MED103/103-M Keyboarding 104-M Office Communications MED105/105-M Medical Office Procedures MED106/106-M Medical Insurance I 108-M Fundamentals of Psychology MED115/115-M Electronic Health Records MED118/118-M Medical Insurance II 119-M MBCS Externship 153-M Medical Insurance III MED154/154-M Computer Applications MED152/152-M Job Readiness 104-M Office Communications 108-M Fundamentals of Psychology MTH101 Basic Mathematics MTH102 Business Mathematics Med 102/ 102-M Medical Terminology I Med 155-155-M Disease/Pharmacology PhT Lab Assistant (Adjunct) 162-M PhT Pharmacology III General Education Instructor (Adjunct) PSY101 Introduction of Psychology SOC101 Introduction to Sociology COM102 Interpersonal Communications General Education Instructor (Adjunct) ENG101 English Composition Note: Full-Time and Part-Time faculty may change due to student enrollment or instructor availability. Published are the current instructional assignments as of this catalog revision. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 15 | P a g e School of Physical Therapist Assisting (Revised May 25, 2016) Name Title Course Instructor Deanna Lamb, PT, BS, MA MA–Spring Arbor University, Michigan BS—PT–Bowling Green State University, Ohio PTA Program Director (Full-Time)General Education Coordinator (Full-Time) PTA101 KIN101 PTA204 PTA411 Credentialed by the American Physical Therapy Association as a Credentialed Clinical Instructor Introduction to Physical Therapy Kinesiology I Musculoskeletal I PTA Seminar Denise Stevens, M.Ed., PTA, BA M.Ed.--American InterContinental University, Illinois BA–Spring Arbor University, Michigan AAS--Professional Skills Institute, Ohio PTA ACCE PTA Advisory Committee Co-Chairman PTA In-service Coordinator (Full-Time) Karen Sims, PTA A.A.S.–Professional Skills Institute, Ohio Teaching Assistant (Full-Time) Melissa Miller, PT, MPT BS–University of Toledo, Ohio MPT–University of Findlay, Ohio AAS--Professional Skills Institute, Ohio PTA Instructor (Part-Time) Mario Baker, PT, MS MS–University of Toledo, Ohio BA–Bowling Green State University, Ohio PTA Instructor (Part-Time) Roger Lewis, PTA AAS--Professional Skills Institute, Ohio Teaching Assistant (Adjunct) Dana Steele, PTA AAS--Professional Skills Institute, Ohio Teaching Assistant (Adjunct) Heidi Wallace, LPTA, ATC/L BS–University of Toledo, Ohio AAS--Professional Skills Institute, Ohio PTA Instructor (Full-Time) Laurie Livingston, PT, MEd MEd-Bowling Green State University, Ohio BS-PT- University of Findlay, Ohio AAS-Owens Technical College, Ohio PTA Instructor (Part-Time) Cassandra Bensch MA–Bowling Green State University, Ohio BA–Bowling Green State University, Ohio General Education Instructor (Adjunct) PSY101 Introduction of Psychology SOC101 Introduction to Sociology COM102 Interpersonal Communications Tamara Pahl BA- University of Findlay, Ohio General Education Instructor (Adjunct) ENG101 English Composition PTA306-A PTA306-B PTA410-A PTA410-B Clinical Clinical Clinical Clinical Practicum Practicum Practicum Practicum I-A I-B II-A II-B Credentialed by the American Physical Therapy Association as a Credentialed Clinical Instructor Credentialed by the American Physical Therapy Association as a Credentialed Clinical Instructor Credentialed by the American Physical Therapy Association as a Credentialed Clinical Instructor PTA101 PTA204 PTA305 PTA307 PTA203 PTA408 BIO306 PTA203 PTA204 PTA305 PTA409 PTA102 Introduction to Physical Therapy Musculoskeletal I Musculoskeletal II Administrative Procedures PTA Techniques Rehabilitation II Fundamentals of Disease PTA Techniques Musculoskeletal I Musculoskeletal II Special Topics Rehabilitation I BIO102 BIO103 BIO307 KIN101 KIN201 PTA203 PTA409 BIO306 PTA102 PTA305 Anatomy & Physiology I Anatomy & Physiology II Growth & Development Kinesiology I Kinesiology II PTA Techniques Special Topics Fundamentals of Disease Rehabilitation Therapy I Musculoskeletal II Note: Full-Time and Part-Time faculty may change due to student enrollment or instructor availability. Published are the current instructional assignments as of this catalog revision. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 16 | P a g e School of Practical Nursing (Revised May 25, 2016) Name Title Annette Martin, MSN, BSN, RN MSN-- Medical College of Ohio BSN-- Lourdes College, Ohio RN Diploma-- St. Vincent School of Nursing, Ohio PN Program Director PN Clinical Education Coordinator PN Advisory Committee Chairman Ohio Board of Nursing Administrator (Full-time) Becky Dent, BSN BSN–Spring Arbor University, Michigan ADN-Owens Community College, Ohio PN-NWO Practical Nurse Training Center, Ohio PN Instructor (Full-Time) Melissa Falk, RN ADN–Owens Community College, Ohio Course Instructor PN Lab Instructor PN205 PN304 PN306 PN205 PN Clinical Instructor PN205 Med/Surg Nursing PN Instructor (Full-Time) 102-H Math for Meds 201-H Principles of Psychology 106-H Student Success in Academics PN204 Medication Administration PN305 Advanced Med/Surg Nursing PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing PN205 Med/Surg Nursing PN305 Advanced Med/Surg Nursing PN401 Job Readiness/NCLEX-PN Review PN Lab Instructor PN Clinical Instructor Med/Surg Nursing Mental Health Nursing Pharmacology II Med/Surg Nursing Sharon Bayles, RN Diploma-- Uniontown Hospital School of Nursing, Pennsylvania PN Teaching Assistant (Part-Time) PN Lab Assistant PN305 Advanced Med/Surg Nursing Martha Berry, BSN, RN, CWOCN BSN—Lourdes College, Ohio RN-Diploma-Mercy School of Nursing CWOCN- R.B. Turnbull School of Enterostomal Therapy PN Instructor (Part-time) PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing PN Lab Instructor PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing PN Clinical Instructor PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing Brandi Breseman, MSN, BSN MSN—Lourdes University, Ohio BSN—University of Toledo, Ohio PN Instructor (Part-time) PN305 Advanced Med/Surg Nursing PN Lab Instructor PN305 Advanced Med/Surg Nursing PN Clinical Instructor PN305 Advanced Med/Surg Nursing PN Instructor (Part-time) PN404 Maternal/Infant Nursing PN401 Job Readiness/NCLEX-PN Review PN Lab Instructor PN404 Maternal/Infant Nursing PN Clinical Instructor PN404 Maternal/Infant Nursing PN Instructor (Part-Time) 203-H Anatomy and Physiology II PN405 Pediatric Nursing PN Lab Instructor PN405 Pediatric Nursing PN Clinical Instructor PN405 Pediatric Nursing PN Instructor (Part-Time) 302-H Basic Nutrition & Diet Therapy 103-H Anatomy and Physiology I PN204 Medication Administration PN Lab Instructor PN204 Medication Administration PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing PN Clinical Instructor PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing PN Instructor (Part-Time) 101-H Medical Terminology PN104 Gerontological Nursing Arica Gogel, BSN, RN BSN—Spring Arbor University, Michigan RN-AAS—Owens Community College, Ohio Jacqueline Hansen, BSN, RN BSN-- University of Toledo, Ohio/ Medical College of Ohio Sandra Leopold, BSN, RN BSN--Mercy College of Northwest Ohio ADN--Mercy College of Northwest Ohio Sharon Miller, BSN, RN BSN—Bowling Green State University, Ohio 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 17 | P a g e Name Title Course Instructor Emily Niedzwiecki, MSN, RN MSN--University of Phoenix, Arizona BSN--University of Toledo, Ohio ADN--Owens Community College, Ohio PN Instructor PN Co-Clinical Education Coordinator (Part-Time) PN Lab Instructor PN104 Gerontological Nursing PN204 Medication Administration PN Clinical Instructor PN205 Med/Surg Nursing PN Instructor (Part-time) Michelle Pyle, MSN, BSN, RN, MSN-Lourdes University, Ohio BSN—Spring Arbor University, Michigan AAS—Owens Community College, Ohio PN204 Medication Administration Mildred Stundon-Waterford, BSN, RN BSN—Spring Harbor University, Michigan RN—AAS-Mercy College of Northwest Ohio, Ohio PN Instructor (Part-time) PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing PN205 Med/Surg Nursing PN305 Advanced Med/Surg Nursing PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing PN205 Med/Surg Nursing PN305 Advanced Med/Surg Nursing PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing PN205 Med/Surg Nursing PN305 Advanced Med/Surg Nursing PN307 Electronic Charting in Nursing 302-H Basic Nutrition and Diet Therapy PN Clinical Instructor PN304 Mental Health Nursing LeAnn Baker, BSN, RN BSN—Ohio University, Ohio RN—ADN Owens Community College, Ohio Ashley Kolling-Hill, BSN, RN BSN–University of Toledo Medical College, Ohio LaTonya Parker, MSN, BSN MSN—Lourdes University, Ohio BSN—Lourdes University, Ohio PN Clinical Instructor (Adjunct) PN305 Advanced Med/Surg Nursing PN Clinical Instructor (Adjunct) PN305 Advanced Med/Surg Nursing PN405 Pediatric Nursing PN Instructor (Part-time) PN202 Pharmacology I PN Clinical Instructor PN305 Advanced Med/Surg Nursing Kimberly Post, RN ADN--Owens Community College, Ohio PN Clinical Instructor (Adjunct) PN405 Pediatric Nursing Laura Rybarczyk RN Diploma-- St. Vincent Medical Center School of Nursing, Ohio PN Lab Instructor (Adjunct) PN205 Med/Surg Nursing PN Clinical Instructor PN305 Advanced Med/Surg Nursing Jera Shehorn, BSN, RN BSN–Bowling Green State University, Ohio ADN–Northwest State Community College, Ohio Brianne Wymer, RN RN-AAS—Northwest State Community College, Ohio PN Clinical Instructor (Adjunct) PN405 Pediatric Nursing PN Clinical Instructor (Adjunct) PN404 Maternal/Infant Nursing Melissa Windsor, RN RN-AAS—Owens Community College, Ohio PN Clinical Instructor (Adjunct) PN404 Maternal/Infant Nursing Carrie Dutton, RN Diploma–St. Vincent School of Nursing, Ohio PN Clinical Instructor (Adjunct) PN404 Maternal/Infant Nursing PN405 Pediatric Nursing PN Lab Instructor PN Clinical Instructor Note: Full-Time and Part-Time faculty may change due to student enrollment or instructor availability. Published are the current instructional assignments as of this catalog revision. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 18 | P a g e Approvals/Accreditations/Licensure/Certifications National Level PSI is institutionally accredited by the Accrediting Bureau of Health Education Schools (ABHES) as an allied health educational institution and approved by ABHES to confer Diplomas and Associate of Applied Science Degrees. PSI has been continuously accredited by ABHES since May 2, 1986. PSI has current ABHES accreditation through December of 2016. ABHES Contact Information: Accrediting Bureau of Health Education Schools, 7777 Leesburg Pike Suite 314-N, Falls Church, VA 22043 (703) 917-9503) Website: www.abhes.org ABHES Disclosure: Accreditation by ABHES signifies that the institution or program has met eligibility criteria and evaluation standards of ABHES as evidenced during its most recent on-site review and continues to comply with policy and procedures for maintenance of accreditation as established by ABHES. While ABHES is recognized by the U.S. Secretary of Education, various credentialing bodies and post-secondary institutions throughout the country, accreditation does not guarantee Title IV or other financial aid eligibility, credentialing opportunities for graduates, or the ability to transfer credits to other institutions. It is the responsibility of institutions and programs accredited by ABHES and individuals seeking to train at an ABHES accredited institution or program to explore all necessary aspects associated with their objectives. State Level PSI has been granted state approval by the State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools to confer Diplomas and Associate of Applied Science Degrees. PSI has current approval from the State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools through March of 2016. State Contact Information: State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools, 30 East Broad Street, Suite 2481 Columbus, OH 43215-3414 (614) 466-2762 Website: www.scr.ohio.gov Fax (614) 466-2219 Toll Free (877) 275-4219 Email: [email protected] CAPTE The Physical Therapist Assistant program at Professional Skills Institute is accredited by the Commission on Accreditation of Physical Therapy Education (CAPTE). The PTA program is accredited by the CAPTE through December 2019. CAPTE Contact Information: Commission on Accreditation of Physical Therapy Education, 1111 North Fairfax Street Alexandria, VA 22314 (703-706-3245) Website: www.capteonline.org Email: [email protected] Physical Therapist Assistant Licensure To practice physical therapist assisting in the State of Ohio, graduates of PSI’s PTA program must successfully complete the NPTE: PTA licensing examination owned by the Federation of State Boards of Physical Therapy. The license is issued by Ohio Occupational Therapy, Physical Therapy and Athletic Trainers Board. The graduate will then be qualified to practice as a Licensed Physical Therapist Assistant (PTA). The PTA may be eligible to work in other states, but before relocating must communicate with that state for its regulations on practice and licensure. Ohio licensure does not guarantee licensure in other states. Ohio Occupational Therapy, Physical Therapy and Athletic Trainers Board, Riffe Center, 77 S. High Street, 16th Floor, Columbus, OH, 43215-6108, (614) 466-3774. NPTE Early Testing Policy In order to be licensed as a Physical Therapist Assistant, a graduate must take the National Physical Therapy Examination (NPTE) for PTAs. A minimum passing score is 600. In order to be eligible to take the NPTE, an application must be made to the state in which the student plans to become employed. At the time of application, the PTA Program Director will submit the necessary Certification of Entry-Level Education form directly to the Board office. If a student wants to request approval to sit for the NPTE prior to completion of the entry level PTA program, the Ohio OTPTAT Board policy states the student must request the PTA program to submit the Entry-Level Education PreCompletion Form directly to the Board office. Forms received from the applicant will not be accepted. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 19 | P a g e “Each PTA program has the discretion to establish its own criteria to determine if a student is a bona fide candidate to graduate. Therefore, PT/PTA programs are not required to complete the Entry-Level Education Pre-Completion Form.” (Ohio PT Board) It is the policy of the PTA Program at Professional Skills Institute to require faculty approval for a student to sit for the NPTE prior to graduation. Students are eligible to apply for consideration if (1) their current, cumulative GPA is 3.5 or higher (2) There is a substantial circumstance why the student will be unavailable for the preferred testing date (i.e. getting married, childbirth, etc.). The student must inform the Program Director of their request for approval. The Program Director will meet with the faculty and review the request. If, the faculty gives no objection, the request will be approved, and the Program Director will complete the necessary Entry-Level Education Pre-Completion Form. Possible reasons why faculty may disapprove of the student’s request may include: Interference with Clinical Practicum experiences that are occurring at the same time as the NPTE test date, resulting in missed clinical time; deficiencies in student’s demonstrated test-taking skills that can be improved with PTA Seminar activities that will occur prior to the preferred testing date; deficiencies in student’s overall academic or clinical skills that can be addressed prior to the preferred testing date. Students will be notified of their request status within 10 days of submission. Ohio Board of Nursing Professional Skills Institute School of Practical Nursing (PN) program was granted Full Approval by the Ohio Board of Nursing on July 25, 2013, for a period of five years (until July 2018) in accordance with Section 4723.06(A)(5) of the Ohio Revised Code. OBN Contact Information: Ohio Board of Nursing, 17 South High Street, Suite 400, Columbus, OH, 43215-3413 (614) 466-3947 Website: www.nursing.ohio.gov Practical Nurse Licensure Upon successful completion of the diploma PN program, providing all requirements for graduation are met, the graduate will be eligible to sit for National Council Licensure Examination for Practical/Vocational Nurses (NCLEX-PN® ) developed by The National Council of State Boards of Nursing, Inc., to become a Licensed Practical Nurse (LPN). The address will depend on which state the student is applying for licensure. Ohio Applicants: Ohio Board of Nursing, 17 South High Street, Suite 400, Columbus, OH, 43215-3413, (614) 466-3947. Michigan Applicants: Michigan Dept. of Consumer & Industry Services, c/o Board of Nursing, 611 W. Ottawa St. 1st Floor, Lansing MI, 48933. Medical Assistant Credentials Upon successful completion of either the diploma or associate degree AMA/MA programs, providing all requirements for graduation are met, the graduates are eligible to sit for a credentialing examination administered by the American Medical Technologists to become an RMA (Registered Medical Assistant and/or for the credentialing examination administered by the Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs (CAAHEP) to become a CMA (Certified Medical Assistant); and my elect sit for a certification examination administered by the International Academy of Phlebotomy Sciences to become a CPT (Certified Phlebotomy Technician). RMA Contact Information: American Medical Technologist, 710 Higgins Road, Park Ridge, Illinois, 60068-5745 (847)-823-5169 Website: www.americanmedtech.org CMA Contact Information: American Association of Medical Assistants Inc., 20 N. Wacker Drive, Suite 1575 Chicago, IL 60606 (800) 228-2262 Website: www.aama-ntl.org CPT Contact Information: International Academy of Phlebotomy Sciences, 629 D’Lyn Street, Columbus, OH, 43228 (614) 878-7751 Medical Billing and Coding Specialist Certification Upon successful completion of the diploma MBCS program, providing all requirements for graduation are met, the graduate is eligible to sit for a credentialing examination administered by the National HealthCareer Association to become CBCS (Certified Billing and Coding Specialist). CBCS Contact Information: National HealthCareer Association, 11161 Overbrook Rd., Leawood, KS 66211 (800) 499-9092 Website: www.nhanow.com/certifications/billing-coding 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 20 | P a g e Pharmacy Technician Certification Upon successful completion of the diploma PhT program, providing all requirements for graduation are met, the graduate is eligible to sit for a credentialing examination ExCPT (Exam for the Certification of Pharmacy Technicians) administered by the National HealthCareer Association and/or the PTCE (Pharmacy Technician Certification Exam) exam given through the Pharmacy Technician Certification Board (PTCB). ExCPT Contact Information: National HealthCareer Association, 11161 Overbrook Rd., Leawood, KS 66211 (800) 499-9092 www.nhanow.com/pharmacy-technician PTCE Contact Information: Pharmacy Technician Certification Board, 2200 C Street, NW Suite 101 Washington, DC 20037 (800) 363-8012 www.pharmacytechnician.org/ptcb/ 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 21 | P a g e 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 22 | P a g e PSI Campus Location/Geography Professional Skills Institute (PSI) is a privately owned and controlled, single institution with the geographical on-campus location at 1505 Holland Road, Maumee, Ohio, 43537. PSI does not have on-campus student housing. PSI does not share or lease campus space to other Title IV institutions. Students, faculty, and administrative employees are all housed in this single location. PSI’s geographical on-campus location is 1505 Holland Road. This is on the corner of Holland Road and Dussel Drive. The campus area includes the side walk in front and to the side of the building, the parking lot in front, side, and back, and the separate student parking lot to the side of the main building. PSI does not own or control any non-campus buildings or property. Hours of Operation The PSI Campus will be open Monday thru Friday, 7:30 a.m. to 10 p.m. Business hours are 9 a.m. to 5 p.m., Saturday 9 a.m. until 1 p.m. Facility For the students, PSI is a one-story facility with curb-ramp access. The restrooms are designed to meet all of the "Americans with Disabilities Act" codes. The classrooms are large enough to provide barrier-free wheelchair access. Anyone needing assistance should check in at the front desk, so that accommodations may be provided. The 60,000 square foot campus houses four (4) PN lecture classrooms, a PN eight (8) bed Learning Lab, a PN Practice Learning Lab, a PTA Lab, a PTA Lecture/Lab room, an AH lecture room, a AMA/MA Lecture/Lab classroom, a PhT Lecture room, a PhT Practice Lab, a Lecture/Computer Lab room, a computerized Test Center, a library, and a large student lounge. Each classroom and lab contains a computer-accessed In-Focus projector for displaying Power Point presentations, video or DVD presentations and wireless Internet access. The Internet is used to download current information into the classroom for instructional purposes. PSI has security cameras in the hallways, student lounge, and classrooms to monitor the safety of the student and faculty. The cameras continually video tape the areas, therefore there is a digital copy available to review for safety issues or problem concerns. Students and staff are to have their PSI issued ID’s on a lanyard and visible at all times. Student Parking Student parking is in the large lot separate from the main building. There are approximately 300 student parking spaces. The lot will be marked student parking. Daytime student parking is from 7 a.m. until 7 p.m. Daytime students are not permitted to park in the main lot in front of the building. PSI employees have parking permits. Any one not having an employee parking permit will have their car towed at their own expense. Students are asked to keep their cars locked to avoid potential problems. PSI is not responsible for damage to/theft from student cars. For security purpose students attending class after 5 p.m. are to park in the back of the main parking lot. PSI has video cameras monitoring the safety of the campus parking areas. Handicapped Parking/Campus Access Handicap parking is available in front of the main entrance. An officially issued handicapped tag is required to use this parking area. To use this parking, the disabled person must be with the person parking the car, or be the disabled person parking the car, other persons found parking in this area will be reported to the Maumee Police department. The fine for illegal parking in the handicapped space is $250 or more. The Maumee Police have the authority to enter any public parking area and fine those persons parked illegally in the handicapped spaces. Because our parking lot is available to the public, this means, they have the right to enter our property. Cars may be ticketed by the Maumee Police, if found in the handicapped parking spaces. The restrooms are designed to meet all of the "American Disability Act" codes. The classrooms are large enough to provide barrier-free wheelchair access. Anyone needing assistance should check in at the front desk, so that accommodations may be provided. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 23 | P a g e Bus Stop There is an available bus stop on the street side of PSI. The TARTA route is 34H. Student Lounge The student lounge is centrally located within the facility and offers the students a comfortable place for breaks and lunches. The student lounge is provided for all students. The student lounge has Wi-Fi access for use with personal laptops. The access code for the Wi-Fi is posted in the lounge. Vending machines are located in the student lounge. Students who have lost money in the vending machines or have any type of problem with the machines should see the person at the front desk for assistance. No food or drink is allowed in the classrooms with the exception of bottled water in a clear water container with a screw on lid. No other containers will be allowed in the classroom regardless of whether they have water in them or not. No eating is allowed in the hallways or library. This will be enforced by all PSI faculty and staff. PSI Campus Smoking Policy Smoking and use of tobacco and simulated tobacco products are prohibited in the school building at PSI. The designated smoking area is outside the building in the designated student break area which is at least 25 feet away from any building entrance. Smoking Violation Students found smoking in the building or within 25 feet of the building will be suspended for 24 hours for the first violation. The second violation will result in termination from the student’s enrollment as this will be seen as a direct violation of PSI’s policy and procedure. During the student’s suspension the student will not be allowed: • To attend any class session • To receive any handouts or notes for class sessions missed • To take any quizzes or exams during the suspension period • To make-up any of the missed quizzes or exams during the suspension period • To do any competencies during the suspension period • To make-up any competencies scheduled during the suspension period • To attempt any lab practical during the suspension period All hours missed during the suspension period will count against the student’s attendance record. Weapons and Firearms Policy For the safety of everyone at PSI, weapons and firearms are prohibited on PSI’s campus. Weapons and Firearms violation: Any student who is found to have possession of any type of weapon or firearms in the building will be immediately terminated, without the right to appeal. Reception Area The PSI Campus has a reception area to service the students and staff. Students and staff each have a personal mailbox at the reception area. The mailboxes are used for communication between the instructor and the students. Students and staff should check these mailboxes on a daily basis to assist with the flow of communication. Each person coming into the building is required to show their student or employee PSI issued ID for security purposes. Visitors, vendors, temporary workers will sign in and out at the front desk. They will be issued a temporary PSI visitor ID. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 24 | P a g e Library Information Room 105 is PSI’s library. PSI graduates. Library hours are Monday through Friday from 8 a.m. to 8 p.m. to all currently enrolled students and The library has a collection of reference books for each of the three divisions of PSI: • The School of Practical Nurse • The School of Physical Therapist Assisting • The College of Allied Health Each division’s section is labeled and the materials should stay within each division’s section. All books in the library may be checked out. To check out a book, simply sign the Library Sign-In/Sign-Out Book for Reference Materials binder located in the library. Students are allowed to keep materials out of the library for two (2) weeks at a time. Books may not be removed from the library, unless they are signed-out in the binder. The library also has a collection of journals. These items are to be read in the library. They do not circulate. The library has computers that may be used by the enrolled student or graduate for educational purposes only. The library has internet access. The internet is to be used only for research projects, job placement and other education or placement related projects. Any student found misusing the internet will be denied access to the internet, and depending on the misuse, terminated from his/her program. The library also has Wi-Fi for use with personal laptops. Once again personal computers should only be used for school and educational purposes. The library rules are posted in the library. Please follow them and help your fellow students by reminding them of the rules. Library Pamphlet: A PSI, “About the Library” pamphlet has been included with your orientation packet. The pamphlet gives internet resources of the student and other internet resources for generalized education. The pamphlet gives printed instructions to the student on how to sign in and out of the library, library hours, library rules and instructions on what to do if a student needs help. As a student you should review this pamphlet and use the library resources whenever possible. University of Toledo Library Agreement: PTA students also have access to the library at the University of Toledo (UT). The students are introduced to the UT library during PTA 101 Introduction to Physical Therapy where they learn how to use the medical library as well as various online sources of information (i.e. PubMed). Students may use journals (which do not circulate) or books at UT and may copy (at a cost to the student) any articles the student wishes to take home. Library Use Agreement: The Library Use Agreement is between the University of Toledo and the School of Physical Therapist Assisting a division of PSI. It is for the purpose of specifying services, and the conditions under which they will be provided for the PTA students by UT Library. The Library agrees to provide the following services: • Book circulation (up to six at one time, per student). • Access to resources available from within the library, including external databases. • Orientation to library resources. • Assistance in using library resources. • Discounted interlibrary loans: $10.00 each. Conditions of the Agreement: • The cost assessed PSI’s School of Physical Therapist Assisting will be $50.00 per student per annum. • The full period of this understanding will be from enrollment to graduation. • PTA students from PSI must conduct themselves in a professional manner and use the library services and the facility within the stated policies of UT and the library. • Use of resources will be limited to those available in the library; access to library resources from off-campus will not be available. The terms of this understanding may be renewed or renegotiated on an annual basis upon mutual agreement. PSI’s School of Physical Therapist Assisting may terminate this agreement with a one week notice; however, no refund on the balance of payment will be possible. The UT may suspend or terminate the use of the library by individual students for gross violation of UT Library policies with no refund on the balance payment. (Letter of Understanding was renewed on September 3, 2015.) 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 25 | P a g e Non-solicitation To avoid disruption of educational operations, the following rules apply to solicitation and distribution of literature on PSI property: • Enrolled students and employees of PSI and persons not employed by PSI may not engage in solicitation or distribution of literature or materials not directly related to PSI functions at any time. • Use of PSI computers or telephones, directly or indirectly, for solicitation or for distribution of literature or materials for non-PSI business is not allowed. • Unauthorized use of PSI bulletin boards, posting of notices, photographs, or other materials for non-PSI business or information on PSI premises is not allowed. • Violations of this policy may result in corrective action, up to and including suspension or termination 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 26 | P a g e Financial Aid Information (Revised 4-2016) Professional Skills Institute (PSI) is authorized by the Department of Education to participate in Title IV funding for qualified students. In order to apply for Title IV funds, a student must complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) for that particular award year. The FAFSA is completed on- line at www.fafsa.ed.gov and the Professional Skills school code is 016568. The financial aid programs are administered by the Director of Financial Aid under policies established by federal and state governmental guidelines. Title IV Financial Aid Information The following financial aid programs are available to students who qualify. Federal Pell Grant Once the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) application is submitted, the results are used to calculate a financial aid award for the student and determine eligibility. Eligibility is based on your Expected Family Contribution (EFC) which is calculated using information from the FAFSA. Awards are given for full-time (12 or more financial aid credit hours), three-quarter time (11-9 financial aid credit hours), half-time (8-6 financial aid credit hours). The amount of the Pell Grant award ranges from $588 to $5,775 from July 1, 2015 through June 30, 2016 depending upon eligibility. Effective July 1, 2016 until June 30, 2017, the amount of the Pell Grand that can be awarded will range from $591 to $5,815 depending upon eligibility. The amount of Federal Pell Grant funds you may receive over your lifetime is limited by federal law to be the equivalent of six years of Pell Grant funding. Since the maximum amount of Pell Grant funding you can receive each year is equal to 100%, the six-year equivalent is 600%. A student can monitor how much Pell Grant they have used by accessing www.nslds.ed.gov . Once a student reaches 600% they are no longer eligible to receive Pell Grant no matter what school they attend. Note: Individuals who have obtained a bachelor degree or higher are not eligible to participate in the Federal Pell Grant Program according to Federal guidelines. Federal Direct Loans The Loan is financial aid that must be repaid. In order to apply for a Loan, a student must file a FAFSA. Eligible students are also required to complete Loan Entrance Counseling and a Master Promissory Note with the Department of Education. Students must be enrolled a minimum of half-time and the loan funds are normally disbursed to the school in three equal quarterly disbursements. The loan must be repaid with payments beginning six months after the student stops attending classes at least half time. A student may qualify for a subsidized and/or unsubsidized student loan depending upon the FAFSA results. Direct Subsidized Loan: A need based loan for which a student is not charged interest while attending school at least half-time. The maximum loan amount is $3500 for first year students and $4500 for second year students. Direct Unsubsidized Loan: Unlike the subsidized loan, interest does accrue on the unsubsidized loan while the student is attending school. The interest will be capitalized (added to the principal of the loan) or the student can choose to pay the interest while in school. The maximum yearly loan amount is $6000 for independent students and $2000 for dependent students. Federal Direct Parent PLUS Loan: The parents of dependent students can borrow funds to pay for the student's educational expenses. The student must be enrolled at least half time and the parent must meet the Department of Education eligibility criteria which includes a credit check. The PLUS loan is normally disbursed to the school in three equal quarterly disbursements and interest is accruing on the loan while the student is attending school. Parents can begin repayment within 60 days after the loan is fully disbursed or can choose to begin repayment six months after the student is no longer enrolled at least half time. Undergraduate Loan Aggregate Limits Direct Subsidized Loan - $23,000 Combined Loans - $57,500 First Time Borrower & All New Students Policy It is a federal regulation that all first time borrowers Federal Direct Loan disbursements in the first (1st) quarter only will be delayed for 30 days after the start of the quarter. It is also the school policy that all new students’ financial aid will be delayed for 30 days in the first quarter only. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 27 | P a g e Federal Direct Subsidized Loan (Federal Regulations) If you are a first-time borrower on or after July 1, 2013, there is a limit on the maximum period of time (measured in academic years) that you can receive Direct Subsidized Loans. This time limit does not apply to Direct Unsubsidized Loans or Direct PLUS Loans. If this limit applies to you, you may not receive Direct Subsidized Loans for more than 150 percent of the published length of your program. This is called your “maximum eligibility period.” Your maximum eligibility period is generally based on the published length of your current program. You can usually find the published length of any program of study in your school’s academic catalog. For example, if you are enrolled in a four-year bachelor’s degree program, the maximum period for which you can receive Direct Subsidized Loans is six years (150 percent of 4 years = 6 years). If you are enrolled in a two-year associate degree program, the maximum period for which you can receive Direct Subsidized Loans is three years (150 percent of 2 years = 3 years). Because your maximum eligibility period is based on the length of your current program of study, your maximum eligibility period can change if you change to a program that has a different length. Also, if you receive Direct Subsidized Loans for one program and then change to another program, the Direct Subsidized Loans you received for the earlier program will generally count toward your new maximum eligibility period. Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (FSEOG) Effective July 1, 2016, a student must complete the Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) application. A student must be enrolled at least six (6) financial aid credit hours, and have financial need. These funds are limited; therefore it is in the student’s best interest to apply early. Federal Work-Study (FWS) Effective July 1, 2016, Federal Work-Study (FWS) is a federally funded program which gives students with financial need an opportunity for part-time employment. This employment is intended to allow students to earn money to help pay for their educational expenses. The FWS program encourages students to gain valuable career-related experience as well as promotes community-service employment opportunities. To become eligible for FWS, the student must first demonstrate financial need by filling out the Federal Application for Student Aid (FAFSA). Students must be enrolled for at least six (6) financial aid credit hours. The number of hours a student may work is based upon the financial need, number of class hours and the student’s health and academic progress. Non-Title IV Financial Aid Information Other sources of financial assistance can come from various public agencies. Professional Skills Institute follows all guidelines set forth by outside agencies that are funding students' tuition. The following organizations offer tuition assistance to students attending Professional Skills Institute. Qualification requirements will vary so please contact the appropriate agency for more information. Veterans' Benefits: Veterans may be eligible to receive benefits through the Veterans Administration (VA). Each VA program has individual requirements for eligibility. Interested applicant can contact VA at (800) 827-1000. Ohio National Guard: Students who are enlisted in the Ohio National Guard may be eligible to receive a grant to pay for a percentage of their tuition. Interested applicant should contact their local guard unit for details. AmeriCorps: AmeriCorps is a national service program that provides tuition assistance in exchange for community service. For more information go to www.americorps.gov or contact the AmeriCorps National Service Office at 1-800-942-2677 Workforce Investment Act (OHIO WIA and MICHIGAN WORKS): Students living in Ohio and Michigan may qualify for WIA funding from their state. The funds are generally for students who are permanently laid off due to work place closings or cutbacks (dislocated workers) or low income students eligible for training funds through WIA. Interested applicant should contact the WIA office at their county Jobs and Family Services office. Bureau of Vocational Rehabilitation (BVR): This organization provides funding for eligible students who have a physical or mental disability that inhibits them from certain types of work. An appointment for an evaluation by a BVR counselor is necessary and a determination by the BVR office needs to be made before entering any academic program. Private Alternative Loans: Some lending institutions offer private alternative loans to students to help cover educational expenses. These loans typically require that the borrower has good credit and/or a credit worthy co-signer. Additional information on private alternative loan lenders can be obtained from the Director of Financial Aid. Students are encouraged to utilize all other funding sources before considering an alternative loan. Private Payment: Payments may be made directly to PSI by check, money order, debit or credit card. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 28 | P a g e Maintaining Financial Aid Eligibility (Revised 4-2016) Satisfactory progress is required for all programs at PSI and all students. Satisfactory progress is necessary to maintain eligibility for continued enrollment and eligibility in Title IV Federal Student Aid Programs, as well as funding through many Non-Title IV Financial Aid Programs. Therefore, to continue as a student in good standing at PSI, the following satisfactory progress standards must be met. At PSI, satisfactory progress (SAP) is defined by the following criteria: 1. Academic--Maintaining a minimum quarterly grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or a cumulative completion rate of 67%. GPAs are calculated at the end of each 12-week period, when all final grades have been entered. 2. Maximum Time-Frame--Completing the program within the 150% maximum time-frame of the published length and/or the quantitative measure which is the total number of credits required for completion of the educational program. Students who mathematically are unable to complete their program within the 150% maximum time frame will be terminated from his or her enrollment without an option for re-entry into that particular program. Situations that lead to loss of financial aid eligibility: Qualitative Standard – Grade point average: Students may lose eligibility to receive financial aid if their quarterly GPA falls below 2.0 or their cumulative completion rate falls below 67% for two consecutive quarters. Grades of A, B, C, D, and F will contribute toward the GPA calculation. Transfer credits are not included in the GPA calculation. Quantitative Standard- Pace: Pace measures a student’s progress in a program. Students who do not maintain at least a 67% cumulative completion rate may lose their Financial Aid eligibility. Repeated courses in which the student receives a grade of A, B, C, and D and transfer credits will be counted as completed hours. Classes in which a student receives a grade of “F” or “W” will be counted as attempted hours but will not be counted as completed hours. Pace is calculated by dividing the cumulative number of completed hours by the cumulative number of attempted hours. Example: Completed Credit Hours Attempted hours 67% Rule 4 hours 6 hours 8 hours 16 hours 20 hours 6 Hours 9 hours 12 hours 24 hours 30 hours 67% 67% 67% 67% 67% Completed Credit Hours 24 32 40 52 64 hours hours hours hours hours Attempted Hours 36 48 60 78 96 hours hours hours hours hours 67% Rule 67% 67% 67% 67% 67% The student will be placed on a Financial Aid Warning status the first quarter, if he/she does not meet the pace and/or the GPA standard. Once on warning, the student may continue to receive Title IV financial aid (grants and guaranteed student loans). If both standards, pace and GPA, are met at the end of the next quarter the student attends while receiving aide, the warning will be removed, and the student will return to a satisfactory status. Failure to meet the standards while on Financial Aid Warning (meaning for the 2nd consecutive quarter the student has less than a 67% cumulative completion rate and/or less than a 2.0 quarterly ( GPA) will result in the student being placed on Financial Aid Suspension at the end of the quarter. Students on suspension will NOT be eligible to receive Federal Title IV funding (grants, and guaranteed student loans). Regaining Financial Aid Eligibility Students on Financial Aid Suspension for not meeting pace and or/ GPA standards may regain eligibility by completing additional credit hours to raise their cumulative completion rate to at least 67% and a quarterly GPA of 2.0 or higher at PSI. Once the student has completed the hours it is necessary to contact the Director of Financial Aid for a review of their status. Additionally students have the right to appeal the suspension by completing a Suspension Appeal Form accessible via the Director of Financial Aid. All appeals are submitted before a Suspension Committee. Criteria that could influence the committee’s decision include class attendance or unusual circumstances. Any supporting documentation should be submitted with the appeal for review (i.e. medical records, death in the family, etc.). Suspension reviews can take up to 30 days to process. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 29 | P a g e Financial Aid Maximum Time Frame Quantitative Standard – Maximum Time Frame/mathematically unable to complete program: Federal regulations specify that the Maximum Time Frame for degree or diploma completion may not exceed 150% of the published length of the student’s degree or diploma program. For example: if the Professional Skills Institute’s Catalog list a program’s clock credit hours at 121 which is equivalent to 74.25 financial aid credit hours, Maximum Time Frame for this program would be 181.5/111.38 (121 x 150%= 181.5 or 74.25 x 150%= 111.38). Additional examples: Graduation Requirements Quarter Credit Hours Financial Aid Credit Hours 109 109 87 55 Maximum Time Frame Percentage Attempted Hours Permitted Quarter Credit Hours Financial Aid Credit Hours 150% 163.5 163.5 150% 130.5 82.5 Once it has been determined that a student will not successfully complete his degree plan prior to reaching the Maximum Time Frame, the student will immediately is placed on Suspension, as required by the Department of Education and PSI. For example, a student’s degree plan requires 74.25 financial aid credit hours to complete; therefore, the maximum time frame is 111.38 hours. The student has attempted 77.5 credit hours (due to the need of repeat courses) and needs another 35.5 credit hours to graduate. The student will immediately be placed on suspension for maximum time frame, since the student would not be able to complete all 35.5 credit hours needed to graduate prior to reaching the 111.38 maximum time frame limits. Accepted transfer credit hours will be included in the calculation, even those that count toward a new program. A student on suspension for Maximum Time Frame (mathematically unable to complete their program due to hours remaining) may submit a Suspension Review Request to the Director of Financial Aid. The Suspension Review Request will be reviewed by the Appeals Committee. Only one (1) appeal will be considered per student. Criteria that may influence the committee’s decision includes reason for excessive attempted hours, number of hours remaining to graduate, and overall academic history. The student will be required to meet with Director of Financial Aid to complete an academic plan which must be submitted with the suspension review request form. Federal Aid Office Re-Taking Course Policy: Federal Regulation 34 CFR 668.2(b) states a passed grade “means any grade higher than an “F”. If a student passes a course with a “D”, then financial aid can pay for the student to re-take the course again, one more time only, as long as the student is not on financial aid suspension. Return of Financial Aid Funds for Withdrawn Students All students must follow the institutional refund policy. If a student withdraws or stops attending all of their classes within a quarter, federal financial aid regulations require that a recalculation be done on financial aid funds received for that quarter. The financial aid is recalculated based on the student’s last day of attendance and any unearned aid must be returned to the federal government. Federal financial aid is not 100% earned until the attendance has exceeded 60% of the quarter. As a result of a financial aid recalculation, a student may be responsible to pay tuition charges that were originally covered by the financial aid funds that the college was required to return, and they could also owe money directly to a grant program. The amount of Title IV aid earned is figured by taking the percentage of enrollment that is completed times the total Title IV funds disbursed plus the Title IV that could have been disbursed by federal guidelines. The difference between disbursed and earned is the unearned portion. Any Title IV aid that is unearned must be returned. If the student does not receive the full Title IV that he/she earned, then a post-withdrawal disbursement may be made. After determining the amount of aid that is unearned, this amount must be returned. How is unearned aid returned? If there is aid that is unearned, it may be the responsibility of the school and/or the student to return the funds. The institution is responsible for returning the lesser of the following: 1. Total amount of unearned aid. 2. The amount of institutional charges multiplied by the unearned aid. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 30 | P a g e The student will be notified if he/she owes unearned aid back to the federal government. Refund Distribution Policy: Refunds from the student accounts for unearned student aid will be repaid in the following order: 1. Direct Loan (unsubsidized) 2. Direct Loan (subsidized) 3. Direct Plus Loan 4. Pell Grant 5. WIA, PRC, BVR, other funding agencies 6. Employer 7. Student All refunds are made within 45 days of the determined last date of attendance. (For refund purposes, institutional charges according to the federal guidelines, is tuition, lab fees, textbooks, supplies, uniforms, and all testing fees; including proficiency testing fees, graduation fees and student liability insurance. The Application Fee and Registration fee is fully earned by PSI.) Contact the Director of Financial Aid for additional information about the recalculation policy. Institutional and Financial Aid Refund Policy It is advised that each student meet with the Director of Financial Aid prior to withdrawing to discuss the possible repercussions to his/her student aid with the decision to withdraw from a course or program. Definition of the student’s last date of attendance: If a student officially withdraws from PSI, their last day of attendance is based on the instructors’ attendance record which reports the last day the student was in class. This includes classroom and lab instruction, examinations and clinical experience. If a student stops attending classes without officially withdrawing and has not attended classes for four consecutive days, the student is terminated from his/her program. The last day of attendance is determined by the instructor’s attendance records. If a student has received Title IV funds and stops attending classes, a recalculation is performed using their last day of attendance as determined by the instructor’s attendance records. Refunds are made within 45 days after the institution has determined that the student withdrew. If a student withdraws from a course(s) or program, the student’s refund amount will be calculated using the Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools Refund Policy 3332-1-10 which is as follows: • A student who withdraws before the first class and after the five (5) day cancellation period shall be obligated for the registration fee. • A student who starts class and withdraws during the first full calendar week of the academic quarter, shall be obligated for twenty-five percent (25%) of the tuition and refundable fees for the academic quarter plus registration fee. • A student who withdraws during the second full calendar week of the academic quarter, shall be obligated for fifty percent (50%) of the tuition and refundable fees for the academic quarter plus the registration fee. • A student who withdraws during the third full calendar week of the academic quarter, shall be obligated for seventy-five percent (75%) of the tuition and refundable fees for the academic quarter plus registration fee. • A student withdrawal beginning with the fourth full calendar week of the academic quarter, will not be entitled to a refund of any portion of the tuition and or refundable fees • Questions regarding Financial Aid Options should be addressed to the Director of Financial Aid. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 31 | P a g e 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 32 | P a g e Business Information (Revised 4-2016) Tuition and Fees Tuition and fees are costs associated with credit hours earned and any fees related to these costs, including lab fees. Due to the ever-rising costs associated with operating each program, the program tuition and fees cost sheet is given as an insert to this catalog. Tuition and fee charges are subject to change at the schools discretion. PSI’s institutional policy is to give thirty (30) days written notice to students prior to any tuition increase other than those initiated each January 1. The written notice will be posted in the student lounge and a copy placed in the appropriate student’s mailboxes. Lab fees are estimated and will vary each quarter. Disclosure: Transfer or proficiency credits will decrease the cost of the student’s program. Repeating a course or courses will increase the cost of the student’s program. Textbook, sales tax, and fees are estimated, and necessary adjustments to cover operating expenses will be made quarterly. Other expenses, which the student must calculate into the cost of his/her program include, but are not limited to, room and board, personal expenses, textbooks, academic supplies, and transportation. Students are responsible for providing their own transportation for all learning experiences associated with the curriculum. Textbook Options/Student Supplies The following options are given to PSI students to assist the student in obtaining or purchasing of textbooks. Textbooks are required on the first day of class for each course without exception. Option 1: Enrolled students may purchase textbooks directly from PSI on the first day of class and have the textbooks billed to their student account. The Registrar will have the textbooks available for the students on the first day of class. The students will be notified during orientation of the textbook's disbursement process. Option 2: Enrolled students are given a textbook list for their program, stating the title of the textbook along with the ISBN number so that the student may purchase the textbook where they so choose. Students are advised only to purchase textbooks for the current registered courses, as textbooks may change on a quarterly basis. Return of textbooks: Students, who drop or withdraw from a course or a program, may return textbooks purchased through PSI within the first two (2) weeks of the quarter in which the student is registered for the course or courses. No textbooks will be accepted for return after the end of the second week. Textbooks will only be accepted if they are in like-new condition and not written in. Textbooks are to be returned to the Registrar for inspection and return acceptance. The Registrar will complete a return invoice and submit it to the Student Accounts Officer for credit to the student account. Return credits will be posted to the student account by the end of week four (4). Questions regarding purchasing, returning, or ISBN numbers of textbooks should be addressed to the Registrar. Student Supplies PSI does not operate a student store and does not sell school supplies. Students will need to purchase class supplies independently. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 33 | P a g e PSI Uniforms Information Purchase of school uniforms PSI students are required to wear approved uniforms from Superior Uniforms only. (This includes brand, style number, color, etc.) Substitutions are not permitted. PSI uses Superior Uniforms as the supplier for required approved uniforms and supplies. Representatives from Superior will be present on orientation day to assist the students with fittings, to answer questions and to place orders. Return of school uniforms: Uniforms ordered from Superior will only be returned for replacement or fitting adjustments. Students who have attended orientation, placed a uniform order, and then cancel their enrollment before the first day of the quarter, will have the uniform order cancelled and will not be responsible for payment of the uniform/supplies fee. Students, who start and withdraw or are terminated prior to the receipt of the uniforms, will have the uniform order cancelled or returned. The student will be responsible for any re-stocking fees. Uniforms and supplies that have been ordered will be delivered to PSI by the end of week five (5). The Registrar will distribute the uniforms/supplies upon receipt of delivery from Superior. The Registrar will work with the student and Superior to make sure the uniforms are the right size, number, etc. until the order is complete. Questions regarding return of uniforms should be addressed to the Registrar. Student Accounts Payable Student Billing Student billing is completed during the first three weeks of the quarter, after a student’s first day of attendance has been verified. Billing is completed from, but, not limited to registration forms (accessing charges from the tuition and fee schedules), book invoices, uniform invoices, and any miscellaneous charges. All federal funding and student payments received prior to and during the first three weeks are posted to the student’s account. Statements and invoices are emailed by the end of the fourth week. Bi-weekly updated statements are mailed thereafter, if additional charges or payments have been made to the student’s account. Student Account Credits: Return credits for textbooks will be posted to the student account by the end of week four (4). PN Student Clinical Refund Policy: If a student in the PN program fails the lecture/lab component of the nursing course, they will not be allowed to go on that specific nursing course’s clinical rotation. The student will not receive a refund for the clinical rotation, as this is part of the course as a whole. Note: Students are responsible for reviewing billing and payment invoices for accuracy. If a student does not agree with the billing or invoice they should contact the Financial Aid or Student Accounts officers as soon as possible to explain or correct errors. Third Party Billing/Outside Sources Students must show proof of qualifying for third party payment of tuition and fees prior to completing the enrollment process, if third party billing is to be responsible for payment. Students cannot verbally state they are going to be covered. Documentation is needed or the student will be responsible for 100% of the balance on their account. Any required billing on the student’s behalf to a third party is completed during week six. This includes any WIA funds, Michigan Works, Union Education Trust, TAA, BVR, employer tuition vouchers, etc. Once the funds arrive, they are posted on the student’s account. Should this cause a credit balance, the overage will be available on the next disbursement date. Questions regarding student’s accounts payable should be addressed to the Director of Finance/Student’s Accounts Officer. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 34 | P a g e Additional Fees Licensure Processing Fee: Senior students changing their licensing state after the original mailing will incur a $30 processing fee. PN Student Miscellaneous Fees: Students are expected to attend every lab and clinical session. If a student misses a lab day or part of a lab day, a make-up lab will be scheduled with the instructor. An additional charge of $75 will be added to the student’s account for this make-up lab. Students who need to repeat Med/Surg Nursing, Advanced Med/Surg Nursing, Maternal/Infant Nursing, or Pediatric Nursing will be required to do a mandatory 8 hour Medication Administration Update Lab at an additional charge of $75 that will be added to his/her account. This is an additional charge and is not part of the original tuition or fees. Payments Methods Tuition payments may be made by the following methods: • • • • • • • Personal checks made payable to Professional Skills Institute (PSI). Money orders made payable to Professional Skills Institute. Debit Card Credit Card (Visa/ MasterCard/ Discover) Payments may be called in using credit/debit cards from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. or as long as there is a receptionist at the front desk. No convenience fees are added for this service. The number to call is 419-720-6670, Ext. “1000" for the operator. Payments may be mailed using the following information: Professional Skills Institute 1505 Holland Road Maumee, Ohio 43537 Cash payments are not preferred. Receipt of payment will be given to the student, if paid directly to PSI, or a copy will be placed in the student’s mailbox. Available Payment Options: Students with a quarterly, out-of-pocket tuition/fee costs may choose one of the two quarterly payment options: Option 1: Quarterly lump sum payment — due week six of the current quarter. Invoicing is mailed during week four, thus, allowing the student two weeks to pay the accurate amount. Option 2: Monthly payments –- of 1/3 of your estimated Award Letter balance is due on the 1st month, calendar day 15 of the current quarter. Once your statement arrives, the actually remaining balance is divided over the remaining two months of that quarter. All accounts must be a zero ($0) balance by the third month, the 15th calendar day of the quarter unless the student has an installment plan approved by the Director of Finance, defined in the following. Installment Plans: An installment plan is the student’s estimated balance divided over the length of their program to arrive at a set monthly payment. All installment payments are due on the 15th of every month. All late fees and penalties will apply. The student is also responsible for any additional charges (ex. missed labs, additional uniforms, etc.) in addition to their monthly payment. The student must notify the Director of Finance/Student Accounts Officer ([email protected]) of any changes in the student’s program which could significantly alter their monthly payment. The installment plan is based on the estimated amounts on the student’s award letter. Therefore, the final monthly payment may be more or less than the originally stated amount in order to bring the account to a zero balance upon qualifying for graduation. To inquire if you are eligible for an installment plan, contact the Director of Finance/Student Accounts Officer for more information. Due to Title IV Federal Regulations not all students are eligible for installment plans. Failure of Payment Commitment: Lack of payment could lead to suspension or attendance termination from the course, or failure of the course(s) due to not being able to take required tests, exams, or competencies to pass the course. Non-payment of account can be subjected to termination from the program. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 35 | P a g e Late Fees and Penalties: All monthly payments are due on the 15th calendar day of every month. doing so will be charged a $25 per month late fee. Students making monthly payments and are late in Students making lump sum payments, and are late in doing so, will be charged a $25 per month late fee for each month they are late. If no payment has been received from the student for the current quarter by the 15th calendar day of the second month, an accounts payable student suspension notice will be issued and enforced. Suspension for Non-Payment: During suspension, students will be marked absent for attendance for each class hour missed, will not be given class handouts, etc., and will not be allowed to attend or make-up labs, tests, exams or competencies. Upon receipt of payment in full, the student’s enrollment will be immediately reinstated on that day. Previous stated course work will not be reinstated during suspension. Termination for Non-Payment: Those students who have not made satisfactory payment on their account will not be allowed to register for the next quarter. This will affect the completion date of their program. Registration is closed at noon on the Friday of break week prior to the start date of the next new quarter. Registrations not approved by this date may lead to termination from the student’s program due to non-payment of the student account. Re-instatement of Student Enrollment: If immediate payment is made on the student account, enrollment may be re-instated based on the availability of seats in the classroom. Senior/Graduate Students: PSI will withhold seniors/graduates transcripts, degrees, diplomas, certificates of completion, etc. until graduates account balance is paid-in-full. The graduate will not be allowed to attend the graduation ceremony or any functions related to graduation. Balance payoffs received after week 12 of the senior quarter will incur an additional $30 processing fee. Graduates or Withdrawn Students: Students, who have graduated who have withdrawn, or have been terminated from their enrollment and have a balance due to the school on their account, will be billed. All accounts not satisfied within 30 days will be turned over to collections. Students will be notified of the total amount due as well as when these funds are due. Strict procedures will be followed in order to collect on all accounts. All academic and financial files will be placed on a financial hold until all financial obligations are satisfied. Re-enrollment /Re- entry Student Account Balance: Students who have graduated, withdrawn or have been terminated (except for behavior termination) who wish to re-enroll must have a zero balance and meet the published requirements to qualify for re-admission. Questions regarding student’s accounts payable should be addressed to the Director of Finance/Student’s Accounts Officer. Student Account Overages The distribution of the overage is determined by the selection the student made on their most recent Credit Balance Authorization form. At the time of cutting checks, the Student Accounts officer will make any adjustments for additional charges, credits, or payments since the statement mailing. A check will be issued for the adjusted amount. Overage checks will be available for pickup on the 1st and 15th of each month after 4 p.m. Should these dates fall on a Saturday, the checks will be available on Friday, after 4 p.m. Should these dates fall on a Sunday, the checks will be available on Monday, after 4 p.m. Please note the earliest checks will be available is the end of the 4th (fourth) week of classes. It is not uncommon for students to have more than one overage check per quarter. All first quarter students and matriculating students on Plans of Study (POS) have their quarter’s disbursements held for thirty (30) days. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 36 | P a g e Students with unsatisfactory attendance will be asked to consult with financial aid prior to their overage being released. Students must be in attendance the day of distribution in order to receive their check. Note: The student receiving the overage check must show their PSI issued student ID prior to receiving a check. Only the enrolled student may sign and receive the overage check from their student account. This is in accordance with the FERPA student protection law. Updated overage disbursement dates and information are posted on the Business Office bulletin board located in the student lounge. Student Tax Forms and Information 1098T Tax Forms: The 1098 tax forms for tuition billed (box 2) is mailed to the student’s current address on file on or before January 31st. The tuition billed is calculated on a calendar year basis. Educational Tax Credits, Student Loan Interest Deduction, and Tuition and Fees Deduction: When you file your federal tax return, these tax credits may be available for certain college expenses. For information, contact the Internal Revenue Service or your tax advisor. Questions regarding student’s accounts should be addressed to the Director of Finance/Student’s Accounts Officer. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 37 | P a g e 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 38 | P a g e Educational/Academic Information Credit Hour Conversion Formulas/Outside Clock Hours PSI uses the following definitions and formula in calculating credit hours awarded on a course-by-course basis. For all courses, except clinical/externship, one clock hour is defined as 50 minutes of class and 10 minutes of break time. Quarter Credit Hours Description for Diploma Programs: Accrediting Bureau of Health Education Schools (ABHES) 10 hours of lecture 20 hours of lab 30 hours of externship/clinical = 1 Quarter Credit Hour = 1 Quarter Credit Hour = 1 Quarter Credit Hour Federal (FA) requirements regarding the calculation of clock and credit hours, including minimum number of weeks per academic year required for Title IV purposes, may vary from ABHES requirements. Quarter Credit Hours Description for Associate Degree Programs: The State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools bases its calculation of a lecture credit hour as the number of course hours per week over the 12-week quarter; a lab credit as the number of lab hours per week over the 12-week quarter divided by two (2); and a clinical credit hour as the number of clinical hours per week divided by three (3). State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools- Example of Formula Lecture credit Lab credit Clinical credit * Credits must be rounded up or 60 lecture hrs. 60 lab hrs. 60 clinical hrs. down to the nearest 0.5. = 60 hrs. ÷ 12 wks. = 5 credits = 60 hrs. ÷ 12 wks. = 5 ÷ 2 = 2.5 credits = 60 hrs. ÷ 12 wks. = 5 ÷ 3 = *1.6 credits/ or 1.5 credits. PSI is on a 12-week quarter system with an average of a one (1) week break between quarters. Additional Outside Clock Hours Description: Institutional federal requirements regarding the calculation of additional outside clock hours (out-of-class prep) are different for Title IV funding than ABHES accreditation requirements. In addition, the additional outside clock hours (out-of-class prep) are not calculated in the academic quarter credit hours. All PSI programs comply with Title IV funding: A maximum of 7.5 hours of out-of-class prep for every 30 clock hours in class. PSI participates in the Federal student financial aid programs authorized under Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, which are administered by the U.S. Department of Education (ED). PSI has the appropriate policies and procedures in place to ensure that its assignment of credit hours conforms to the definition of a credit hour for Federal purposes. All PSI programs are approved by ABHES and adhere to the minimum outside preparation hours using the following formula on a course-by-course basis: 5.0 outside clock hours of for each credit hour of lecture/lab/clinical will be assigned to each course. The minimum outside clock hours are stated on each course syllabus and documented in each course description in the catalog. Additional outside clock hours may be, but not limited to, required written assignments, written book reports, required reading and homework assignments; oral presentation activities; hands-on practice sessions, etc. Grading for the outside preparation hours is published on each syllabus on a course-by-course basis Confidentiality Policy PSI’s commitment to its educational mission, and to the students and society to which it is obligated to serve, demands that it maintain various records. No education records will be maintained that are not directly related to the basic purposes of the school. All policies and practices governing the collection, maintenance, review, and release of records will be based upon the principles of confidentiality and the student’s right to privacy, consistent with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 39 | P a g e Confidentiality of Students Records Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) (www.ed.gov/policy/gen/guid/fpco/ferpa) The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) (20 U.S.C. § 1232g; 34 CFR Part 99) is a Federal law that protects the privacy of student education records. The law applies to all schools that receive funds under an applicable program of the U.S. Department of Education. FERPA gives parents certain rights with respect to their children's education records. These rights transfer to the student when he or she reaches the age of 18 or attends a school beyond the high school level. Students to whom the rights have transferred are "eligible students." • Parents or eligible students have the right to inspect and review the student's education records maintained by the school. Schools are not required to provide copies of records unless, for reasons such as great distance, it is impossible for parents or eligible students to review the records. Schools may charge a fee for copies. • Parents or eligible students have the right to request that a school correct records which they believe to be inaccurate or misleading. If the school decides not to amend the record, the parent or eligible student then has the right to a formal hearing. After the hearing, if the school still decides not to amend the record, the parent or eligible student has the right to place a statement with the record setting forth his or her view about the contested information. • Generally, schools must have written permission from the parent or eligible student in order to release any information from a student's education record. However, FERPA allows schools to disclose those records, without consent, to the following parties or under the following conditions (34 CFR § 99.31): School officials with legitimate educational interest; Other schools to which a student is transferring; Specified officials for audit or evaluation purposes; Appropriate parties in connection with financial aid to a student; Organizations conducting certain studies for or on behalf of the school; Accrediting organizations; To comply with a judicial order or lawfully issued subpoena; Appropriate officials in cases of health and safety emergencies; and State and local authorities, within a juvenile justice system, pursuant to specific State law Schools may disclose, without consent, "directory" information such as a student's name, address, telephone number, date and place of birth, honors and awards, and dates of attendance. However, schools must tell parents and eligible students about directory information and allow parents and eligible students a reasonable amount of time to request that the school not disclose directory information about them. Schools must notify parents and eligible students annually of their rights under FERPA. The actual means of notification (special letter, inclusion in a PTA bulletin, student handbook, or newspaper article) is left to the discretion of each school. For additional information, call 1-800-USA-LEARN (1-800-872-5327) (voice). Individuals who use TDD may use the Federal Relay Service. Contact Information: Family Policy Compliance Office, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue, SW Washington, D.C. 20202-8520 FERPA General Guidance for Students (www2.ed.gov/policy/gen/guid/fpco/ferpa/students.html) The following guidance provides eligible students with general information about the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA). This document is a compilation and update of various letters and guidance documents previously issued that respond to a variety of questions about FERPA. While this guidance reflects our best and most current interpretation of applicable FERPA requirements, it does not supersede the statute or regulations. We will attempt to update this document from time to time in response to questions and concerns. FERPA is a Federal law that is administered by the Family Policy Compliance Office (Office) in the U.S. Department of Education (Department). 20 U.S.C. § 1232g; 34 CFR Part 99 FERPA applies to all educational agencies and institutions (e.g., schools) that receive funding under any program administered by the Department. Parochial and private schools at the elementary and secondary levels generally do not receive such funding and are, therefore, not subject to FERPA. Private postsecondary schools, however, generally do receive such funding and are subject to FERPA. Once a student reaches 18 years of age or attends a postsecondary institution, he or she becomes an "eligible student," and all rights formerly given to parents under FERPA transfer to the student. The eligible student has the right to have access to his or her education records, the right to seek to have the records amended, the right to have control over the disclosure of personally identifiable information from the records (except in certain circumstances specified in the FERPA regulations, some of which are discussed below), and the right to file a complaint with the Department. The term "education records" is defined as those records that contain information directly related to a student and which are maintained by an educational agency or institution or by a party acting for the agency or institution. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 40 | P a g e FERPA generally prohibits the improper disclosure of personally identifiable information derived from education records. Thus, information that an official obtained through personal knowledge or observation, or has heard orally from others, is not protected under FERPA. This remains applicable even if education records exist which contain that information, unless the official had an official role in making a determination that generated a protected education record. Under FERPA, a school is not generally required to maintain particular education records or education records that contain specific information. Rather, a school is required to provide certain privacy protections for those education records that it does maintain. Also, unless there is an outstanding request by an eligible student to inspect and review education records, FERPA permits the school to destroy such records without notice to the student. 1. Access to Education Records Under FERPA a school must provide an eligible student with an opportunity to inspect and review his or her education records within 45 days following its receipt of a request. A school is required to provide an eligible student with copies of education records, or make other arrangements, if a failure to do so would effectively prevent the student from obtaining access to the records. A case in point would be a situation in which the student does not live within commuting distance of the school. A school is not generally required by FERPA to provide an eligible student with access to academic calendars, course syllabi, or general notices such as announcements of specific events or extra-curricular activities. That type of information is not generally directly related to an individual student and, therefore, does not meet the definition of an education record. Under FERPA, a school is not required to provide information that is not maintained or to create education records in response to an eligible student's request. Accordingly, a school is not required to provide an eligible student with updates on his or her progress in a course (including grade reports) or in school unless such information already exists in the form of an education record. 2. Amendment of Education Records Under FERPA, an eligible student has the right to request that inaccurate or misleading information in his or her education records be amended. While a school is not required to amend education records in accordance with an eligible student's request, the school is required to consider the request. If the school decides not to amend a record in accordance with an eligible student's request, the school must inform the student of his or her right to a hearing on the matter. If, as a result of the hearing, the school still decides not to amend the record, the eligible student has the right to insert a statement in the record setting forth his or her views. That statement must remain with the contested part of the eligible student's record for as long as the record is maintained. However, while the FERPA amendment procedure may be used to challenge facts that are inaccurately recorded, it may not be used to challenge a grade, an opinion, or a substantive decision made by a school about an eligible student. FERPA was intended to require only that schools conform to fair record keeping practices and not to override the accepted standards and procedures for making academic assessments, disciplinary rulings, or placement determinations. Thus, while FERPA affords eligible students the right to seek to amend education records which contain inaccurate information, this right cannot be used to challenge a grade or an individual's opinion, or a substantive decision made by a school about a student. Additionally, if FERPA's amendment procedures are not applicable to an eligible student's request for amendment of education records, the school is not required under FERPA to hold a hearing on the matter. 3. Disclosure of Education Records Under FERPA, a school may not generally disclose personally identifiable information from an eligible student's education records to a third party unless the eligible student has provided written consent. However, there are a number of exceptions to FERPA's prohibition against non-consensual disclosure of personally identifiable information from education records. Under these exceptions, schools are permitted to disclose personally identifiable information from education records without consent, though they are not required to do so. Following is general information regarding some of these exceptions. One of the exceptions to the prior written consent requirement in FERPA allows "school officials," including teachers, within a school to obtain access to personally identifiable information contained in education records provided the school has determined that they have "legitimate educational interest" in the information. Although the term "school official" is not defined in the statute or regulations, this Office generally interprets the term to include parties such as: professors; instructors; administrators; health staff; counselors; attorneys; clerical staff; trustees; members of committees and disciplinary boards; and a contractor, volunteer or other party to whom the school has outsourced institutional services or functions. A school must inform eligible students of how it defines the terms "school official" and "legitimate educational interest" in its annual notification of FERPA rights. A school official generally has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his or her professional responsibility. Additional information about the annual notification of rights is found below in this guidance document. Another exception permits a school to disclose personally identifiable information from an eligible student's education records, without consent, to another school in which the student seeks or intends to enroll. The sending school may make the disclosure if it has included in its annual notification of rights a statement that it forwards education records in such circumstances. Otherwise, the sending school must make a reasonable attempt to notify the student in advance of making the disclosure, unless the student has initiated the disclosure. The school must also provide an eligible student with a copy of the records that were released if requested by the student. FERPA also permits a school to disclose personally identifiable information from education records without consent when the disclosure is in connection with financial aid for which the student has applied or which the student has received, if the information is necessary for such purposes as to: determine the eligibility for the aid; determine the amount of the aid; determine the conditions for the aid; and/or enforce the terms and conditions of the aid. With respect to this exception, the term "financial aid" means payment of funds provided to an individual (or payment in kind of tangible or intangible property to the individual) that is conditioned on the individual's attendance at a school. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 41 | P a g e Another exception permits a school to disclose personally identifiable information from education records without consent when the disclosure is to the parents of a "dependent student" as that term is defined in Section 152 of the Internal Revenue Code. Generally, if either parent has claimed the student as a dependent on the parent's most recent year's income tax statement, the school may non-consensually disclose the eligible student's education records to both parents under this exception. Postsecondary institutions may also disclose personally identifiable information from education records, without consent, to appropriate parties, including parents of an eligible student, in connection with a health or safety emergency. Under this provision, colleges and universities may notify parents when there is a health or safety emergency involving their son or daughter, even if the parents do not claim the student as a dependent. FERPA also permits a school to disclose personally identifiable information from education records without consent when the disclosure is to the parents of a student at a postsecondary institution regarding the student's violation of any Federal, State, or local law, or of any rule or policy of the institution, governing the use or possession of alcohol or a controlled substance. The school may non-consensually disclose information under this exception if the school determines that the student has committed a disciplinary violation with respect to that use or possession and the student is under 21 years of age at the time of the disclosure to the parent. Another exception permits a school to non-consensually disclose personally identifiable information from a student's education records when such information has been appropriately designated as directory information. "Directory information" is defined as information contained in the education records of a student that would not generally be considered harmful or an invasion of privacy if disclosed. Directory information could include information such as the student's name, address, e-mail address, telephone listing, photograph, date and place of birth, major field of study, participation in officially recognized activities and sports, weight and height of members of athletic teams, dates of attendance, degrees and awards received, the most recent previous educational agency or institution attended, grade level or year (such as freshman or junior), and enrollment status (undergraduate or graduate; full-time or part-time). A school may disclose directory information without consent if it has given public notice of the types of information it has designated as directory information, the eligible student's right to restrict the disclosure of such information, and the period of time within which an eligible student has to notify the school that he or she does not want any or all of those types of information designated as directory information. Also, FERPA does not require a school to notify eligible students individually of the types of information it has designated as directory information. Rather, the school may provide this notice by any means likely to inform eligible students of the types of information it has designated as directory information. There are several other exceptions to FERPA's prohibition against non-consensual disclosure of personally identifiable information from education records, some of which are briefly mentioned below. Under certain conditions (specified in the FERPA regulations), a school may non-consensually disclose personally identifiable information from education records: • • • • • To authorized representatives of the Comptroller General of the United States, the Attorney General of the United States, the U.S. Secretary of Education, and State and local educational authorities for audit or evaluation of Federal or State supported education programs, or for the enforcement of or compliance with Federal legal requirements that relate to those programs; To organizations conducting studies for or on behalf of the school making the disclosure for the purposes of administering predictive tests, administering student aid programs, or improving instruction; To comply with a judicial order or a lawfully issued subpoena; To the victim of an alleged perpetrator of a crime of violence or a non-forcible sex offense concerning the final results of a disciplinary hearing with respect to the alleged crime; and To any third party the final results of a disciplinary proceeding related to a crime of violence or non-forcible sex offense if the student who is the alleged perpetrator is found to have violated the school's rules or policies. The disclosure of the final results only includes: the name of the alleged perpetrator, the violation committed, and any sanction imposed against the alleged perpetrator. The disclosure must not include the name of any other student, including a victim or witness, without the written consent of that other student. As stated above, conditions specified in the FERPA regulations at 34 CFR § 99. 31 have to be met before a school may nonconsensually disclose personally identifiable information from education records in connection with any of the exceptions mentioned above. 4. Annual Notification of Rights Under FERPA, a school must annually notify eligible students in attendance of their rights under FERPA. The annual notification must include information regarding an eligible student's right to inspect and review his or her education records, the right to seek to amend the records, the right to consent to disclosure of personally identifiable information from the records (except in certain circumstances), and the right to file a complaint with the Office regarding an alleged failure by a school to comply with FERPA. It must also inform eligible students of the school's definitions of the terms "school official" and "legitimate educational interest." FERPA does not require a school to notify eligible students individually of their rights under FERPA. Rather, the school may provide the notice by any means likely to inform eligible students of their rights. Thus, the annual notification may be published by various means, including any of the following: in a schedule of classes; in a student handbook; in a calendar of school events; on the school's website (though this should not be the exclusive means of notification); in the student newspaper; and/or posted in a central location at the school or various locations throughout the school. Additionally, some schools include their directory information notice as part of the annual notice of rights under FERPA. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 42 | P a g e 5. Complaint Regarding Access If an eligible student believes that a school has failed to comply with his or her request for access to education records, the student may complete a FERPA complaint form and should include the following specific information: the date of the request for access to the education records; the name of the school official to whom the request was made (a dated copy of any written request to the school should be provided, if possible); the response of the school official, if any; and the specific nature of the information requested. 6. Complaint Regarding Amendment If an eligible student believes that a school has failed to comply with his or her request for amendment of inaccurate information in education records or failed to offer the student an opportunity for a hearing on the matter, the student may complete a FERPA complaint form and should include the following specific information: the date of the request for amendment of the education records; the name of the school official to whom the request was made (a dated copy of any written request to the school should be provided, if possible); the response of the school official, if any; the specific nature of the inaccurate information for which amendment was requested; and evidence provided to the school to support the assertion that such information is inaccurate. 7. Complaint Regarding Disclosure If an eligible student believes that a school has improperly disclosed personally identifiable information from his or her education records to a third party, the student may complete a FERPA complaint form and should include the following specific information: the date or approximate date the alleged disclosure occurred or the date the student learned of the disclosure; the name of the school official who made the disclosure, if that is known; the third party to whom the disclosure was made; and the specific nature of the education records disclosed. This guidance document is designed to provide eligible students with some general information regarding FERPA and their rights, and to address some of the basic questions most frequently asked by eligible students. You can review the FERPA regulations, frequently asked questions, significant opinions of the Office, and other information regarding FERPA at our Website as follows: www.ed.gov/policy/gen/guid/fpco/index.html If, after reading this guidance document, you have questions regarding FERPA which are not addressed here, you may write to the Office at the following address: Contact Information: Family Policy Compliance Office/U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue, SW Washington, DC 20202-8520 PSI Student Procedure for Access of Academic Record 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Student must submit a written request to PSI’s Registrar. Within 45 days, the Registrar will schedule a date and time for the student to review his or her educational (academic) file. The Registrar will proctor the student’s review of the educational (academic) file and answer appropriate questions. The student cannot remove anything from the file. Copies will not be made of items in the file, unless the student lives a great distance from the school and then there will be a charge per page for copying. Students will be given a chance to have records amended or withhold disclosure of information. Students cannot seek to change a grade or disciplinary action. Students cannot seek to change the opinion of a school official or other persons reflected in an educational record. The student has the right to place a statement to be kept and disclosed with the record, if as a result of a hearing the school still decides not to amend to the record. The educational (academic) files of all currently enrolled students are kept in fireproof files in the Registrar’s office. The files are locked except when in use by the administration. Student files are reviewed each quarter by the Registrar to maintain completeness. All graduated, terminated, or withdrawn students files are kept for a period of 5 years in a fireproof file cabinet in the main filing room on campus. After 5 years, the student academic file is purged and PSI maintains a hard copy of the student’s attendance record and official transcript indefinitely. PSI has a computerized student tracking system which maintains permanent records of all students’ enrollments, grades, transcripts; graduation, withdrawal and termination information. Access to student educational (academic) records by the administration is on a need-to-know basis only. Student files are also used for statistical reports required by certain agencies, governmental requirements and higher education. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 43 | P a g e PSI Procedure for Academic Accommodations due to a Documented Disability (Revised 03-24-2016) In compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act any student that has a documented disability will be granted reasonable accommodations for that specific disability. Unlike local school districts, post-secondary schools are not required to identify the applicant or student as having a disability or assess the student’s needs. The student must inform PSI prior to needing the academic adjustment in the classroom/lab/clinical that he or she has a disability and needs academic accommodations. The accommodation request will be reviewed by the Dean of Education (DOE), the appropriate Program Director and the Campus Director. The DOE and the appropriate Program Director, and the Campus Director will form the ADA Research Committee. PSI Overall Section 504 Coordinator the Dean of Education, Kim Osburn, to develop a reasonable accommodation plan for the student. Enrolled students: It is recommended that enrolled students requesting academic adjustments and auxiliary aids and services should complete the following steps at least ten (10) days prior to needing academic adjustment. Academic adjustment cannot be retroactive in the classroom as PSI was not aware accommodations were needed. Students requesting academic adjustments and auxiliary aids and services should complete the following steps during their admissions process so that a Plan of Action (POA) can be completed prior to their first day of class. New onset disability; students who during their enrollment have a newly developed disability should begin the steps as soon as documentation can be provided to the ADA committee. Step 1: Complete Request Form. Complete Disability Academic Accommodations Form (DAAF). This form may be obtained at the front desk, from an Admission Representative or by emailing a request for the form to DOE. The front desk is the entrance-way receptionist desk immediately following the front door entrance at 1505 Holland Rd., Maumee, Ohio, 43537; the Admissions Representatives are located by the front desk. Step 2: Submit hardcopy documentation. Submit to DOE and ADA Research Committee the completed DAAF along with all documentation of disability and any documents that support disability or that could assist with the academic adjustments and auxiliary aids and services. It is recommended that enrolled students requesting academic adjustments and auxiliary aids and services should complete the following steps at least ten (10) days prior to needing academic adjustment. Documentation should be submitted to the receptionist at the front desk who will date stamp the form and submit them to the DOE. Email documentation will not be accepted for this step. Step 3: ADA Research Committee Review. The ADA Research Committee will review documentation and schedule a personal meeting with the student within 5 business days of the stamped date to discuss the student’s disability. At this time the committee may request additional documentation from the student or applicant. The committee will verify all documentation presented for authenticity. Providing the committee with false information is grounds for termination of an enrollment or denial of acceptance into PSI. Step 4: Plan of Action (POA) The ADA Research Committee will develop a Plan of Action that will be provided to the student on a timely basis but no longer than 10 days of the time stamped on the DAAF and shall be concurrently provided to the appropriate faculty member(s) with notice that: (1) (2) (3) They must contact the DOE should they disagree with the student’s academic adjustments or services for that particular course; No individual instructor shall have unilateral authority to deny a student an academic adjustment and/or auxiliary aid or services approved by DOE; and Any additional process for resolving faculty disputes over what or how adjustments or aids are to be provided for a course will include the student. PSI ADA Research Committee shall update and include in the student’s file the date(s) of request(s) for adjustments of services, the nature of each request and supporting documentation, the reason(s) for any denials, and a summary of the process that occurred between PSI and the student. Step 5: Begin the Grievance Procedure If the student believes he or she has been discriminated against, or otherwise wishes to challenge any denial of his or her requests for academic adjustments or services, said applicants and or student shall utilize the PSI Disability Discrimination Grievance Procedure. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 44 | P a g e PSI Discrimination Grievance Procedure (Revised 09-19-2015) I. Introduction Professional Skills Institute (“PSI”) is an equal opportunity educational institution and complies with all federal, state, and local laws guaranteeing the rights of persons to be free from unlawful discrimination including, but not limited to, Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972; Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973; and the Americans with Disabilities Act. Section 504 states, in part, that “no otherwise qualified disabled individual….shall solely by reason of his/her disability, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity receiving Federal finance assistance…” A copy of this policy and procedure are contained on the policies page of the website at http://www.proskills.edu/grievance. The purpose of these procedures is to provide the process for addressing student claims of discrimination based upon race, disability, gender, national origin, and age and sex discrimination grievances. Student grievances concerning grades are not within the scope of these procedures and should be submitted pursuant to the faculty grievance procedures set forth in the PSI Academic Catalog. II. Definitions A. Grievance: Grievance means a complaint alleging incidents of discrimination, and incidents of discrimination regarding procedure or practice which would be prohibited by the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) or the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; and Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972. B. Grievant: Grievant means a student who submits a grievance of discrimination relevant to Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) or the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; and Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972. C. Respondent: Respondent means any PSI officer, administrator, faculty or staff member acting in their official capacity, or PSI student and alleged to be responsible for the violation(s) alleged in a grievance. The term may be used to designate persons with direct responsibility for a particular action or those persons with supervisory responsibility for procedures and policies in those areas covered in the grievance. In addition, a respondent may also include any third party affiliate of PSI, which is included in PSI’s grievance procedure. D. PSI Overall Section 504 Coordinator: The Overall Section 504 Coordinator is the individual designated to receive, investigate and to report to the President or his/her designee the grievance for PSI. The Overall Section 504 Coordinator is Kim Osburn, and may be reached at 419-720-6670, 1505 Holland Road, Maumee, OH 43537, or by email [email protected]. E. PSI Additional Section 504 Coordinators: The Additional (Program) Section 504 Coordinators are: • Mary Wells, Director of Compliance • Deanna Lamb, PTA Program Director • Annette Martin, PN Program Director Duties of the Overall Section 504 Coordinator and Additional Program Section 504 Coordinators are: • • • • Initiate the commencement of documentation, including but not limited to, gathering of information as to who, what, where, when and why. Meet with student. Initiate a plan of action, if needed. Monitor students’ progress for 504 accommodations. III. Filing of Grievance A. Eligibility for Filing: Any PSI student may file a grievance relating to claims of discrimination under the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) or the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; and Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972. B. Pre-Grievance Meeting: Prior to the filing of a written grievance, the grievant should first consult with and have a pregrievance meeting with persons with immediate supervisory authority related to the grievance. The pre-grievance meeting is completely voluntary, and the grievant may file a grievance under the Formal Grievance Procedure set forth below at any time. Under the pre-grievance procedure the grievant and the immediate supervisory authority will discuss a complaint. If the matter cannot be resolved informally at this level, a written grievance may be submitted to the Overall Section 504 Coordinator referenced in Section D of the definitions section II. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 45 | P a g e IV. Formal Grievance Procedure A. Grievance Filing: All grievances shall be in writing and shall provide the following information: (1) Name, address and telephone number of grievant (s); (2) The nature, date and description of the alleged violation(s); (3) The name(s) of the person or persons responsible for the alleged violation(s); (4) The requested relief for corrective action; and (5) Any background information the grievant believes to be relevant. B. Time Limit for Grievance Filing: A grievance must be filed within 180 days of the alleged violation. Where necessary and based on the nature of the allegation, PSI may take immediate interim measures to prevent additional discrimination while the investigation is proceeding. Such interim measures shall be designed to not burden the complainant. C. Notification respondent respondent respondent D. Investigation: Upon receipt of a grievance submitted the Overall Section 504 Coordinator also will notify the grievant of the receipt of the grievance and the initiation of an investigation into the matter. The Overall Section 504 Coordinator will also indicate a date by which it is expected that the investigation will be completed, which date shall not be later than 45 days from the date of receipt of the grievance unless a later date is agreed to by the grievant. The investigation shall invite the grievant and the respondent to present witnesses. E. Completion of Investigation: Upon completion of the investigation, the Overall Section 504 Coordinator shall prepare a report for review by the President or his/her designee. The President or his/her designee shall render a written decision within 10 days of receipt of the Overall Section 504 Coordinator report, if practicable or unless a later date is agreed to by the grievant, which decision shall be transmitted to the grievant and/or alternate contact person if so designated by the grievant. F. Appeal of Written Decision: Upon making the final decision, the individual shall transmit it in writing to both the grievant and respondent. Either party may submit to the individual designated to make the final decision, within 10 days of receiving the final decision, an appeal explaining why they believe they have been treated arbitrarily, capriciously, inequitably or in an unfair, unlawful or discriminatory manner. G. Maintenance of Written Grievance Records: Records shall be kept of each grievance process. These shall include, at a minimum: the written grievance complaint filed by the grievant, the written response filed by the respondent, and the written finding(s) and/or recommendations of the Overall Section 504 Coordinator. A file of these records shall be maintained in the office of the Dean of Education at 1505 Holland Road, Maumee, OH 43537. These records shall not refer to any specific individuals and shall be treated as confidential unless their disclosure is required by law. H. Retaliation: No person shall be subjected to retaliation for having utilized or having assisted others in the utilization of this grievance process. PSI shall initiate any and all necessary steps to prevent recurrence of any discrimination and to correct its discriminatory effects on the grievant and others if appropriate. of Respondent(s): Upon receipt of a formal grievance, the Overall Section 504 Coordinator shall send the a copy of the complaint and ask the respondent to reply to the charges within 15 calendar days. The will be specifically warned not to retaliate against the grievant in any way. Retaliation will subject the to disciplinary action. The response should include any denial, in whole or part, of the charges. Correspondence Courses Correspondence courses for general education requirements taken from accredited colleges are transferrable. If you are considering a correspondence course to fulfill general education requirements, make an appointment with the Dean of Education or the Registrar to gain approval. Experiential Learning/Advanced Placement /Ability to Benefit PSI does not accept credit(s) for prior life learning experience(s). PSI does not accept advanced placement, ability to benefit students, or grant credit for experiential learning. Transportation The student is responsible for providing his/her own transportation for all learning experiences associated with the classroom, externships, nursing clinical rotations, PTA clinical practicum and all off campus educational experiences. Students must maintain individual automobile liability coverage and be able to drive up to 90 minutes to a clinical location. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 46 | P a g e Malpractice Insurance All enroll students, regardless of the program, are covered under a blanket professional malpractice insurance that is automatically started when the student enrolls at PSI and ends with the completion of the program. Coverage includes $1,000,000 per occurrence, $5,000,000 aggregate. The fee for this insurance is included in the required fees for the program and is subject to change. Student Health Services No health services are offered at PSI except first aid, if necessary. The Emergency Medical System, 9-1-1, is utilized if serious illness or injuries occur. This policy includes time in the classroom, learning lab, and clinical. If necessary, the student will be transported to a medical facility by EMS and the student’s emergency contact person will be called. If a student is injured at the school or a clinical/externship site, any expenses are the responsibility of the student. Transfer of Credit/Proficiency Transfer of credits will be accepted at the discretion of the Dean of Education (DOE) and the specific Program Director for courses that are compatible with the student’s program requirements. The student may take one (1) proficiency examination per course in an effort to gain credit for a course. The proficiency exam must be taken prior to the course being offered. If a student fails the course, the student may not attempt a proficiency exam in lieu of taking the course for a second time. A proficiency exam may not be taken to override a failed grade in any course. College of Allied Health (AH) - Guidelines for Transfer Credit/Proficiency To qualify as an AH transfer credit or proficiency testing for credit: • Approved courses taken from an accredited institution within the last ten (10) years and passed with a “C” or better will be accepted as a transfer credit. PSI cannot accept PNP (pass no points) for transfer credit. • Approved courses taken from an accredited institution that are over ten (10) years and passed with a “C” or better may request to take a Proficiency Test with a required passing grade of 80% to prove retention of the material and to receive credit for the course. • Approved General Education courses (6) taken from an accredited institution within the last ten (10) years and passed with a “C” or better will be accepted as a transfer credit. PSI cannot accept PNP (pass no points) for transfer credit. General Education credits will be reviewed by the General Education Coordinator for approval. • A Proficiency Test may be requested for MED103/103-M Keyboarding without proof on a college transcript if he/she is proficient in keyboarding, MS Windows, MS Word and/or MS Office. • A Proficiency Test may be requested for MED102/102-M Medical Terminology I without proof on a college transcript if he/she has proof of appropriate health care licensure. • All transfer credits must be approved by the DOE. The DOE may require a course syllabus for review of compatibility, for all courses not previously approved. • The maximum number of transfer/proficiency credits accepted into the AH diploma programs is 18 quarter credits. • The maximum number of transfer/proficiency credits accepted into the AH associate degree program is 25 quarter credits. • To receive a transfer credit the student must submit an official college transcript and a Transfer Credit Request Form, 10 days prior to the start of the course requesting credit. If an official transcript is not in the student’s academic file prior to the start date of the course the student will be required to take the course in its entirety. • There is a $50 proficiency testing fee required for each proficiency exam; payment is due prior to testing. To receive credit by proficiency, each exam must be passed with a minimum of 80%; less than 80%, no credit will be given. Proficiency exams must be taken prior to the start date of the quarter in which the course is required. • Military Transfer Credit Policy–For individuals with experience in the armed forces of the United States, the National Guard, or reserve component, PSI will review the individual’s documented military education and skills training to determine whether any of the education and/or training is equivalent to the Allied Health programs curriculum. If the military education and/or skills training are substantially equivalent, PSI will award credit to the individual. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 47 | P a g e AH Approved Courses for Transfer Credit: MED101/101-M Medical Law & Ethics 108-M Fundamentals of Psychology SOC101 Introduction to Sociology MED102/102-M Medical Terminology I MED154/154-M Computer Applications MTH101 Basic Mathematics MED103/103-M Keyboarding COM101 Interpersonal Communications MTH102 Business Mathematics 104-M Office Communications ENG101 English Composition PSY101 Introduction to Psychology MED103/103-M Keyboarding MED116/116-M Medical Terminology II MED136/136-M Anatomy & Physiology II MED102/102-M Medical Terminology I MED135/135-M Anatomy & Physiology I AH Approved Courses for Proficiency Credit: School of Physical Therapist Assisting (PTA) - Guidelines for Transfer Credit/Proficiency To qualify as a PTA transfer credit or proficiency testing for credit: • Approved General Education courses (3) taken from an accredited institution within the last ten (10) years and passed with a “C” or better will be accepted as a transfer credit. PSI cannot accept PNP (pass no points) for transfer credit. • Approved courses taken from an accredited institution that are over ten (10) years and passed with a “C” or better and resulted in the awarding of a degree, may be acceptable for transfer credit. • Certain approved courses taken from an accredited institution within the last ten (10) years and passed with a “C” or better may request to take a Proficiency Test with a required passing grade of 80% to prove retention of the material and to receive credit for the course. • All transfer credits must be approved by the PTA Program Director. The PTA Program Director may require a course syllabus for review of compatibility, for all courses not previously approved. • The maximum number of transfer/proficiency credits accepted into the PTA associate degree program is 25 quarter credits. • To receive a transfer credit the student must submit an official college transcript and a Transfer Credit Request Form, 10 days prior to the start of the course requesting credit. If an official transcript is not in the student’s academic file prior to the start date of the course the student will be required to take the course in its entirety. • There is a $50 proficiency testing fee required for each proficiency exam; payment is due prior to testing. To receive credit by proficiency, each exam must be passed with a minimum of 80%; less than 80%, no credit will be given. Proficiency exams must be taken prior to the start date of the quarter in which the course is required. • In the case of KIN101 Kinesiology I and KIN201 Kinesiology II, the student must demonstrate comparable course work with a lab component that includes Manual Muscle Testing and goniometry. • Military Transfer Credit Policy–For individuals with experience in the armed forces of the United States, the National Guard, or reserve component, PSI will review the individual’s documented military education and skills training to determine whether any of the education and/or training is equivalent to the PTA curriculum. If the military education and/or skills training are substantially equivalent, PSI will award credit to the individual. PTA Approved Courses for Transfer Credit: ENG101 English Composition SOC101 Introduction to Sociology PSY101 BIO101 Introduction to Psychology Medical Terminology PTA Approved Courses for Proficiency Credit: BIO102 Anatomy & Physiology I BIO307 Growth & Development BIO103 Anatomy & Physiology II KIN101 Kinesiology I BIO306 Fundamentals of Disease KIN201 Kinesiology II 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 48 | P a g e School of Practical Nursing (PN) - Guidelines for Transfer Credit/Proficiency To qualify as a PN transfer credit or proficiency testing for credit: • Approved courses taken from an accredited institution within the last five (5) years and passed with a “C” or better will be accepted as a transfer credit. PSI cannot accept PNP (pass no points) for transfer credit. • Approved courses taken from an accredited institution that are over five (5) years but within ten (10) years and passed with a “C” or better may request to take a Proficiency Test with a required passing grade of 80% to prove retention of the material and to receive credit for the course. • A course taken over ten (10) years ago must be retaken. No proficiency exam will be given. • All transfer credits must be approved by the PN Program Director. The PN Program Director may require a course syllabus for review of compatibility, for all courses not previously approved. • The maximum number of transfer/proficiency credits accepted into the PN diploma program is 18 quarter credits. • To receive a transfer credit the student must submit an official college transcript and a Transfer Credit Request Form, 10 days prior to the start of the course requesting credit. If an official transcript is not in the student’s academic file prior to the start date of the course the student will be required to take the course in its entirety. • There is a $50 proficiency testing fee required for each proficiency exam; payment is due prior to testing. To receive credit by proficiency, each exam must be passed with a minimum of 80%; less than 80%, no credit will be given. Proficiency exams must be taken prior to the start date of the quarter in which the course is required. • Military Transfer Credit Policy–For individuals with experience in the armed forces of the United States, the National Guard, or reserve component, PSI will review the individual’s documented military education and skills training to determine whether any of the education and/or training is equivalent to the Practical Nurse curriculum. If the military education and/or skills training are substantially equivalent, PSI will award credit to the individual. PN Approved Courses for Transfer Credit: 101-H Medical Terminology 302-H Basic Nutrition and Diet Therapy 201-H Principles of Psychology PN Approved Courses for Proficiency Credit: 101-H Medical Terminology 201-H Principles of Psychology 103-H Anatomy & Physiology I 202-H Basic Nutrition and Diet Therapy 203-H Anatomy & Physiology II Procedure for Proficiency Exams-All Programs 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Submit an official college transcript(s). Complete a Proficiency Exam Request Form and submit to the Dean of Education and/or the Program Director for review. (Proficiency Exam Request Forms are available from an Admissions Representative, or the Registrar.) If approved, the Proficiency exam fee is $50 per exam. The fee is to be paid at the front desk. The exam fee must be paid up-front and cannot be added to the student’s account, regardless of the student’s account balance. The fee may be paid in the form of a money order, debit or credit card to confirm a testing date. The Administrative Assistant at the front desk will give the student a copy of the paid fee. The Registrar will receive a copy of the paid receipt. The Registrar will then contact the student regarding when and where the proficiency test will be given. Proficiency tests will not be given unless paid-in-full prior to taking the test. To receive credit by proficiency exam, the student must pass with a grade of at least 80 percent. Notification of proficiency exam results will be available within 2 days of completing the exam. Students will be able to discuss their test results but cannot review actual test. The Proficiency test is retained in student’s academic file. Questions regarding proficiency exams should be addressed to the Registrar. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 49 | P a g e Grading Policy Student’s academic progress is monitored and unsatisfactory progress will result in dismissal from the program. Instructors’ meetings are held at least once a month to review academic and attendance concerns. All efforts will be made to help a student having academic difficulties. Students cannot arrange to do additional work to change final grade. PSI Grading is based on the following: A B C D F 92.5% - 100.0% 84.5% - 92.4 % 76.5% - 84.4% 69.5% - 76.4% 69.4% or below 4.0 3.0 2.0 1.0 0.0 Grade Grade Grade Grade Point Point Point Point CR = Transfer of course credit from another school or proof of certification. There is no letter grade given for the transfer credit. The transfer credit course is not calculated in the accumulative grade point average (GPA). The transfer credit course is calculated in the accumulative attempted credit hours. I= Incomplete (all course work must be completed by the end of the sixth week of the next quarter or the incomplete will change to an “F”. An incomplete taken for a PN clinical rotation must be completed within the last 5 weeks of the next quarter. W= Withdrawal Letter grades are given for each course on the student’s academic transcript based on PSI grading scale. A B C D F 3.0 2.0 1.0 0.0 4.0 to 3.99 to 2.99 to 1.99 to 0.99 Excellence Above Average Average Below Average Failing Grade Point Average (GPA) Calculation: The GPA is the basis for calculating scholastic standing and is obtained by dividing the total number of points earned by the total number of quarter credit hours attempted. Points are assigned for each quarter hour of credit earned according to PSI grading system. Failure of a Course with Lab Competency Component: In courses where there is a lab competency component of the grade, the didactic component must be passed with a 76.5 percent or better and the lab competency must be passed at a satisfactory level, or the student will have to repeat the course in its entirety. The student will be given the opportunity to repeat the entire course, the next time it is offered, in an attempt to achieve a passing grade. Incomplete (I): A letter grade of “I” is given when a student cannot complete course work due to extenuating circumstances. The student will meet with the Program Coordinator, Program Director or Dean of Education to make arrangements to complete the course work within the first six (6) weeks of the next quarter. An incomplete taken for a PN clinical rotation must be completed within the last 5 weeks of the next quarter. The student will receive an “I” on his/her transcript until the course work is completed. The “I” converts to an “F”, if the work is not completed. Students are not permitted to withdraw from any course for which an “I” grade has been issued. If the student receives a “D” or “F” the course must be repeated. Academic Transcripts Instructors submit final grades, to the Registrar, on the last day of the quarter. The Registrar enters the final grades into the student tracking system. If a student has not completed the course an “I” is recorded by the Registrar. The Registrar forwards the transcripts to the Dean of Education for review, approval, and when necessary to do an appropriate plan of study (POS) or to address concerns. Student transcripts are issued to all students by Friday of the first week of each quarter, which is approximately two weeks from the last day of class. Transcripts will not be available prior to this day. Students will not be given grades over the phone and cannot receive transcripts early. Final transcripts will be available to all students by Friday of the first week of each quarter; or when requested by the student. During the graduation ceremony all graduates receive an official transcript along with his/her additional graduation documents. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 50 | P a g e Students wishing to receive additional official transcripts may do so by completing a Transcript Request Form, which is available from the Registrar, at the front desk at PSI or online at www.proskills.edu. There is a charge of $3 for each additional official transcript. There is no charge for unofficial transcripts. process the official transcript request within 10 days of receipt. The Registrar will The appropriate Program Director will process all requests for the purpose of licensing or certification exams within 10 days from the receipt of the final transcript from the Registrar, which is approximately two weeks from the last day of class for students who met graduation requirements. Dean’s List PSI’s Registrar will post a Dean’s List at the end of each quarter for students who have achieved a grade point average of 3.0 or better on a 4.0 scale for the quarter. To be considered for the dean’s list, students must carry no fewer than 10 quarter credit hours per quarter. Graduation/Graduation Requirements Graduation is held two (2) times a year. During this ceremony, degrees, diplomas, certificates, awards for Academic Excellence (GPA of 4.0), Academic Honors (GPA of 3.0 to 3.99) and Perfect Attendance are presented. Providing all necessary grade information is complete, final transcripts will be available at graduation. When grade information is incomplete, final transcripts not received at graduation will be sent by mail when complete. Graduation Requirements: 1. 2. 3. Successful completion of all assignments, final examinations, externships, nursing rotations or clinical practicum with required minimum passing score. Payment in full of all tuition and fees owed to PSI. Return of all property of PSI. Questions regarding graduation or graduation requirements should be addressed to the Registrar. Career Services The Director of Career Services, along with the graduate, will work as a team to find employment. employment or a minimum starting salary. PSI does not guarantee PSI students will have this career services available to then being upon enrollment. During the final quarter of each program the students will also be provided career counseling through a job readiness course and/or seminar. This includes resumes, job applications, cover letters, mock interviews and if needed updates on HIPAA and OSHA. Student Registration Newly Enrolled Student Registration: Course registration for newly enrolled students is done during the Academic Orientation Meeting for each department. Registration Form is completed by the student and returned to the Registrar. The Currently Enrolled Students: During the tenth week of each quarter, the schedule for the next quarter is reviewed, updated, if needed, and available to all currently enrolled students. Students pre-register for the following quarter. Upon successful completion of all courses in the current quarter the Dean of Education (DOE) will approve registration for the upcoming quarter. Student billing is completed from registration forms. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 51 | P a g e The pre-registration procedure is as follows: • Each student is issued a Registration Form from the Registrar during one of his/her class periods during the tenth week. (All students pre-register for courses by using PSI registration form.) • The student checks the appropriate box for each course in which he/she chooses to preregister for the next quarter. • The student signs, dates the form, and returns it to the Registrar for submitting to the DOE for academic approval. • Upon receipt of final grades, the DOE will review the student’s academic transcript. If the student has successfully passed all courses that he/she was registered and the quarterly GPA is above 2.0 the DOE will approve the student’s registration. • Students who do not successfully complete courses will not have their pre-registration form signed, but will meet with the Registrar to discuss appropriate plans of study. • Upon academic approval, the form is submitted to the Director of Financial Aid and Student Accounts Officer for financial approval. • Upon financial approvals, each student will receive a completed copy of his/her registration form. • Approval signatures are required from all three before final registration approval is granted. Failure to register for courses as outlined above may result in delayed progress in the program, as seats in a particular course may become filled. Changing Program Schedule: Students should meet with the appropriate Program Director for academic counseling prior to adding or dropping a course to identify any further repercussions for a schedule change. Adding a Course: Adding of a course must be done seven (7) days prior to the start date of a course. A Course Add Form must be completed to make an official change in the registration. Forms may be obtained from the Registrar. All changes in schedules are made through the Registrar to safeguard the accuracy of the student’s permanent record. Dropping a Course: Dropping of a course must be done prior to the first day of class. A Course Drop Form must be completed to make an official change in the registration. Forms may be obtained from the Registrar. All changes in schedules are made through the Registrar to safeguard the accuracy of the student’s permanent record. Withdrawal from a Course/Program Educational Policy: A student who wishes to withdraw from a course or a program after the first day of the class must complete the following steps (in order) to prevent error in the student’s financial aid, educational plan of study, or the student’s PSI account. Note: If the student withdraws from his/her program anytime during the first week of the quarter, it will not be considered an attempt at the course(s) for which he/she has registered. It will be considered the student’s first enrollment into the program. Re-entry and course registration are based on seat availability. Step 1: Schedule an appointment with the Director of Financial Aid. The Director of Financial Aid will discuss with the student the intent to withdraw from a course or program and inform the student regarding the possible repercussions of the withdrawal in regards to the student’s financial aid qualifications. To withdraw from a course or program, a Withdrawal Form will be completed to make the change official. Withdrawal begins with the Director of Financial Aid. Upon completion of the meeting with the Director of Financial Aid, and if the student still wishes to withdraw, the Director of Financial Aid will sign-off on the Withdrawal Form. The student will then go to the next step. Step 2: Meet with the appropriate Program Director. The Program Director will discuss with the student the potential repercussions that could occur from the withdrawal from the course or program regarding educational plans of study. Upon completion of the meeting with the Program Director, the director will sign-off on the Withdrawal Form. The student will then complete the third step. Step 3: Meet with the Director of Finance/ Student Accounts Officer. The student will meet with the Director of Finance/ Student Accounts Officer to review the student’s account and make arrangements for payment of account or return of student funds to appropriate agencies. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 52 | P a g e Students should refer to this catalog to be advised on PSI’s published Institutional Refund Policy as to what will be owed to PSI regarding tuition, books, and fees. Upon completion of the meeting with the Director of Finance/ Student Accounts Officer, the officer will sign-off on the Withdrawal Form. Note: All three (3) approval signatures are required to make the withdrawal official and to assure that the student has been properly advised about the decision to withdraw from a course or program. Step 4: The student will receive a copy of the signed Withdrawal Form. The original will be maintained in the student academic file which is maintained by the Registrar. Grading for withdrawal from a course or program: Official withdrawal prior to the 61% point of the course will be recorded on the student’s academic record as a “W” for a grade and is not calculated in the student’s GPA. The student will receive a grade of “F” for withdrawals after completion of the 61% point of the course and this will be calculated in the student’s GPA. Part-Time Status The professional curriculum of each program is structured so that each successive quarter is built on information, knowledge, skills and attitudes obtained in the previous quarters. Students are thus encouraged to maintain full-time status to complete the curriculum. However, there may be situations when a student due to medical or personal reasons needs to assume a part-time status. If this situation presents itself, the student will meet with the applicable Program Director to design an appropriate schedule of study. Note: PTA students have very limited part-time program availability due to enrolling in April and October of each year. Procedure for Part-Time Status: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. The student should schedule an appointment with the applicable Program Director to discuss his/her intent to go from full-time to part-time status. At this meeting the student will discuss his/her reasons for requesting a part-time schedule. Students will be encouraged to maintain a full-time schedule whenever possible. If a full-time schedule cannot be maintained, the Program Director will work with the Dean of Education (DOE). To prepare a Plan of Study (POS) for the student that will outline how and when the student will complete his/her program. The student’s POS is then submitted to the Dean of Education for review and final academic approval. With educational approval the POS is then submitted to the Director of Financial Aid who reviews the request with the student. Students who are on part-time schedule may face registration restrictions. Registration for individual courses limited to the availability of seats for that course. Students who cannot maintain the part-time POS will have to withdraw from the program and re-enter at a later date. If the student chooses not to re-enter into the withdrawn program, they have the option of enrollment into a new program at PSI. Standards of Satisfactory Academic Progress Satisfactory Academic Progress for all Students: (Revised July 2015) The Institute’s Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) standards measure each student’s quantitative (pace) and qualitative (grade point average) progress toward the completion of the student’s program of study. The SAP standards are used primarily to determine a student’s eligibility to receive federal financial aid under Title IV of the Higher Education Act; however, the SAP standards are applied to all students and represent a minimum standard of academic achievement required by the Institute for continued enrollment. Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) is required for all programs and all students, regardless of financial aid status. The Institute’s SAP standards measure a student’s satisfactory academic progress at the end of each quarter’s (12-week period) grading periods. The Institute provides a transcript report from the Registrar via the student mailboxes to each student at the end of each grading period. The transcript includes the student’s grades earned in each course attempted. The transcripts will also provide cumulative information for all credits attempted and completed and a cumulative grade point average at the end of each grading period. Satisfactory Progress is necessary to maintain enrollment, to be eligible for Title IV Federal Student Aid Programs, as well as funding through many Non-Title IV Financial Aid Programs. Therefore, to continue as a student in good standing at PSI, the following SAP standards must be maintained. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 53 | P a g e Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) is defined by the following criteria: 1. Academic--Maintaining a minimum quarterly grade point average (GPA) of 2.0. GPAs are calculated at the end of each 12-week period, when all final grades have been entered. 2. Attendance--Completing eight-five percent (85%) of the total quarterly registered credit clock hours. Attendance is taken each class period. There are no excused absences. Attendance percentages are calculated at the end of each 12week period or at any time deemed necessary to assure the student is maintaining satisfactory attendance progress. During the student’s last academic quarter (quarter 4 for Allied Health diploma and quarter 6 for AMA, quarter 6 for Practical Nursing; and quarter 7 for Physical Therapist Assisting) the attendance requirement is 85% attendance for each individual course. There are no excused absences. If the student does not maintain the 85% course attendance requirement, the student will be attendance terminated and receive a grade of “F” for the course. The course will have to be repeated the next time it is offered at an additional tuition fee. 3. Maximum Time-Frame--Completing the program within the 150% maximum time-frame of the published length and/or the quantitative measure which is the total number of credits required for completion of the educational program. Maximum time frame is not to exceed 150% of the normal length, in which the educational objective must be successfully completed. The maximum time frame is to be divided into increments, during which a minimum percentage of the work is to be completed. Example: Program Current Program Total Credits *Maximum Allowed Attempted Credits AMA MA MBCS PhT PN PTA 102.5 87.0 76.0 81.0 123.5 109.0 153.75 130.5 114.0 121.5 185.25 163.5 credits credits credits credits credits credits max credits max credits max credits max credits max credits max credits that can be attempted that can be attempted that can be attempted that can be attempted that can be attempted that can be attempted *Attempted credits include transfer credits, withdrawals and failed courses for an individual program. Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) Warnings, Probations, Terminations and Appeals: If a student is in danger of falling below Satisfactory Academic Progress guidelines, the following warnings, probations or terminations will be issued. Academic: 1. Academic Warning: The student will be notified by the course instructor via the Academic Warning Form when their course grade falls below 76.5%. Tutoring will be offered. This warning is to alert the student to take immediate action to bring up the unsatisfactory grade. Each student is fully responsible for monitoring his/her grades and to ask for assistance from the course instructor when they feel help is needed. 2. Academic Probation: GPAs are calculated at the end of each 12-week period, when all final grades have been entered. Students with a GPA below the minimum of 2.0 will be placed on academic probation for the next 12 weeks. The students will review and sign an Academic Probation Form that states the dates of probation, specific conditions for reinstatement of SAP and termination results for not achieving a 2.0 quarterly GPA during the probation period. 3. Academic Termination: The student’s academic performance will be closely monitored. If at the end of the stated time, the quarterly (term) GPA is not 2.0 or higher, the student will be terminated from his/her enrollment. A student CANNOT be placed on academic probation for two (2) consecutive quarters. If this is the student’s first enrollment attempt at this program, and the student is terminated, they may apply for re-entry into their program after waiting one full quarter (12 weeks). The student must have a zero account balance to apply for re-entry. The student will be required to meet all current admission requirements and be re-accepted in the program. Note: Academic and financial aid files will be reviewed during the re-entry process and documentation found in files will be used by the Admissions Selection Committee during the re-entry process. Attendance: 1. Attendance Warning: Attendance is taken each class period and recorded by the course instructor for review by the Registrar, Dean of Education and Director of Financial Aid. There are no excused absences. Attendance percentages are calculated at any time deemed necessary to assure the student is maintaining satisfactory attendance progress. The student will be notified by the Registrar via the Attendance Warning Form when the student’s attendance exceeds 10% of completing one hundred percent (100%) of the total quarterly registered credit clock hours. This warning is to alert the student to take immediate action to bring their attendance into compliance. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 54 | P a g e 2. Attendance Probation: Attendance percentages are calculated at the end of each 12-week period or at any time deemed necessary to assure the student is maintaining satisfactory attendance progress. Students whose quarterly attendance is below the minimum 85% will be placed on attendance probation for the next quarter or 12 weeks. The student will review and sign an Attendance Probation Form that states the dates of probation, specific conditions for reinstatement of SAP and termination results for not achieving the 85% quarterly attendance during the probation period. 3. Attendance Termination: The student’s attendance performance will be closely monitored by the instructors and Registrar. If at the end next quarter, the quarterly 85% attendance requirement is not maintained, the student will be terminated from his/her enrollment. A student CANNOT be placed on attendance probation for two (2) consecutive quarters. The student will be attendance terminated from his or her enrollment, if the student has been four (4) days no call, no show to PSI. If this is the student’s first enrollment attempt at this program, and the student is terminated, they may apply for re-entry into their program after waiting one full quarter (12 weeks). The student must have a zero account balance to apply for re-entry. The student will be required to meet all current admission requirements and be re-accepted in the program. Note: Academic and financial aid files will be reviewed during the re-entry process and documentation found in files will be used by the Admissions Selection Committee during the re-entry process. Maximum Time Frame: 1. Maximum Time Frame Warning: The Registrar, Dean of Education and the Director of Financial Aid will monitor student’s maximum time frame requirements. If at any time the student becomes in danger of exceeding the maximum time, due to failed courses and repeating courses, the student will be notified of the concern by one of the preceding persons via the Maximum Time Frame Warning Form. 2. Maximum Time Frame Termination: Students who mathematically are unable to complete their program within the 150% maximum time-frame will be terminated from his or her enrollment without an option for re-entry into that particular program as soon as this is a known factor by the Dean of Education or the Director of Financial Aid. 3. Effect of Attempted Credits on Maximum Time Frame: All attempted credits have a direct effect on the calculation of the 150% maximum time frame to complete the student’s program. Attempted credits include course withdrawals, repeated courses, transfer credits, and proficiency credits. Attempted credits does not include non-credit courses, remedial courses, or have non-punitive (pass/fail) grades as PSI does not offer this type of course or use the pass/fail in the grading system. Satisfactory Academic Process (SAP) Appeal Notification: SAP Appeal: Students who wish to appeal the determination that they are not maintaining SAP must submit documentation to the program director or coordinator. The program director or coordinator will request a hearing from the appeal committee, the Director of Financial Aid and the Dean of Education to review the case. In cases of extenuating documented circumstances, limited arrangements may be made. Each appeal will be handled on an individual basis. Students will be allowed only one (1) appeal per program. Attendance Attendance Policy: One hundred percent (100%) attendance for each course in which the student is registered is ideal for each quarter. Being late is unacceptable. Students are required to inform the school of any emergency absence or tardiness whether it be classroom or on a clinical practicum, nursing rotation or externship. All classes start promptly at the scheduled time. Students should be in class, ready to begin. If an emergency absence should occur, it is necessary for the student to call the school within one (1) hour of the scheduled start time to let the school and the instructor know why he/she will be late or not attending. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 55 | P a g e If the PN student is scheduled to be on the clinical unit, he/she must also contact the clinical unit in addition to the clinical instructor. PN students who are a no call, no show for a clinical day, will be considered as an unexcused absence, and result in a failing grade for the clinical. The course will have to be repeated in its entirety, at an additional tuition charge. If a class is missed, the student is responsible for the missed material. All work missed must be made up to the instructor’s satisfaction. If a PN lab class is missed, the student will have to make-up the lab at an additional $75 make-up lab charge. Attendance Monitoring Guidelines: Time will be marked accordingly for any class time missed will be counted against the student’s total registered quarterly clock hours. Attendance time will be adjusted for being late for a class, missing a class, or leaving class early. Each student is fully responsible for keeping track of his/her attendance in each class. Regular attendance and punctuality are a must. To maintain satisfactory attendance, students must be present for 85% of the total registered quarterly clock hours. PSI Leaves of Absence: PSI does not grant LOAs (Leaves of Absences). This is with the exception of students, currently enlisted in the military service of the United States or the National Guard, and who are currently in active duty status, as defined in ORC 3332.20. Students requesting such a leave, must do so in writing, and must submit their request to the Dean of Education. Upon verification of active duty status, PSI will grant the student a military LOA, for the time that they are in active duty status, and for up to one (1) year after the conclusion of their service. During the time the student is on military LOA, they shall incur no academic or financial penalties. Students who have been terminated due to not maintaining SAP must begin the admissions process for Re-Entry, if they qualify. Students who have withdrawn for any reason must begin the admissions process for re-entry, if they qualify. Procedure for Handling Academic Difficulty Academic Advisement--PSI offers academic advisement through the course instructor to discuss the completion of the registered course. The instructor will discuss with the student any relevant academic concerns regarding the course. If the instructor is not able to advise the student, the student should schedule an appointment with appropriate program director or coordinator. Instructor Assistance--Instructors monitor academic performance throughout the quarter and notify the Dean of Education, or appropriate program director or administrator, when a student drops below 76.5 percent for any course or lab. A student having academic difficulty should contact the instructor first for tutoring. Group tutoring is offered by each instructor for a scheduled date and time. Students are to contact the instructor for days and times. Questions regarding academic difficulty should be addressed to the appropriate instructor. first page of the course syllabus. Email addresses are found on the Group Sessions--Students in PSI programs are very focused individuals. As each group of students advance in the program they tend to merge into a team determined to help each other to reach the goal. Study groups are a natural occurrence and the instructors openly promote this. Any unused classroom or laboratory is offered to the groups. Models, videos and reference books are also available upon request. Dean of Education (DOE)-End of Quarter Review of Transcripts The following guidelines apply to all programs offered by PSI: All grades are reviewed by the Dean of Education (DOE) at the end of each quarter. The Registrar upon the completion of entering final grades will give the DOE transcripts of students who have failed a course or courses for review for a POS or termination. The DOE will review the student’s academic transcript and do an appropriate plan of study (POS) as needed. Courses will be scheduled according to policy, availability and prerequisite requirements. All plans of study are at the discretion of the DOE based on review of the student’s academic file and transcript. In all programs a final grade of “D” is also considered a failure, as the lowest possible passing grade is a “C”. The lowest “C” in the PN, PTA and AH programs is a 76.5 (%) percent. PN Students: Due to limited available seating in the PN program, PSI will follow the process found in this Academic Catalog to arrive at who will be eligible for the seats. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 56 | P a g e Academic Hold: PSI offers a one-time academic hold due to PSI’s unavailability of courses or seats for the enrolled student to continue in his or her program. The Academic Hold period will be no longer that one (1) 12-week quarter. The Academic Hold period will not count against the student’s maximum 150% time frame to complete his or her program. The DOE will review the student’s academic file, create a POS, and determine whether an Academic Hold can be offered. Plans of Study (POS) for Failed Courses: The DOE will review the student’s academic transcript and do an appropriate plan of study (POS) as needed referring to the following guidelines. 1. Failure of One (1) Course and Quarter GPA above 2.0: If a student receives a failing final grade in one course in a quarter and the quarter GPA is above 2.0, the student will be allowed to continue on a full-time schedule. The failed course must be repeated the next time it is offered. The student will be required to take the failed course and will be limited to a maximum of two new courses. If the one failed course is a nursing course with a lab/clinical component, that course must be taken and passed before new courses will be scheduled, regardless of availability or prerequisites. Due to the fact that the PTA starts in April and October, students failing a course may have to withdraw and re-enroll (or be placed on Academic Hold) to repeat the course the next time it is offered. 2. Failure of One (1) Course and Quarter GPA below 2.0: If a student receives a failing final grade in one course in a quarter and the quarter GPA is below 2.0, the student will be placed on a part-time schedule and placed on Academic Probation. The failed course must be repeated the next time it is offered. The student will be required to take the failed course and will be limited to a maximum of one new course. Courses will be scheduled according to availability and prerequisite requirements. If the one failed course is a nursing course with a lab/clinical component, that course must be taken and passed before any new courses will be scheduled, regardless of availability or prerequisites. 3. Failure of Two (2) in the same quarter: If a student receives a failing grade in two (2) courses in a quarter, the student will be placed on Academic Probation. The two (2) failed courses must be repeated the next time they are offered. No other courses (regardless of availability or prerequisites) will be scheduled until failed courses have been satisfactory completed. 4. Failure of Three (3) or More Courses in the same quarter: ANY student in any program that receives a failing grade in three or more courses in a quarter will be terminated from his/her enrollment. 5. Failed or Withdrew Three (3) PN Separate Nursing Courses: Any PN student who has failed or withdrawn from three (3) separate nursing courses within the program, regardless of the re-taking of courses, will be terminated from his or her enrollment. 6. Second Attempt Failures/ Withdrawals: Regardless of the course or program, students are given only one (1) attempt to pass a failed or withdrawn course. 7. Failure of a Course with Lab Competency Component: In courses where there is a lab competency component of the grade, the didactic and lab competency component each must be passed with a 76.5 percent or better, or the student will have to repeat the course in its entirety. The student will be given the opportunity to repeat the entire course, the next time it is offered, in an attempt to achieve a passing grade. Procedure for Plans of Study (POS): 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. The DOE will review the student’s academic transcript and complete an appropriate plan of study (POS), and academic probation form. The DOE will give the POS to the Registrar who will also review the forms for additional accuracy. The Registrar will call or email the student to set up an appointment time to meet with the student to review the student’s grades, plan of study and complete appropriate paper work. The student and Registrar will sign and date the appropriate forms. The Registrar will copy and disseminate copies to appropriate PSI faculty. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 57 | P a g e Academic /Attendance Termination- All Programs (Revised September 2015) Any one of the following shall immediately terminate a student’s enrollment with PSI: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. ANY student, in any program, that receives a failing grade in three or more registered courses in one quarter; Any student, in any program, who fails to pass the failed or withdrawn course the second time; Any student, in any program, who does not have a quarterly 2.0 GPA at the end of academic probation; Any student, in any program, who has not maintained the 85% quarterly attendance requirement at the end of the probation period; Any PN student who has failed or withdrawn from three (3) separate nursing courses within the program, regardless of the re-taking of course; Any PTA student who has failed two (2) of the PTA Clinical Experiences (PTA306-A, PTA306-B, PTA410-A, PTA410-B) will be terminated from the PTA program, regardless of the number of enrollments; Any student who exceeds the 150% maximum time frame in completing his/her enrollment; Any student will be attendance terminated from his or her enrollment if the student stops attending classes without officially withdrawing and has not attended classes or has not spoken with any PSI employee about the absences for four (4) consecutive days. Termination shall be immediate upon the occurrence of any of the foregoing events, and no notice of termination, beyond what is set forth herein shall be required by PSI. Any student who was terminated for unacceptable conduct/behavioral termination will not be granted a re-entry option or enrollment into any program at PSI. Any PTA student who has failed two (2) of the PTA Clinical Experiences (PTA306-A, PTA306-B, PTA410-A, PTA410-B) will be terminated from the PTA program, without an option to re-enter. Re-Entry (Second Attempt) Enrollment Criteria Students returning to the same program within one (1) year will begin the re-entry process with the Registrar. Students returning at one (1) year or more will begin the re-entry process with the Admissions Department. Students who have been terminated for behavior will not be given the option of re-entry into any program at PSI. Guidelines for students who wish to re-enter: 1. Any student who wishes to apply for re-entry into any program must have a zero ($0) account balance. 2. Due to fact that PSI offers specific programs, and the curriculum information is constantly being updated, any student who wishes to apply for re-entry after three (3) years will be required to repeat all courses and admission requirements for the program. 3. Any student who wishes to apply for a re-entry second attempt (regardless of the program) will have his/her PSI transcript reviewed by the Dean of Education and/or Program Director/Coordinator to see if any courses have significantly changed and do not qualify for transfer credit. If a course has been changed significantly, the student will be required to take the new course in its entirety. 4. Any student who withdrew from his/her first enrollment (from any program) may apply for re-entry based on seat availability. 5. Any student who was terminated from his/her first enrollment due to failure of (3) or more courses in one (1) quarter will be eligible for a re-entry in 12 months (1 yr.) for PN, AMA, MA, MBCS, and PhT students and 9 months for PTA students. 6. Any student who was terminated from his/her first enrollment due to failure of a course or externship/clinical experience on the second attempt, will be eligible for a re-entry in 12 months (1 yr.) for PN, AMA, MA, MBCS, and PhT students and 9 months for PTA students. 7. Any student who was terminated from his/her first enrollment due to not maintaining a 2.0 quarterly GPA for two (2) consecutive quarters my apply for a re-entry after waiting 12 weeks or one complete quarter. 8. Upon re-entry after being off 12 weeks, the student will be given only 1 attempt to pass the previously twice failed course. If the student does not pass the course on this third attempt, the student will have to wait 1 year before re-applying. 9. Any student who was terminated from his/her first enrollment due to not maintaining the 85% quarterly attendance requirement at the end of the probation period or two (2) consecutive quarters may re-enter after waiting 12 weeks or one complete quarter. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 58 | P a g e On re-entry after being off 12 weeks, if the student does not maintain the 85% quarterly attendance requirement at the end of re-entry quarter, the student will have to wait 1 year before re-applying. 10. Students who mathematically are unable to complete their program within the 150% maximum time-frame will be terminated from his or her enrollment without an option for re-entry into that particular program as soon as this is a known factor by the Dean of Education or the Director of Financial Aid. 11. Any PN student who was terminated or withdrew from his/her first enrollment due to failure of three (3) separate nursing courses (Example: PN105, PN205, PN305) within the program, regardless of the re-taking of courses, will be eligible for a re-entry in 12 months (1 yr.). 12. Any student who was terminated from his/her re-entry enrollment or second attempt (from any program due to any reason) will not be eligible to apply for admission for three (3) years in any program. At that time the student will be considered a new student and will be required to repeat the entire program. PN and PTA students have the following additional program specific procedures for re-entry into the program. PN: 1. Any student who wishes to enroll for a re-entry second attempt must fully meet the preceding criteria before applying. If a new entrance test format is required for admission the applicant will be required to take the new test and meet the current passing score requirements. 2. Any student who wishes to apply for a re-entry second attempt may be required to take a proficiency test in each course previously taken where changes have been made to update the course. Proficiency tests must be passed with an 80 percent or better. 3. Any eligible PN student who wishes to re-enter for a second attempt must do so within six (6) months to have previous nursing, pharmacology and medication administration course grades remain applicable. 4. Any PN student who wishes to re-enter after being off greater than six (6) months and not more than twelve (12) months, may do so and continue where they left off, if: a. b. The student’s cumulative GPA is greater than or equal to 2.5. The student must retake all proctored ATI exams that they had previously taken and pass at a minimum of a Level I proficiency. Only one (1) attempt per each exam is allowed. There is an additional charge for each exam that is not a part of the original ATI fees. If the student is not successful at passing all the ATI exams, the student must repeat all the nursing, pharmacology and med administration courses previously taken. PTA: 1. Any PTA student who wishes to re-enter after being off more than six (6) months but not more than twelve (12) months may do so and continue where they left off if: a. b. c. The student’s cumulative GPA is greater than or equal to 2.5. They repeat a course that has been significantly changed or modified since the student’s prior enrollment, per the discretion of the PTA Program Director They demonstrate continued competency in all skills previously tested on lab practical, through a review of lab skills with the PTA Program Director. Questions regarding enrollment or re-entry should be addressed to the Admissions Department. Policy for Tests, Quizzes and Exams Testing: Course tests, exams or quizzes will be published on the course syllabus. There are no “pop” quizzes given. If a student is not in class the day the test is announced, he/she is required to take the test on the day it is scheduled to be given. Tests, exams and quizzes will be graded and returned to the students within one (1) week of testing. The student may review the test to see what errors were made and to keep track of his/her grades for each class. All tests are returned to the instructor, and retained by the school until six (6) weeks into the next quarter. The tests are then picked up by a document destruction company and shredded. PTA Students: Given the fact that paper patients and papers require much time to prepare and the instructor requires more time to grade paper patients and papers will be graded and returned to the students, no later than 3 weeks, from the date the papers was due. For a class that has both a lab and lecture component, each component must be passed separately with a minimum of a 76.5% to pass the course. If the student does not pass both components the entire course is failed and the course must be repeated in its entirety, the next time it is offered. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 59 | P a g e For final exams, students are to study notes, handouts and chapter material. It is the sole responsibility of the student to prepare for final exams. PSI Policy for Test Taking: To help eliminate and avoid an unacceptable behavior, the following policy is for all PSI students taking any test, any quiz, exam, or lab competencies of the program. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. There is assigned seating for all examinations. All personal items, including books, backpacks, tape recorders, cell phones and purses are not allowed at the student desk area. They are to be stored in front or back of the classroom, away from the student’s desk or at a designated area chosen by the instructor. The only items allowed on the desk during testing are sharpened pencils and a calculator (if allowed by the individual class instructor). The student may not get up and walk around during testing. If he/she has a question, the student must raise his/her hand and wait for the instructor to walk over to his/her desk. A blank piece of paper is provided to each student to be used as a cover sheet. All answers must be covered at all times during the entire testing period. This cover sheet, along with the test, must be turned in to the instructor after completing the test. Tests and cover sheets should remain flat on the desk. Once the test is started, the student is not allowed to leave the classroom until his/her test is turned in. After turning in the completed test to the instructor, the student may not retrieve the test for any reasons. After the student completes the test, he/she should leave the classroom and return at the designated time. As a courtesy to your peers who are still taking the test, please keep noise to a minimum. If the test is timed, the instructor will let the student know when time has expired. The test must be turned in at that time. Any unanswered questions will be counted as wrong. PN students to prepare for the NCLEX-PN exam will be allotted 1.3 minutes per question on a nursing test, quiz or final exam. PN Students: For all ATI proctored exams: the student must turn his/her cell phone off or completely silence it. Place the cell phone in a plastic baggie, seal baggie, and place it screen down on the desk in front of them. If a student’s cell phone or any other electronic device goes off, rings/ the alarm sounds/ it vibrates/makes any sound/or has any visual display or signal and is on the student or surrounding area during an exam or if a student is caught looking at his/her cell phone, or other electronic devices a 0% on that exam will be awarded. Any student who chooses to disregard these rules will receive a 0% on that assignment/test. Furthermore, that student may be expelled from the program or PSI, pending the decision of the Dean of Education. Cheating, dishonesty, deception, or plagiarism of any type will result in immediate termination from the student’s program. Any student who removes a test from the classroom for any reason will be considered cheating and will result in immediate termination from the student’s program. Policy for Test Review: Test, quizzes, and competencies, must follow the guidelines listed below as grades are not part of the grievance process. 1. All personal items, including books, pencils, pens, backpacks, tape recorders, cell phones and purses are not allowed at the student desk area. They are to be stored in front or back of the classroom, away from the student’s desk or at a designated area chosen by the instructor. 2. The instructor will answer any questions that the student may have regarding the test. If after the rationale is given, and the student continues to have questions, the student must make an appointment with the instructor, after class hours, to discuss it further. 3. If a student continues to have a concern with the test answer, the student will have 48 hours from the test review date to submit to the instructor written documentation, including references of where the answer is located. The instructor will review documentation for accuracy and make the final judgment. 4. If a student is absent for the test review, it is the student’s responsibility to contact the course instructor within 48 hours of the test review to set up an appointment to review the test. If the student does not contact the course instructor within 48 hours of the initial test review, the student will forfeit his/her right to review the test. Any type of test grade discrepancy must be reviewed during the test review time. There will not be another time allotted for grade discrepancies after the exam review is complete. After the review period the grade will be recorded in the grade book and will not be subject to review. 5. For a class that has both a lab and lecture component, each component must be passed separately with a minimum of a 76.5% to pass the course. If the student does not pass both components the entire course is failed and the course must be repeated in its entirety, the next time it is offered. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 60 | P a g e PN and AH Lab Competency: In the event the student obtains a failing (unsatisfactory) grade for a lab competency, the student will be allowed two (2) additional attempts to pass the competency, for a total of three (3) attempts. The student must arrange with the instructor within one week of a lab failure, a plan of remediation and a time to take the makeup competency. If the student fails to show for the scheduled first or second or third attempt lab competency and with no communication with the instructor, the student fails the lab competency and must repeat the entire course. Changes in the scheduled lab competency time made with the instructor PRIOR to the scheduled time are acceptable. PN students must attend open labs for additional practice, if they received an unsatisfactory grade. PTA Lab Competency: In the event the student obtains a failing (unsatisfactory) grade for a lab competency, the student will receive the earned grade. However, the student must demonstrate satisfactory lab competency of the failed skill to pass the class. The original failed grade is maintained. 6. Any student who removes a test from the classroom for any reason will be considered cheating and will result in immediate termination from the student’s program. 7. There is no formal final exam review. If you wish to review your final exam, you must contact your instructor to set up a date/time within the current quarter. This is based on instructor availability. Policy for Make-up Testing: The term “test” in this policy is used as a reference to written exams, written tests, oral or written quizzes. Students are allowed to make up one (1) test in each class, with the exception of midterm and finals, with no grade penalty. The percentage grade received will be recorded in the grade book. This test must be made-up on the next available make-up day or the student will receive a zero (0). The second missed test must be made up on the next available makeup day or the student will receive a zero (0) grade for the test. The grade on the second makeup test will be recorded no higher than a 76.5 percent. (Example: A student took a makeup test and received a grade of 95 percent. Because it was a second makeup test, the instructor will record the grade as 76.5 percent). Grades of less than 76.5 percent on the second makeup test will be recorded at that lower percentage. There will only be two makeup tests in each class. Children are not permitted in the building during make-up testing. Students are required to take all makeup tests and quizzes, regardless of the number. As a courtesy to other students taking tests or quizzes, students should enter and exit the classroom as quietly as possible. An instructor/proctor will be present when each makeup test is given. Final Examination Only –Late to Class: If a student is late to class when a final examination is being given, that student may still enter the classroom quietly to take the final examination. However, no additional time will be given to that student. The student must finish at the same time as the other students, regardless if he/she has more questions to answer. Once the first student finishes and leaves the classroom, no students will be allowed into the classroom. There are no make-up exams for final examinations. This does not apply to weekly examinations. If a student is late for a weekly examination, that student needs to take the makeup examination on the scheduled make-up day. Instructors or administrative staff cannot change makeup test days, times, or policies. Make-up Tests and Final examination date and time can only be changed for the following extenuating circumstances and when approved by the DOE and Program Director/Coordinator: • • • • • A death in the immediate family. Defined as: Student’s parents, spouse, domestic partner, child, sibling, grandparents, grandchildren, and/or the spouse’s parents, children or siblings. Hospitalization of a member of the immediate family. (Immediate family member must be hospitalized at the start of the scheduled final exam.) Hospitalization of the student. (Student must be hospitalized at the start of the scheduled final exam.) A vehicle accident of the student immediately prior to the scheduled final exam which precipitates emergency medical care prior to class. Student has a mandatory court date. Documentation must be submitted prior to and after the court appearance. If the preceding circumstances should occur, the student must have written documentation from an authorizing individual and submit this documentation to the course instructor for final review and acceptance. The student MUST contact the course instructor within 24 hours of the missed make-up test or final exam or he/she will receive a zero (0) for the missed make-up test or final exam. The make-up date and time will be at the discretion of the DOE, Program Director and course instructor. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 61 | P a g e Instructor/Course Evaluations (Revised 03-2016) The student will evaluate each instructor and course for which they were registered at the end of the course either on-line or via paper/pencil. Paper/Pencil: The instructor will give the student instructions on how to complete the evaluation. The instructor will then leave the room. The students will complete the evaluation. The completed evaluation will be placed in the envelope provided. The last person completing the evaluation will seal the envelope and give the sealed envelope to the Administrative Assistant at front desk. The instructor/course evaluations will be turned in to the Director of Compliance (DOC) for processing. The DOC will assign an Administrative Assistant to assist in summarizing and preparing the report with the notes from the students. On-Line: If the evaluation is done online, the instructor will give the students appropriate instructions for using their mobile device or the computer in regards to completing the evaluation. The instructor will then leave the room. Students will go to the computer room or use their mobile device to sign-on the survey site, complete the survey, and submit. The submitted surveys will go to the Director of Information Technology who will forward them to the Director of Compliance The summarized reports will be distributed to the respective Program Director or assigned personnel. No results are reviewed or seen by anyone until the term/quarter has officially concluded. To this end, no instructor(s) will see the currently collected results prior to completion of the term, nor will they see the original handwriting of any student as provided on the scan form. Upon review of the results, the program director or coordinator then meets with each instructor in their respective program and will discuss the results that were provided to them. Any/all written comments as well as any changes/suggestions for change will be given serious and significant consideration. Institutional Student Satisfaction Surveys Students in each academic division complete a minimum of two (2) Institutional Student Satisfaction Surveys (ISSS), prior to the end of their program. This survey is devised and developed based on criterion set forth by the Ohio Administrative Code, and is meant to be a reflection or composite of the student’s “total experience” at PSI as of the time the survey is completed. This survey is meant to assess student satisfaction with all services offered by PSI, plus, that of individual offices, staff, and administration. Ultimately, the results from this survey are used to assist with the annual review of each program. At the time of ISSS administration, the assigned proctor will remain in the classroom until the survey is completed. The proctor remains in the classroom for the sole purpose of providing directions and guidance and to oversee the process, in general. Upon completion, each student returns all forms to the proctor. The forms are then tallied via the Grade Master system. The ISSS will be turned in to the Director of Compliance (DOC) for processing. The DOC will assign an Administrative Assistant to assist in summarizing and preparing the report with the notes from the students. The summarized reports will be distributed to the respective Directors. PSI Student Conduct As mature and responsible social behaviors are the fundamental basis for any professional atmosphere, be it academic or employment related; PSI strives to only accept applicant that exhibit the utmost respect and courtesy for others. From every applicant's initial contact with the staff, PSI begins evaluation to appraise the behavior as responsible and appropriate. If any conduct is exhibited that is inappropriate for a professional academic environment, or lacking common respect and courtesy for others, your admission may be denied for that reason. Exhibiting irresponsible and inappropriate behaviors once enrolled may lead to your termination. While you are here, PSI expects you to conduct yourself as though you are in a professional workplace. Any behavior other than professional will be unacceptable. Professional Skills Institute is a private institution of higher learning. Once enrolled, you become a member of the PSI community. As a member of this community, you will be expected to exhibit the utmost respect and dignity for others at all times. PSI believes very strongly in the ethical treatment of others and insists that respectful and appropriate behavior be practiced at all levels within the institution; administrative, academic, and student/learner. Although PSI cannot regulate your behavior off campus, PSI encourages full-time awareness of this code and believes your commitment to it off-campus will help solidify your personal and social success as you work toward your professional success on-campus. "Be there for others" is a philosophy promoted throughout PSI and practiced as responsible citizens in our community. The administrative and academic leaders within this institution deserve the utmost respect and courtesy from every student. PSI does not feel this respect needs to be re-established between faculty and student with every new enrollment; it has been earned by the thousands of successful graduates that precede you and this respect should be extended based upon that fact. If you feel you cannot extend this respect, it will not be in your best interest to enroll in this institution. If you exhibit behavior that is unprofessional in the classroom or show a blatant lack of respect for any faculty member or member of this institution, PSI reserves the right to terminate you from your academic program, without notice, and based upon our philosophy. Being a professional means being responsible for your actions, and accepting the consequences of those actions. A simple cause and effect method for decision making is a good practice to keep in mind. The "cause" (what is done) and the "effect" (what happens as a result) is very important. Conscious decisions should always lead to principled outcomes. Your decision (the cause) to come to class every day will lead to securing your goal of becoming an educated professional (the effect). 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 62 | P a g e A decision not to come to class will undoubtedly lead to jeopardizing that goal for the sake of why you chose not to come to class and accepting the consequences for that decision. Understand our strict principles pertaining to academics and attendance standards are not open for debate. They are drafted and implemented as part of this institution's mission and effectiveness; the more effective PSI is, the more successful you will become. Your goals; please keep them in the forefront of your mind. You chose to enroll at PSI to get an education and to be a successful professional. "Career education for a lifetime of success" is our signature statement and if you adhere to the policies of this institution, and you give 100%, you will be successful and will join the ranks of the thousands of successful graduates that have preceded you. The PSI Unprofessional Conduct/Behavior and the Unacceptable Conduct/Behavior Procedures initiated and set forth in this Academic Catalog, are separate and distinct from the Grievance/ Dispute Resolution Procedure which is a separate procedure to be initiated by the student for the reasons stated in this Academic Catalog. Unprofessional Conduct/ Behavior (Revised 9-2015) PSI considers the following Unprofessional Conduct/Behavior: 1. Any use of profanity or inappropriate discussions in class, the student lounge, or anywhere on campus grounds. 2. Sleeping during class. 3. Any program dress code violation. 4. Verbal abuse of another student. 5. Harassment of any kind. – Harassment is defined as any unsolicited behavior/nature, which is unwelcome to another. 6. Having unauthorized visitors in the building or classroom. 7. Unprofessional or inappropriate dress or poor personal hygiene. 8. Other unprofessional conduct/behavior. PSI Procedure for Unprofessional Conduct/ Behavior (Revised 9-2015) Step 1: If a student is found to be in violation of unprofessional conduct/ behavior, the instructor or staff member will communicate and identify the problem to the student, in writing, using the Behavioral Warning Form. This form will become part of the student’s permanent academic record. Step 2: A second breach of an Unprofessional Conduct/ Behavior standard will result in the student being referred immediately to but not limited to the appropriate Program Director. The appropriate Program Director in instances of the second breach of Unprofessional Conduct/Behavior may include, but are not necessarily limited to, expressions of concern, warnings of possible penalties, placement on behavioral probation, suspension or dismissal from the program. The meeting with the student will be documented and placed in the student’s academic file. Unprofessional Conduct/Behavior guidelines are found in the Student Conduct section of the current academic catalog. Step 3: Appeal: The student retains the right to appeal the decision made at Step 2. This appeal should be in written form and submitted within ten (10) business days of the decision reached at Step 2 and presented to the Dean of Education and the Appeal Committee. This appeal is to be in the student’s own words, expressing his/her side of the violation. The Dean of Education and the Appeal Committee will review all documentation and make all final decisions. Documentation of the Dean of Education and the Appeal Committee’s findings and decision will be placed in the student’s academic file. If the written request is not received within the 10-day deadline, the case will be considered closed and the student forfeits the right to appeal. The Appeal Committee may consist of, but not limited to, the Campus Director, the Dean of Education, the Director of Financial Aid, the Director of Compliance, the PTA Program Director, the PN Program Director, and any appropriate faculty members. Step 4: If the appeal is not resolved, the student may contact: State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools, 30 East Broad Street, Suite 2481, Columbus, Ohio, 43215-3414, (614) 466-2762, Fax (614) 466-2219, and Toll Free (877) 275-4219 Email: [email protected] Website: http://www.scr.ohio.gov Step 5: If the appeal is not resolved, the case shall be submitted to binding arbitration. ARBITRATION AGREEMENT: The Student and the School agree that all controversies, disputes or claims under this Agreement and any other disputes or claims of any kind or nature that in any way relate to enrollment and/or attendance at School, that are not resolved through School's internal student complaint process, shall be settled by arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its Commercial Arbitration Rules and judgment on the award rendered by an arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. This includes both any claims by the School against the Student and any claims by the Student against the School or against their respective directors, officers, employees, volunteers, agents, instructors, contractors, and representatives and affiliated entities. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 63 | P a g e Claims shall be heard by a single arbitrator and each arbitration shall involve only a single student, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties. There shall be no class actions or any other type of claim asserted on behalf of more than a single student. The arbitrator shall be an attorney with an AV rating from Martindale Hubbell and/or a former judge from a court of general civil jurisdiction. The place of arbitration shall be Maumee, Ohio, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties. The arbitration shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio, to the extent that the Federal Arbitration Act does not apply and control. Each party shall bear its own costs and expenses and an equal share of the arbitrators' and administrative feeds of arbitration unless otherwise ordered by a Court of Law or by an arbitrator. This Arbitration Provision shall not preclude either the School or the Student from seeking provisional remedies pending arbitration from a court of appropriate jurisdiction. Unacceptable Conduct/Behavior PSI considers the following Unacceptable Conduct/Behavior: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. Cheating-- dishonesty, or deception in fulfilling academic requirements. Plagiarism-- submitting another’s work as your own. Dishonesty --furnishing false information to the school, by forgery or alteration of school documents or records, furnishing PSI with false written records or oral statements. Physical battery of any student, instructor, or school employee. Possession of a dangerous weapon on school grounds, knowingly or unknowingly bringing anyone into the school or on school premises with a dangerous weapon. Insubordination or threats to any student, instructor, clinical site instructor, or school employee. Stealing from PSI employees or other students. Vandalism to PSI, to another student’s property, to a PSI employee’s property on school grounds, or clinical site property. Violation of any HIPAA regulation, at PSI, during an externship, a clinical rotation or a clinical practicum. Unauthorized entry into offices, classrooms, or storage areas. Unauthorized entry into instructor’s files regardless of where the files are located. Being under the influence of, or having possession of, intoxicating beverages or illegal drugs. Other unacceptable conduct/ behavior. PSI Procedure for Unacceptable Conduct/Behavior: (Revised 9-2015) Step 1: A violation of unacceptable conduct/behavior will result in the student being referred immediately to the Program Director. The Program Director will review the violation, confer with the student and appropriate staff members, and determine the appropriate action to be taken. Penalties for a violation of Unacceptable Conduct/Behavior may include, but are not necessarily limited to, placement on behavioral probation, suspension, or termination from the program. Any violation of Unacceptable Conduct/Behavior may result in immediate termination from the program. Students, who are terminated for Unprofessional/Unacceptable Conduct /Behavior, will not be given another opportunity for enrollment into any program at PSI at any time. The Program Director will review the violation, confer with the student and necessary staff members, and determine the appropriate action to be taken. A copy of the documented violation and action will be placed in the student’s academic file. Step 2: Appeal: The student retains the right to appeal the decision made at Step 1. This appeal should be in written form and submitted within ten (10) business days of the decision reached at Step 2 and presented to the Dean of Education and the Appeal Committee. This appeal is to be in the student’s own words, expressing his/her side of the violation. The Dean of Education and the Appeal Committee will review all documentation and make all final decisions. Documentation of the Dean of Education and the Appeal Committee’s findings and decision will be placed in the student’s academic file. If the written request is not received within the 10-day deadline, the case will be considered closed and the student forfeits the right to appeal. The Appeal Committee may consist of, but not limited to, the Campus Director, the Dean of Education, the Director of Financial Aid, the Director of Compliance, the PTA Program Director, the PN Program Director, and any appropriate faculty members. Step 3: If the appeal is not resolved, the student may contact: State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools, 30 East Broad Street, Suite 2481, Columbus, Ohio, 43215-3414, (614) 466-2762, Fax (614) 466-2219, and Toll Free (877) 275-4219 Email: [email protected] Website: http://www.scr.ohio.gov 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 64 | P a g e Step 4: If the appeal is not resolved, the case shall be submitted to binding arbitration. ARBITRATION AGREEMENT: The Student and the School agree that all controversies, disputes or claims under this Agreement and any other disputes or claims of any kind or nature that in any way relate to enrollment and/or attendance at School, that are not resolved through School's internal student complaint process, shall be settled by arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its Commercial Arbitration Rules and judgment on the award rendered by an arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. This includes both any claims by the School against the Student and any claims by the Student against the School or against their respective directors, officers, employees, volunteers, agents, instructors, contractors, and representatives and affiliated entities. Claims shall be heard by a single arbitrator and each arbitration shall involve only a single student, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties. There shall be no class actions or any other type of claim asserted on behalf of more than a single student. The arbitrator shall be an attorney with an AV rating from Martindale Hubbell and/or a former judge from a court of general civil jurisdiction. The place of arbitration shall be Maumee, Ohio, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties. The arbitration shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio, to the extent that the Federal Arbitration Act does not apply and control. Each party shall bear its own costs and expenses and an equal share of the arbitrators' and administrative feeds of arbitration unless otherwise ordered by a Court of Law or by an arbitrator. This Arbitration Provision shall not preclude either the School or the Student from seeking provisional remedies pending arbitration from a court of appropriate jurisdiction. Grievance/Dispute Resolution Procedure The following are separate procedures and NOT part of the Grievance/Dispute Resolution Procedure: 1. The Grievance/Dispute Resolution Procedure is a separate procedure to be initiated by the student for the reasons stated below, and is separate and distinct from the PSI Unprofessional Conduct/Behavior or the Unacceptable Conduct/Behavior Procedures, and set forth in this Academic Catalog. 2. This Grievance/Dispute Resolution Procedure is a separate procedure and is not for dispute of test, quiz, etc. or competency grades. Please refer to this academic catalog if you have questions regarding your grades or competency results and follow the procedure published. The following are procedures of the Grievance/Dispute Resolution Procedure: This grievance policy is used to be fair in all matters pertaining to student affairs. From time to time, certain students may feel that they have been unfairly treated by another student, a faculty member, or a member of the administration. This procedure is for factual information that can be proven, not hearsay information. Listed below are the levels of action students should follow in filing an objection, grievance of a behavioral or professional nature against a student, faculty member or member of the administration. First Level: A discussion of the issue should take place between the student filing the objection or grievance and the person with whom the problem exists. If the problem is with another student, a staff or faculty member must arbitrate in any discussions. A student wishing to file a formal objection or grievance must contact the instructor or faculty member to discuss the situation within two (2) weeks of the incident or learning a problem exists. The instructor or faculty member will document the discussion. If the problem is with an instructor or member of the administration, the student filing an objection or grievance may request a mediator. Second Level: When no satisfaction is achieved at the First Level, the student contacts either the Dean of Education, or appropriate Program Director. The student will then be asked to give written documentation of the problem and the initial discussion at the First Level. This documentation should be in the student’s own words, expressing his/her side of the grievance. This request must be submitted no later than two (2) weeks after the First Level was accomplished. The written statement to either the Dean of Education, and/or Program Director should include the filing student's name, the background of the problem, the exact nature of the grievance, the dispute resolution procedures followed by the student from the beginning, up to the point of contact with the member(s) of the administration. The individual with whom the objection or grievance is being lodged will then be notified. The objection or grievance is reviewed, and if necessary, discussed with both involved parties before a decision will be reached. The Dean of Education, and/or the Program Director will respond in writing to the grievance within two (2) weeks of receipt of the objection or grievance. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 65 | P a g e Third Level: Appeal: The student retains the right to appeal the decision made at Second Level, the student contacts the Appeal Committee to request a review via the Campus Director. The Appeal Committee may consist of, but not limited to, the Campus Director, the Dean of Education, the Director of Financial Aid, the Director of Compliance, the PTA Program Director, the PN Program Director, and any appropriate faculty members. The Appeal Committee will re-examine all documentation and evidence pertaining to the objection or grievance and may also interview involved parties. This request will be submitted no later than two (2) weeks after the Second Level is completed. The Appeal Committee will make the final decision within two weeks and notify the concerned parties. Final decisions will be documented for the student records. State Level: If an objection or grievance filed by a student is not resolved to a satisfactory conclusion as felt by the student, the student may contact: State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools, 30 East Broad Street, Suite 2481, Columbus, Ohio, 43215-3414, (614) 466-2762, Fax (614) 466-2219, and Toll Free (877) 275-4219 Email: [email protected] Website: http://www.scr.ohio.gov If the appeal is not resolved, the case shall be submitted to binding arbitration. Arbitration Level: ARBITRATION AGREEMENT: The Student and the School agree that all controversies, disputes or claims under this Agreement and any other disputes or claims of any kind or nature that in any way relate to enrollment and/or attendance at School, that are not resolved through School's internal student complaint process, shall be settled by arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its Commercial Arbitration Rules and judgment on the award rendered by an arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. This includes both any claims by the School against the Student and any claims by the Student against the School or against their respective directors, officers, employees, volunteers, agents, instructors, contractors, and representatives and affiliated entities. Claims shall be heard by a single arbitrator and each arbitration shall involve only a single student, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties. There shall be no class actions or any other type of claim asserted on behalf of more than a single student. The arbitrator shall be an attorney with an AV rating from Martindale Hubbell and/or a former judge from a court of general civil jurisdiction. The place of arbitration shall be Maumee, Ohio, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties. The arbitration shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio, to the extent that the Federal Arbitration Act does not apply and control. Each party shall bear its own costs and expenses and an equal share of the arbitrators' and administrative feeds of arbitration unless otherwise ordered by a Court of Law or by an arbitrator. This Arbitration Provision shall not preclude either the School or the Student from seeking provisional remedies pending arbitration from a court of appropriate jurisdiction. Sexual Assault Education and Prevention Program Description of Educational Program: The Professional Skills Institute (PSI) educational program to promote the awareness of rape, acquaintance rape, and other forcible and non-forcible sex offenses consists of information provided to the student within the Academic Catalog; the Academic Catalog will also be available online at www.proskills.edu. [34C.F.R. §668.46(b) (11) (i)] Additionally, on-campus information is available to the student in the Student Services binder located at the front desk area. This is made available to each and every PSI student at any time. Off-campus counseling, mental health, or other services for victims of sex offenses can be accessed through the internet at the websites reviewed below as well as many, many other sites. [34C.F.R. §668.46(b) (11) (iv)] The purpose of the rape education program is to increase awareness of sexual assault and dating violence. It is the hope of PSI to promote awareness through knowledge. Often, after a sexual assault, the victim feels as though their behavior may have somehow contributed to what happened; sometimes they question if what happened to them is actually assault. Remember, rape is never the victim’s fault! Preventing Sexual Assault: The Ohio Domestic Violence Network, www.odvn.org is resource for Ohio students to review information which might assist the student in preventing becoming the victim of violence. Click on the Prevention tab; then click Prevention in Practice. A Prevention Toolkit is available which reviews a number of on-line prevention resources and how to access them. Also, the Info for Survivors tab contains definitions as well as a referral list by Ohio County for shelters and programs available to students in need. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 66 | P a g e Of possible interest for personal protection, www.rad-systems.com (RAD = Rape Aggression Defense) offers a program of realistic, self-defense tactics and techniques for women only. It is a comprehensive course that begins with awareness, prevention, risk reduction and avoidance, while progressing on to the basics of hands-on defense training. Students are directed to programs in their geographical area utilizing the Locations tab. The student then selects the appropriate state. Legal Definitions and Categories: Legal definitions of sex offenses in the State of Ohio can be found in the Ohio Revised Code at http://codes.ohio.gov/orc/2907; Sections 2907.01 – 2907.09. This is not a legal definition or category. Sexual assault is a term encompassing a wide range of actions taken against a person without that person’s consent, against that person’s will, or under force or threat of force and/or coercion. Sexual assault is not limited to what is typically thought of as rape (vaginal penetration). Clear consent must be given for sexual activity and cannot be done so if the person is impaired by drugs or alcohol. Mixing drugs or alcohol with sexual behavior can result in accusations of sexual assault. No one deserves or asks to be assaulted because they have been drinking alcohol; conversely, it is wise not to put yourself in a position to be accused of perpetrating an assault either. If you are a sex offender, you will be subject to arrest, incarceration, and prosecution through the state courts. Bowling Green State University has an online presentation regarding sexual assault. This provides practical information in easily understood language. This can be found by searching “BGSU: Sexual Assault Info Module”; also by entering the following into your browser: www.bgsu.edu/offices/sa/studentsconduct/page80514.html. Procedures Student Should Follow If a Sex Offense Occurs: If you are a victim of a sexual assault, go to a safe place, especially if you think the perpetrator will return or you are in danger. Try to remain calm and alert; call 911 to report incident to the authorities and to seek medical attention. You may also wish to call a trusted friend or family member for support. In the aftermath of a sexual assault, it is important to remember to preserve as much physical evidence as possible for successful prosecution of the offender. DNA evidence can be key to identifying the perpetrator, especially that of a stranger. Preservation of evidence includes but may not be limited to: DO NOT: bathe or shower; urinate or use the bathroom, if possible; douche; smoke; brush your teeth; eat or drink; comb or brush your hair. DO: seek medical attention; have a forensic exam even if you are undecided if you will report the crime; seek counseling. An excellent resource for all students to utilize is the Rape, Abuse & Incest National Network (RAINN) at www.rainn.org. This site is free, safe, and confidential providing information to access help nationally; meaning students can find a local counseling center. This will benefit a broader number of PSI students as not all students reside in the Toledo, Ohio area. Additionally, you can learn more about sexual assault in areas such as reducing your risk of sexual violence, the effects and aftermath of sexual violence, and recovery information. A word of caution from www.healthyohioprogram.org “For victims of abuse using a computer at home, or where an abuser has access to it, can be very dangerous. It is impossible to erase all computer history. Additionally, spyware can be installed onto your computer without your knowledge and give the abuser ways to track and monitor your computer activity. We highly recommend that you use a computer that you know is “safe”, and to which the abuser does not have access. You can go to a trusted friend’s home, a public library, or a rape crisis or domestic violence program in your community.” This website offers additional resources to help the victim find help. For Ohio based students, www.ohioattorneygeneral.gov offers downloadable publications. One such publication is titled “Picking Up the Pieces” offering insight to your rights under Ohio laws as the victim of a crime. For this and other Ohio publications, go to the www.ohioattorneygeneral.gov, click the Briefing Room tab and then Publications. The Importance of Preserving the Evidence: As the victim, even if you have not yet decided to report the crime, receiving the forensic medical exam at a hospital and keeping any evidence safe from damage will improve the chance that the police can have access to and test these items at a later date. While the highest probability of quality of evidence will occur if gathered within the first 72 hours after an assault, evidence has been found as long as three weeks after an attack. Reporting the Alleged Offense: PSI does not have a campus police department or campus security department. Whether the offense happened on-campus or elsewhere, as soon as you are in a safe place, initiates 911 to file a report. Follow up with a forensic medical exam performed at a hospital or other healthcare facility. (To find a local hospital or healthcare facility, contact the National Sexual Assault Hotline at 800-656-HOPE or utilize the www.rainn.org website. PSI encourages the reporting of sexual assaults to local authorities utilizing 911. However, PSI has Campus Security Authority personnel that the student may notify. These include but not limited to the Campus Director, the Dean of Education, the Director of Financial Aid, the PN Program Director, and the PTA Program Director. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 67 | P a g e Available Counseling On- and Off-campus: PSI does not have on-campus counseling services. On-campus information is available to the student in the Student Services binder located at the front desk area. This is made available to each and every PSI student at any time. [34C.F.R. §668.46(b) (11) (iv)] Off-campus counseling, mental health, or other services for victims of sex offenses can be accessed through the internet at the websites already mentioned in this policy as well as many, many other sites. In the Toledo area, call the YWCA Rape Crisis Center at (419) 241-7273. The Rape, Abuse, and Incest National Network provides resources nationally, not just to Toledo area students; www.rainn.org. [34C.F.R. §668.46(b) (11) (iv)]. And from the University System of Ohio Campus Safety guidebook, related resources are: A Call to Men: www.acalltomen.com ACTION OHIO Coalition for Battered Women: http://www.actionohio.org(campus stalking) ADWAS – Abused Deaf Women Advocacy Services: www.adwas.org American College Health Association: www.acha.org/info_resources/ACHA_SexualViolence_Statement07.pdf BRAVO – Buckeye Regional Anti-Violence Organization: www.bravo-ohio.org/index.html Center for Public integrity: www.publicintegrity.org/investigations/campus_assault Center for Relationship Abuse Awareness: www.stoprelationshipabuse.org Clery Act Handbook: http://www.ed.gov/admins/lead/safety/handbook.pdf Family Violence Prevention Fund: www.endabuse.org Flora Stone Mather Center for Women: www.case.edu/provost/centerforwomen Love is Not Abuse: www.loveisnotabuse.com Men of Strength campaign: www.mystrength.org MCSR-Men Can Stop Rape: www.mencanstoprape.org National Center for Victims of Crime: www.ncvc.org National Coalition Against Domestic Violence: www.ncadv.org National Domestic Violence Hotline: www.ndvh.org National Teen Dating Abuse Helpline: www.loveisrespect.org NSVRC-National Sexual Violence Resource Center: www.nsvrc.org Ohio Domestic Violence Network: www.odvn.org TBTN-Take Back the Night: www.takebackthenight.org US Department of Justice: Stalking in the United States: www.ojp.gov/bjs/abstract/svus.htm US Department of Justice Office on Violence Against Women: www.ovw.usdoj.gov [34C.F.R. §668.46(b) (11) (iv)] Rights of the Victim of a Sexual Assault: As a victim of a sexual assault, you have the right to be treated with respect and the offense taken seriously. PSI recognizes that any decision to take action following such an offense is solely the decision of the student/victim. However, in some situations in order to assure campus security and safety, PSI officials may have to take action including but not limited to initiating 911. Academically, the student will be free from academic penalty or pressure of any kind from PSI personnel placed upon the student to report, not report, or under-report a sexual assault. Personnel are not to suggest that the student is in any manner responsible for a sexual assault. Additionally, PSI will work with a student who has been victimized by another student on a case by case basis (upon the request of the victim) to adjust the victim’s academic situation as much as can be reasonably accommodated. [34C.F.R. §668.46(b) (11) (v)] PSI does not offer student housing. Living situations will be at the discretion of the student/victim to change. [34C.F.R. §668.46(b) (11) (v)] Procedures for Campus Disciplinary Action: The PSI Academic Catalog defines and provides the procedures for campus disciplinary action in case of, but not limited to, an alleged sex offense. This information can be found in the Student Conduct Information section of the catalog. [34C.F.R. §668.46(b) (11) (vi)] PSI recognizes that the accuser and the accused are entitled to the same opportunities to have others present during a disciplinary proceeding. [34C.F.R. §668.46(b) (11) (A)] Additionally, PSI recognizes that both the accuser and the accused must be informed of the outcome of any institutional disciplinary proceeding brought alleging a sex offense. Compliance with this paragraph does not constitute a violation of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (20 U.S.C. 1232g). For the purpose of this paragraph, the outcome of a disciplinary proceeding means only the institution’s final determination with respect to the alleged sex offense and any sanction that is imposed against the accused. [34C.F.R. §668.46(b) (11) (B)] 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 68 | P a g e Sanctions Imposed: Institutional sanctions imposed following a final determination of an institutional disciplinary proceeding regarding rape, acquaintance rape, or other forcible or non-forcible sex offense will not act in contrary to any legal determinations from alleged offense handed down from a court of law. PSI will work diligently and cooperatively with law enforcement agencies when such an occasion arises. [34C.F.R. §668.46(b) (11) (vii)] PSI has provided possible sanctions in the Academic Catalog which can be found in the Student Conduct Information section of the catalog beginning on Page 47 (Revision Date: December 2011). [34C.F.R. §668.46(b) (11) (vii)] Identifying and/or Locating Registered Sex Offenders: As disclosed in the annual campus security report, registered sex offenders in the State of Ohio can be located www.drc.ohio.gov/offendersearch. This website directs one to the Ohio Department of Rehabilitation and Correction Offender Search. However, this website displays data on those offenders currently incarcerated. The National Sex Offender Public Website can be accessed using www.nsopw.gov and www.city-data.com/so/so-Toledo-Ohio.html displays Toledo, Ohio and surrounding communities. [34C.F.R. §668.46(b) (12)] Student Suggestions or Complaints A suggestion box is located in the student lounge for handling complaints or suggestions that fall outside the Grievance/Dispute Resolution process. The suggestion box is emptied once a month and the complaints or suggestions are initially reviewed by the Dean of Education, who forwards the suggestion/complaint to the appropriate staff member. That staff member will deal with the suggestion/complaint according to need and priority. A review date must be established for this suggestion/complaint. A tracking log of all suggestions/ complaints will be kept with the responsible person listed and the resolution/solution listed. This log will be kept, as well as the contents of the suggestion box, in a file at the front desk. Another tracking log, with a generalized version of the suggestion/complaint (to preserve confidential information) and the resolution/solution will be posted quarterly on the bulletin board in the student lounge. Suggestions or complaints may also be made by emailing an administrative or faculty staff member at his/her PSI email account. A student who wishes to use this method may request of the administrative assistant at the front desk, a specific person's email address. That PSI employee will address or transfer the complaint/suggestion to the appropriate staff member depending upon the nature of the complaint. All staff shall follow the above described method of handling the complaint/suggestion, using the tracking form. Suspension Policy A student may be suspended due to, but not limited to, dress code violation, smoking violation, and any unprofessional conduct/behavior as defined in this catalog. Students will meet with the appropriate director or program coordinator to discuss and review the violation. Suspensions will not exceed three (3) days maximum. Suspension time is up to the director or coordinator depending on the severity of the violation. During suspension, students will be marked absent for attendance for each class missed, will not be given class handouts, etc., will not be allowed to attend or make-up labs, tests, exams or competencies. PSI Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy Professional Skills Institute (PSI) has a commitment to each student, and to each patient at a clinical or externship affiliation, to ensure that the learning or clinical or externship environment is free from the effects of abuse of alcohol and drugs by a PSI student. Therefore, it is the policy of PSI to prohibit unlawful use, sale, dispensing, transfer, or possession of controlled substances, alcoholic beverages, drugs not medically authorized, or abuse or impairment caused from medically prescribed drugs, or any other substance that may impair an individual’s academic or work performance, or pose a hazard to the individual, public, students, or employees of PSI on its property (owned or leased), or at any of its clinical or externship sites or any activity sponsored by PSI. The PSI Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy includes the following areas: (1) Policy, (2) Purpose, (3) Scope, (4) Definitions, (5) Education, (6) Drugs, (7) Discipline, (8) Drug and Alcohol Testing on Students, (9) Appeal of Drug or Alcohol Test Results, (10) Drug and Alcohol Notification, (11) Referral Services, (12) Inspections and Searches, and (13) Confidentiality. All students are required to comply with PSI’s Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy. Violations of this policy will lead to disciplinary actions, which may include termination of enrollment and possible criminal prosecution. When necessary, PSI will offer un-sponsored referral to treatment programs for alcohol or drug abuse. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 69 | P a g e PSI is in compliance with the provisions of the Drug Free School and Communities Act Amendments of 1989 applying to all students, which includes policy enforcement, drug and alcohol education, drug and alcohol testing, and referral for treatment. The Dean of Education is PSI’s Drug-Free Coordinator (DFC). The DFC is responsible for yearly reviewing and updating the PSI’s Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy. The PSI Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy are published in the PSI Academic Catalog and in the Student Handbook for each program. The DFC is responsible for overseeing that each student has: received a copy of the PSI Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy, viewed the drug video and signed the drug acknowledgment, consent and release form. PSI’s Dean of Education and Program Directors will be responsible for meeting with their appropriate administrative staff and students to discuss drug and alcohol related concerns and arrange drug and alcohol testing, as needed, for students. Note to Applicants and Students: Each decision you make can impact your future! Your choices relating to alcohol and drug use can affect your personal safety, the safety of others, the safety of your patients or clients, your academics, your health, your relationships, and the lives of families. You make the conscious decision regarding the use of drugs and alcohol. Therefore, you and only you are responsible for the actions that will be taken by PSI for your use of drugs or alcohol during your application and enrollment. Drug and Alcohol Policy (April 1, 2016) Professional Skills Institute (PSI) has a vital interest in maintaining a safe, healthy, and efficient learning and working environment. Substance use and misuse involves the use of alcohol and other drugs, including prescription, over-the counter (OTC), and illegal drugs, in the classroom, on clinical practicum or externship or in the workplace. Being under the influence of an illegal drug, abuse of a prescribed drug, being under the influence of alcohol in the classroom, on clinical practicum or externship, or in the work environment poses serious safety and health risks to the user and all those who are around the user. The use, sale, purchase, transfer, possession of an illegal drug on PSI’s property (owned or leased) or at any of the student’s clinical or externship sites, and the use, possession, or being under the influence of alcohol poses unacceptable risks for safe, healthy, and efficient operations. 1. Policy: 1.1 Professional Skills Institute (PSI) prohibits unlawful use, sale, dispensing, transfer, or possession of controlled substances, alcoholic beverages, drugs not medically authorized, or abuse or impairment caused from medically prescribed drugs, or any other substance that may impair an individual’s academic or work performance, or pose a hazard to the individual, the public, students, or employees of PSI on its property, or at any of its clinical or externship sites or any activity sponsored by PSI. 1.2 All applicants and students of PSI will be informed regarding PSI’s Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy in the following publications: PSI’s Academic Catalog and the Student Handbook. The DFC is responsible for yearly reviewing and updating the PSI Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy. Any changes deemed necessary will be made and the updated information will be issued to applicants and currently enrolled students. 1.3 PSI is in compliance with the provisions of the Drug Free School and Communities Act Amendments of 1989 applying to all students and all employees, which includes policy enforcement, drug and alcohol education, drug and alcohol testing, and referral for treatment. PSI further expresses its intent through this policy to comply with federal and state rules, regulations or laws that relate to the maintenance of the learning and working environmentfree from illegal drugs, alcohol, or abuse of prescribed and over-the-counter drugs. 1.4 PSI strives to maintain a safe, healthy, and efficient learning and work environment for all of its students, and to protect the students, PSI staff and faculty, PSI’s property, equipment, operations and reputation. 1.5 PSI strives to offer its services that are free of the influence or misuse of alcohol and other drugs, including prescription, over-the-counter, and illegal drugs: in the classroom, on a clinical practicum, on externship or in the workplace, and will through this policy, attempt to provide drug-and-alcohol-free services. 1.6 PSI requires each student to responsibly adhere to all parts of PSI’s Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy. If a violation of this policy occurs, disciplinary actions will be taken up to and including, termination of enrollment from PSI with possible criminal prosecution. PSI will offer un-sponsored referral to treatment programs for alcohol or drug abuse. 1.7 PSI’s requires, as a condition of application and enrollment, that all applicants and students, receive the Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy and abide by the terms of this policy. PSI will not tolerate substance use in violation of the Policy and intends to hold everyone responsible for supporting the Policy. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 70 | P a g e 1.8 PSI requires students to voluntarily notify PSI within three (3) days of an arrest for any alcohol or drug offense. An Arrest Notification Form is to be completed by the student and submitted to the DFC. The Arrest Notification Form may be obtained from the Administrative Assistant at the front desk. Students who do not come forward within three (3) days of the arrest and this arrest become known will be terminated from his/her enrollment. 1.9 PSI offers un-sponsored (at the student’s expense) referral to treatment programs for alcohol or drug abuse to students who identify a substance problem and voluntarily come forward. The student will schedule a meeting with the appropriate Program Director to discuss the substance problem and to arrive at the appropriate action(s) to be taken. Students will be placed on behavioral probation at this time. The length of probation will be determined by the outcome of the findings and treatment. 2. Purpose: 2.1 PSI’s Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy outlines the policies, objectives and outcomes of PSI’s drug and alcohol program and provides guidance to students, Program Directors, faculty and all administrative staff, concerning their responsibilities for carrying out the program. 3. Scope: 3.1 PSI’s Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy apply to all enrolled students, all programs, all divisions, and all applicants for admission. 4. Definitions: 4.1 Alcohol means any beverage that contains ethyl alcohol (ethanol), including but not limited to beer, wine, and wine coolers and distilled spirits. 5. 4.2 PSI premises or facilities means all property of PSI including, but not limited to, the classrooms, the offices, facilities and surrounding areas on PSI property, and storage areas. The term also includes PSI’s clinical and externship affiliation facilities, as this is an extension of the student’s education at PSI. 4.3 Contraband includes illegal drugs and alcoholic beverages, drug paraphernalia, lethal weapons, firearms, explosives, incendiaries, stolen property, counterfeit money, untaxed whiskey, and pornographic materials. 4.4 Drug testing means the scientific analysis of urine, blood, breath, saliva, hair, tissue, or other specimens of the human body for purpose of detecting a drug or alcohol. 4.5 Illegal drug means any drug which is not legally obtainable; any drug which is legally obtainable but has not been legally obtained; any prescribed drug not legally obtained; any prescribed drug not being used for the prescribed purpose; any over-the counter drug being used at a dosage level other than recommended by the manufacture or being used for a purpose other than intended by the manufacturer; and any drug being used for a purpose not in accordance with bona fide medical therapy. Examples of illegal drugs, but not limited to, are cannabis substances, such as marijuana and hashish, cocaine, heroin, methamphetamine, phencyclidine (PCP), and so-called designer drugs and look-alike drugs. 4.6 Legal drug means any prescribed drug or over-the-counter drug that has been legally obtained and is being used for the purpose for which it was prescribed or manufactured. 4.7 Reasonable (belief) cause means a belief based on objective facts are sufficient enough to lead an instructor or an employee to conclude that a particular student is unable to satisfactorily perform his or her student or job duties due to drug or alcohol impairment. Such inability to perform student or job duties may include, but is not limited to, a decrease in the student‘s academic and attendance satisfactory progress; a decrease in the student’s or employee’s productivity, judgment, reasoning, concentration and psychomotor control, and noticeable changes in behavior. Accidents, deviations from safe learning and working practices, and erratic conduct indicative of impairment are examples of, but not limited to, reasonable (belief) suspicion situations. 4.8 Under the influence means a condition in which a person is affected by a drug or alcohol in any detectable manner. The symptoms of influence are not confined to that consistent with misbehavior or to obvious impairment of physical or mental ability, such as, but not limited to, slurred speech or difficulty in maintaining balance. A determination of being under the influence will be established by a third party, U.S. Healthworks, 7010 Spring Meadows Drive, Holland, Ohio, 43528, or U.S. Healthworks, 3028 Navarre Avenue, Oregon, Ohio, 43616 who will administer scientifically valid test or tests, such as breath analysis, urinalysis or blood analysis. 4.9 Suspension means that a student cannot attend class, lab, clinical, or externship, receive lecture notes, take quizzes, exams, clinical or externship affiliations or be on PSI property (owned or leased) during the period of the said suspension, which may be up to, but not limited to 10 business days. Education 5.1 PSI will provide each applicant and student with a copy of the PSI Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy, review the policy with the applicant or student, hold appropriate discussion when deemed necessary, and answer all questions. The PSI Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy will be published PSI’s Academic Catalog, and each division’s Student Handbook. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 71 | P a g e 6. 5.2 The policy of PSI is to provide the booklet “The Truth About Drugs” as a part of the student orientation packet. This booklet is published by the Foundation for a Drug Free World, 1626 N. Wilcox Avenue, Los Angeles, CA and fulfills the requirement of the Drug-Free Schools and Communicates Act Amendments of 1989, Public Law 101– 226. 5.3 The policy of PSI is to have each student view the DVD documentary about “Real People/Real Stories”, during orientation. Drug 6.1 6.2 7. 8. Legal Drugs: a. The undisclosed use of any legal drug by any applicant or student while performing PSI education or while on PSI premises is prohibited. However, a student may continue to attend classes, labs, clinical or externship practicum while using a legal drug if the DFC and/or the Program Director has determined, after consulting with PSI’s third party professionals, that the legal dose use does not pose a safety concern, or a concern regarding the student’s academic or clinical performance. If a safety concern is noted, the student will be required to withdraw or comply with other appropriate actions as determined by DFC and Program Director. b. A student whose medical therapy requires the use of a legal drug must report such use to his or her instructor prior to attending a class or performing clinical or externship affiliations. The faculty member will contact the DFC and Program Director for guidance. c. PSI reserves the right to review the effects that a legal drug may have on the student’s academic, clinical or externship performance and to restrict the student’s activity or presence at PSI or any PSI facility accordingly. Illegal Drugs and Alcohol: a. The use, sale, purchase, transfer, or possession of an illegal drug or alcohol by any student or any employee while on PSI property or while performing PSI educational requirements are prohibited. Discipline 7.1 Any student who possesses, distributes, sells, attempts to sell, or transfers illegal drugs on PSI premises or while performing PSI educational requirements will be terminated. 7.2 Any student who is found to be in possession of contraband in violation of this policy will be terminated. 7.3 Any student who is found through drug or alcohol testing to have in his or her body a detectable amount of an illegal drug or of alcohol, or excessive amounts of a prescribed drug will be terminated. Drug and Alcohol Testing on Students 8.1 All applicants and students of PSI are subject to drug and alcohol testing when there is reasonable (belief) cause found by an instructor, a Program Director, a Program Coordinator or any employee of PSI. 8.2 All students will review and discuss the policy with the appropriate Program Director and sign the drug acknowledgment, consent and release form. By signing this form the student acknowledges the receipt of, the understanding of, and compliance with the policy. 8.3 When reasonable cause has been determined, the student will be notified of PSI’s drug and alcohol testing policy prior to being tested, will be informed of his or her right to refuse to undergo such testing and will be informedthat the consequences of refusal to submit to testing is grounds for termination. Refusal is taken as an admission of guilt. 8.4 PSI may request drug or alcohol testing: a. Of any applicant or student who manifests reasonable (belief) cause behavior. b. Of any applicant or student who is involved in an accident that results in or could result in the filing of a medical claim. c. Of any applicant or student who is subject to drug or alcohol testing in compliance to federal or state rules, regulations or laws. 8.5 An applicant or student’s consent to submit to drug or alcohol testing is required as a condition of enrollment and the refusal to submit consent will result in termination of enrollment or denial of admission. 8.6 Any applicant or student who is tested in a reasonable (belief) cause situation will be suspended or denied admission pending on the receipt of medical test results and whatever inquiries may be required. 8.7 All drug testing will be done through U.S. Healthworks, 7010 Spring Meadows Drive, Holland, Ohio, 43528 or U.S.Healthworks, 3028 Navarre Avenue, Oregon, Ohio, 43616, at a cost to the applicant or student when reasonable cause has been established. PSI has established a “Letter of Agreement” regarding the occupational health service arrangement with U.S. Healthworks to use its services on an ongoing basis. Testing results will be documented and confirmed by U.S. Healthworks. PSI is not involved in any part in the testing process. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 72 | P a g e 8.8 When reasonable cause has been established, the student or employee must go to U.S. Healthworks, 7010 Spring Meadows Drive, Holland, Ohio, 43528. Students or employees will be required to go immediately and directly to the testing site without delay or stops. Any deviation from this procedure will result in immediate termination from enrollment or employment. 8.9 Any confirmed attempt by the applicant or student of adulteration of a specimen will be considered violation of this policy and will result in termination of enrollment or denial of admission. 9. Appeal of a Drug or Alcohol Test Result 9.1 An applicant or a student whose drug or alcohol test that has been reported as positive will be offered the opportunity of a meeting with DFC and appropriate Program Director or Program Coordinator to offer an explanation. The purpose of the meeting will be to determine if there is any reason that a positive finding could have resulted from some cause other than drug or alcohol use. PSI, through its medical resource officials at U.S. Healthworks, will judge whether an offered explanation merits further inquiry. 10. Drug and Alcohol Notification 10.1 PSI will notify applicants and students of this policy by: a. Publishing the PSI Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy in PSI’s Academic Catalog, and division’s Student Handbook. b. Reviewing the Policy with the applicants and students and required signature of this review and acknowledgment by signing the drug acknowledgment, consent, and release form. each 11. Referral Services 11.1 PSI will refer the applicant or student who has a positive test result(s) to an appropriate rehabilitation organization for counseling and treatment. It is solely up to the individual to follow through with the referral and obtain counseling and treatment. 12. Inspections and Searches 12.1 PSI will conduct unannounced inspections or searches for drugs or alcohol on PSI premises when reasonable (belief) cause has been established. Applicants and students are required to cooperate with said inspections or searches. Refusal is taken as an admission of guilt. 13. 12.2 PSI has the right to search an applicant or student’s personal property when reasonable (belief) cause has been established. Personal property to include, but not limited to, the following: purses, backpacks, book bags, cars, trucks, etc. 12.3 An applicant or student’s consent to a search is required as a condition of enrollment, a refusal to consent will result in termination or the enrollment or denial of admission. 12.4 Illegal drugs, drugs believed to be illegal, and drug paraphernalia found on PSI’s property will be turned over to the appropriate law enforcement agency and full cooperation given to subsequent investigation. Substances that cannot be identified as an illegal drug by a layman’s examination will be turned over to a forensic lab for scientific analysis. Confidentiality 13.1 All information relating to drug or alcohol testing or identification of persons as users of drugs and alcohol will be protected by PSI as confidential unless otherwise required by law, overriding public health and safety concerns, or authorized in writing by the persons in question. 13.2 Applicant and student information (test results, referrals, etc.) will be kept confidential. Information will be shared on a need-to-know basis. Any violations of confidentiality rights will be subject to disciplinary action up to and including termination of enrollment or employment. All documentation will become part of the student’s academic file and remain there for a period of five years. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 73 | P a g e 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 74 | P a g e College of Allied Health Associate of Applied Science Program: AMA —Associate Medical Assistant Diploma Programs: MA - Medical Assistant MBCS - Medical Billing and Coding Specialist PhT - Pharmacy Technician 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 75 | P a g e 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 76 | P a g e College of Allied Health Admissions (Revised 01-2016) It is very important to understand that fulfilling the admission requirements DOES NOT guarantee the applicant’s acceptance into the program. The College of Allied Health (AH) programs are currently offered on a daytime course schedule. The AH programs are completely residential in nature and no component is done through distance learning. PSI is on a 12-week quarter system with a one (1) week break between quarters. Enrollment into the AH programs is offered in January, April, July and October of each year. The academic calendars are located on page 7 of this catalog. The AH Program Cost Sheets and the Retention and Placement Program Disclosure Forms are given to each applicant as an insert to this catalog by an Admissions Representative during the first meeting. Admissions Requirements: Each College of Allied Health applicant for admission is assigned an admissions representative. The Admissions Representative will direct the applicant through the steps of the admissions process. The Admissions Representative will provide information on curriculum, policies, procedures, and services, and assist the applicant in setting necessary appointments and interviews. To qualify for admission, each applicant must meet the requirements listed below. Admission decisions are based on the applicant's fulfillment of these requirements, a review of the applicant's previous educational records, and a review of the applicant's career interests. If previous academic records indicate that the School's education and training would not benefit the applicant, the School reserves the right to advise the applicant not to apply. It is the responsibility of the applicant to ensure that the School receives all required documentation. All records received become the property of the School. Professional Skills Institute Academic Catalog is available online at www.proskills.edu. The catalog is located under the program tabs, for review by the applicant, prior to signing an enrollment agreement. Application Process Requirements: 1. 2. 3. 4. The applicant must be a high school senior, high school graduate or possess the recognized equivalent of a high school diploma. The applicant must complete an Admissions Application Form. The applicant must interview and tour the campus with an admissions representative and/or other administrative staff as may be required. During the interview, applicants determined to have the aptitude, qualifications, and motivation to pursue a selected program of study within the College of Allied Health will be given the opportunity to take the Wonderlic Scholastic Level Entrance Test Evaluation. Only one retest is permitted per enrollment cycle. When retesting, the applicant will be administered the Wonderlic on a different version of the test. The test score will remain in effect and valid for a period of 2 years from the test date. • The required minimum passing score is 14 for the diploma Medical Assistant (MA) and the Pharmacy Technician (PhT) programs. • The required minimum passing score is 15 for the diploma Medical billing and Coding Specialist (MBCS) program. • The required minimum passing score is 18 for the associate degree Medical Assistant (AMA) program. Note: An applicant that fails the Wonderlic on the second attempt will be ineligible to take the Wonderlic again during the current enrollment cycle. 5. 6. Applicants who achieve a qualifying score on the Wonderlic will be invited to apply to the specific program of interest within the College of Allied Health. An applicant must submit a $25.00 application fee. Applicants must agree to and sign the Professional Skills Institute Enrollment Agreement. Note: Applicants that are under 18 years of age at the time of their application must have the Enrollment Agreement countersigned by a parent or legal guardian. 7. Review and sign the criminal background check and drug testing acknowledgement. Pre-Acceptance required documents: Prior to the submission of an applicant's application to the College of Allied Health Admissions Selection Committee the applicant must also; Provide documentation of graduation in the form of a High School Diploma, transcript, or other acceptable documentation which confirms that the applicant meets or exceeds the academic achievement equivalent to a high school diploma in the USA. All documents submitted must be translated into English. High school diplomas/transcripts from other countries are acceptable, as long as the diploma is equivalent to a U.S. high school diploma. To assure compliance all applicants with foreign transcripts must have the transcript reviewed by a U.S. credential evaluation service. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 77 | P a g e Acceptance Process: Each applicant will have his/her application file reviewed by the College of Allied Health Admissions Selection Committee using the following criteria: Verified completion of ALL required application process documents. The College of Allied Health Admissions Selection Committee may be comprised of the following, but not limited to; the Campus Director, the Director of Education, the Program Directors, the Director of Compliance, and/or the Registrar. The College of Allied Health Admissions Selection Committee will determine the acceptance or denial of the students' application. The selection committee will notify the students Admission Representative, via letter, of the acceptance or denial of a student's application. The Admission Representative will then notify the student of the committee's determination via letter and phone. Orientation: Applied students must attend a scheduled mandatory orientation. Probationary Admission: At this time PSI does not offer Probationary Admission into the Allied Health Programs. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 78 | P a g e MEDICAL ASSISTANT – ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE DEGREE (AMA) The Associate Medical Office Assistant (AMA) associate degree program is presented over a period of 72 weeks. This program is divided into six (6) 12-week quarters. Enrollment into the AMA program is available four (4) times per year, January, April, July and October. The schedule is Monday through Friday from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Externship time may be scheduled any day of the week or weekend, and at any time of the day depending on the availability of the externship site. The AMA Externship experience consists of an additional 160 clock hours served in a medical facility. The total credits required to complete the AMA program is 102.5. Upon successful completion of the AMA associate degree program, the graduate will receive an Associate of Applied Science Degree (AAS) as a Medical Assistant. The program has been approved by the State Board of Career Colleges and Schools and by the Accrediting Bureau of Health Education Schools. Associate of Applied Science (AAS) transferability of credits to other institutions is at the discretion of the receiving institution and PSI makes no guarantees of transferability. The graduate will qualify to sit for the registry examinations to become a Registered Medical Assistant (RMA) and/or a Certified Medical Assistant (CMA) and will be able to perform both clerical and clinical office duties, including insurance form preparation, basic computer operations, electronic health records and all of the clinical skills utilized in any general medicine or specialty office. Medical Assistants are also eligible to sit for the International Academy of Phlebotomy Science (IAPS) certification examination to become a Certified Phlebotomy Technician (CPT). The school will assist the graduate in every way possible in finding employment. This is not a guarantee of employment or a minimum starting salary. O*Net: Occupational Information Network is established by the Department of Labor to assist students with information regarding their chosen program. Each program is given an O*Net-SOC code. The code for the AMA program is 31-9092.00. Students should use the following web address to access this information from the Department of Labor. www.onetonline.org/link/summary/31-9092.00. CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS: Course No. Course Name MED101 MED102 MED103 MED105 MED106 MED109 MED110 MED111 MED114 MED115 MED116 MED118 MED135 MED136 MED152 MED154 MED155 COM102 ENG101 PSY101 SOC101 MTH101 MTH102 Medical Law and Ethics Medical Terminology I Keyboarding Medical Office Procedures Medical Insurance I MA Clinical I MA Clinical II MA Clinical III AMA Externship Electronic Medical Records (EMR) Medical Terminology I Medical Insurance II Anatomy and Physiology I Anatomy and Physiology II Job Readiness Computer Applications Disease/Pharmacology Interpersonal Communication English Composition Introduction to Psychology Introduction to Sociology Basic Mathematics Business Mathematics Course Credit Course Clock Hours 2.5 5.0 3.0 3.5 2.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 4.5 3.5 5.0 4.0 5.0 5.0 2.5 4.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 102.5 30 60 50 50 30 90 90 90 160 60 60 60 60 60 30 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 1460 Transfer credit may be given from other accredited colleges, if the course content meets PSI’s curriculum requirements. The student will need to submit an official transcript for credit transfer evaluation. Transfer credits are approved by the Dean of Education with input from the General Education Coordinator. Refer to the Transfer of Credit section in this catalog for courses that may be transferred. Externship/Clinical Note: Students do not receive remuneration for the clinical experience, as this is a part of their educational experience. The student cannot be used in place of a staff member at any externship site. Note: PSI reserves the right to add, change, or delete classes, and/or other graduation requirements for any program based upon newly adopted requirements of our accrediting bodies, and/or ever-changing trends or requirements within a chosen profession. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 79 | P a g e MEDICAL ASSISTANT – ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE DEGREE (AMA) Curriculum Sequence The AMA curriculum is presented in the following sequence to guide the student through the program, so that the student will experience an ever-increasing degree of expected terminal performance objectives. Quarter 1 MED102 MED103 MED106 ENG101 Quarter 2 MED105 MED116 MED118 PSY101 Quarter 3 MED109 MED135 SOC101 COM102 Quarter 4 MED110 MED136 MTH101 Quarter 5 MED101 MED111 MED115 MED154 MED155 Quarter 6 MED114 MED152 MTH102 Course Name Medical Terminology I Keyboarding Medical Insurance I English Composition Total Possible Course Name Medical Office Procedures Medical Terminology I Medical Insurance II Introduction to Psychology Total Possible Course Name MA Clinical I Anatomy and Physiology I Introduction to Sociology Interpersonal Communication Total Possible Course Name MA Clinical II Anatomy and Physiology II Basic Mathematics Total Possible Course Name Medical Law and Ethics MA Clinical III Electronic Medical Records (EMR) Computer Applications Disease/Pharmacology CPR Total Possible Course Name AMA Externship Job Readiness Business Mathematics Total Possible Quarter Credits Quarter Credits Quarter Credits Quarter Credits Quarter Credits Quarter Credits Total Required AMA Program Credits Course Credit 5.0 3.0 2.0 5.0 15.0 Course Credit 3.5 5.0 4.0 5.0 17.5 Course Credit 6.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 21.0 Course Credit 6.0 5.0 5.0 16.0 Course Credit 2.5 6.0 3.5 4.0 5.0 0.0 21.0 Course Credit 4.5 2.5 5.0 12.0 102.5 All courses in the AH programs must be completed with a minimum final grade average of 76.5% and if applicable successful passage of each competency test with a minimum score of 76.5%. For a course that has both a lecture component and lab competency; each component must be passed separately with a minimum of a 76.5 percent to pass the lecture component of the course and a satisfactory grade for the lab competency component. If the student does not pass both components the entire course is failed and the course will be repeated in its entirety the next time it is offered. Lab Competency: In the event the student obtains a failing (unsatisfactory) grade for lab competency, the student will be allowed two (2) additional attempts to pass the competency, for a total of three (3) attempts. The student must arrange with the instructor within one week of a lab failure, a plan of remediation and a time to take the makeup competency. If the student fails to show for the scheduled first or second or third attempt lab competency and with no communication with the instructor, the student fails the lab competency and must repeat the entire course. Changes in the scheduled lab competency time made with the instructor PRIOR to the scheduled time are acceptable. Note: The sequence of the General Education courses will remain as published. The day of the week and time for each course may vary from quarter to quarter. The Registrar will update the students regarding the schedule prior to registration for the specific quarter. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 80 | P a g e MEDICAL ASSISTANT – DIPLOMA (MA) The Medical Office Assistant (MA) program is presented over a period of 48 weeks. This period is divided into four (4) 12-week quarters. Enrollment into the MA program is available two (2) times per year, April and October. The schedule is Monday through Friday from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Externship time may be scheduled any day of the week or weekend, and at any time of the day depending on the availability of the externship site. Externship consists of 160 hours served in a medical facility. The total credits required to complete the MA program is 87. Upon successful completion of the MA program, providing all requirements for graduation are met, the student will receive a diploma at graduation. After graduation, the student will qualify to take the registry exams to become a Registered Medical Office Assistant (RMA) and/or a Certified Medical Assistant (CMA) and will be able to perform both clerical and clinical office duties, including insurance form preparation, basic computer operations, electronic health records and all of the clinical skills utilized in any general medicine or specialty office. Medical Office Assistants are also eligible to sit for a third licensing exam to become a Certified Phlebotomy Technician (CPT). Transferability of credits to other institutions is at the discretion of the receiving institution and PSI makes no guarantees of transferability. The school will assist the graduate in every way possible in finding employment. This is not a guarantee of employment or a minimum starting salary. O*Net: Occupational Information Network is established by the Department of Labor to assist students with information regarding their chosen program. Each program is given an O*Net-SOC code. The code for the MA program is 31-9092.00. Students should use the following web address to access this information from the Department of Labor. www.onetonline.org/link/summary/31-9092.00. CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS: Course No. Course Name 101-M 102-M 103-M 104-M 105-M 106-M 108-M 109-M 110-M 111-M 114-M 115-M 116-M 135-M 136-M 152-M 154-M 155-M Medical Law and Ethics Medical Terminology I Keyboarding Medical Office Procedures Office Communications Medical Insurance I Fundamentals of Psychology MA Clinical I MA Clinical II MA Clinical III MA Externship Electronic Medical Records (EMR) Medical Terminology I Anatomy and Physiology I Anatomy and Physiology II Job Readiness Computer Applications Disease/Pharmacology Course Credit Course Clock Hours 3.0 6.0 3.5 4.0 3.0 2.5 3.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 5.0 4.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 3.0 5.0 6.0 87.0 30 60 50 50 30 30 30 90 90 90 160 60 60 60 60 30 60 60 1100 Transfer credit may be given from other accredited colleges, if the course content meets PSI’s curriculum requirements. The student will need to submit an official transcript for credit transfer evaluation. Transfer credits are approved by the Dean of Education. Refer to the Transfer of Credit section in this catalog for courses that may be transferred. Externship/Clinical Note: Students do not receive remuneration for the clinical experience, as this is a part of their educational experience. The student cannot be used in place of a staff member at any externship site. Note: PSI reserves the right to add, change, or delete classes, and/or other graduation requirements for any program based upon newly adopted requirements of our accrediting bodies, and/or ever-changing trends or requirements within a chosen profession. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 81 | P a g e MEDICAL ASSISTANT – Diploma (MA) Curriculum Sequence The MA curriculum is presented in the following sequence to guide the student through the program, so that the student will experience an ever-increasing degree of expected terminal performance objectives. Quarter 1 102-M 103-M 106-M 109-M 135-M Quarter 2 104-M 105-M 110-M 116-M 136-M Quarter 3 101-M 111-M 115-M 154-M 155-M Quarter 4 108-M 114-M 152-M Course Name Medical Terminology I Keyboarding Medical Insurance I MA Clinical I Anatomy and Physiology I Total Possible Course Name Office Communications Medical Office Procedures MA Clinical II Medical Terminology I Anatomy and Physiology II Total Possible Course Name Medical Law and Ethics MA Clinical III Electronic Medical Records (EMR) Computer Applications Disease/Pharmacology CPR Total Possible Course Name Fundamentals of Psychology MA Externship Job Readiness Total Possible Quarter Credits Quarter Credits Quarter Credits Quarter Credits Total Required MA Program Credits Course Credit 6.0 3.5 2.5 7.0 6.0 25.0 Course Credit 3.0 4.0 7.0 6.0 6.0 26.0 Course Credit 3.0 7.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 0.0 25.0 Course Credit 3.0 5.0 3.0 11.0 87.0 All courses in the AH programs must be completed with a minimum final grade average of 76.5% and if applicable successful passage of each competency test with a minimum score of 76.5%. For a course that has both a lecture component and lab competency; each component must be passed separately with a minimum of a 76.5 percent to pass the lecture component of the course and a satisfactory grade for the lab competency component. If the student does not pass both components the entire course is failed and the course will be repeated in its entirety the next time it is offered. Lab Competency: In the event the student obtains a failing (unsatisfactory) grade for lab competency, the student will be allowed two (2) additional attempts to pass the competency, for a total of three (3) attempts. The student must arrange with the instructor within one week of a lab failure, a plan of remediation and a time to take the makeup competency. If the student fails to show for the scheduled first or second or third attempt lab competency and with no communication with the instructor, the student fails the lab competency and must repeat the entire course. Changes in the scheduled lab competency time made with the instructor PRIOR to the scheduled time are acceptable. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 82 | P a g e Medical Assistant Clinical Skills • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Blood pressures, pulses, respirations, and temperatures Height/length and weight, adults and infants. Positioning and draping the patients for various physical exams. Assisting the doctor with general physical, pediatric, OB & GYN, and Sigmoidoscopy exams. Visual acuity testing using Snellen Eye chart. Eye and ear irrigations and installations. Instrument sanitization and disinfection, wrapping instruments for autoclaving and basic autoclave operation that assures that the packages are sterile. Assisting with minor office surgery including: Application of sterile gloves and setting up and maintaining sterile fields Proper handling of sterile instruments and supplies Handing to the doctor instruments in functional position Suture removal. Calculation and administration of medications (p.o., IM, SQ, and ID). Basic bandaging/tubular bandaging. Venipuncture procedures which include: Correct order of draw. Correct selection of color tops for specific tests. Correct technique, angle, and patient preparation and identification. Correct handling, processing and storage of blood specimens after collection. EKG procedures: Proper patient preparation, running a standard 12 lead EKG Mounting a manual, automatic EKG CPR certification through the American Heart Association. Urine testing including: Multistix 10SG, specific gravity, Clinitest, spinning urine down and placing it on a slide for microscopic exam, various urine pregnancy tests and urine cultures Blood tests include: Hemoglobin, hematocrit, blood glucose Collection and processing of throat cultures and other specimens taken from the body Universal blood borne precautions and OSHA regulations. Medical Assistant Clerical Skills • • • • • • • • • • Basic Computer, Keyboarding and Word processing skills. (MS Word, Excel, Power Point) Computer skills in setting up insurance company information, entering patient information, scheduling appointments, entering patients charges, payments and adjustments, creating receipts, billing and creating reports such as day sheets and aging reports. Proper use of ICD-9-CM (ICD-10-CM) and CPT insurance coding books. Correct preparation of the insurance forms. Proper telephone answering techniques, appointment scheduling, and filing. Business letter preparation: Block, Modified block letters and USPS style envelopes. Professional conduct, appearance and medical ethics. HIPAA Regulations Use of www, internet, and email. Electronic Medical Records Medical Assistants Mission and Core Values AAMA Mission The mission of the American Association of Medical Assistants is to provide the medical assistant professional with education, certification, credential acknowledgment, networking opportunities, scope-of-practice protection, and advocacy for quality patient-centered health care. CMA (AAMA) Core Values • Actively participate in the delivery of quality health care. • Promote patient safety and well-being. • Contribute to a positive health care experience for patients. • Demonstrate integrity and respect, and protect patient confidentiality. • Advocate the essential value of certification and continuing education. • Embrace change, growth, and learning. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 83 | P a g e AAMA Medical Assistant Code of Ethics The Code of Ethics of the American Association of Medical Assistants shall set forth principles of ethical and moral conduct as they relate to the medical profession and the particular practice of medical assisting. Members of AAMA dedicated to the conscientious pursuit of their profession, and thus desiring to merit the high regard of the entire medical profession and the respect of the general public which they serve, do pledge themselves to strive always to: A. B. C. D. E. Render service with full respect for the dignity of humanity; Respect confidential information obtained through employment unless legally authorized or required by responsible performance of duty to divulge such information; Uphold the honor and high principles of the profession and accept its disciplines; Seek to continually improve the knowledge and skills of medical assistants for the benefit of patients and professional colleagues; Participate in additional service activities aimed toward improving the health and well-being of the community. AAMA Medical Assistant Creed • • • • • • • • I I I I I I I I believe in the principles and purposes of the profession of medical assisting. endeavor to be more effective. aspire to render greater service. protect the confidence entrusted to me. am dedicated to the care and well-being of all people. am loyal to my employer. am true to the ethics of my profession. am strengthened by compassion, courage and faith. Refer to the AAMA website at http://www.aama-ntl.org/index.aspx for additional information. Goals and Objectives for the AMA and MA Programs PSI program goals and objectives for the AMA and MA programs: • • • • • To provide an AMA and MA program from which graduates are prepared to perform the functions of an entry level medical assistant in both the clinical and administrative area. To provide a positive innovative learning environment with instruction that keeps current with the demands of the profession. To encourage the participation in continuing educations courses, workshops, and seminars to keep updated in the profession as well as working to advance the level of professional achievement to a higher degree if desired. To provide guidelines on patient confidentiality as stated in the HIPAA guidelines when reviewing all patient records and dealing with patients one-on-one. To prepare the medical assistant to sit for certification exams, RMA, CMA, and CPT, if required by the employer or desired by the individual. Graduates of the AMA and MA programs will be able to: • • • • • • Apply the knowledge gained through lecture and clinical, to practice safely and to use good judgment while caring for the patient in the work environment. Demonstrate both written and verbal communication skills enabling effective communicate with patients, coworkers and employers. Demonstrate proficiency as a medical assistant by passing certification examinations (CMA or RMA), if required by the employer, or desired by the individual. Demonstrate adaptability and cultural respect when associating with patients, coworkers, and other professionals in the community. To be able to maintain patient confidentiality as stated in the HIPAA guidelines. To be able to understand the importance and adhere to the guidelines of professional conduct, appearance and ethics of the medical profession. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 84 | P a g e MEDICAL BILLING AND CODING SPECIALIST – DIPLOMA (MBCS) The Medical Billing and Coding Specialist (MBCS) program is presented over a period of 48 weeks. This period is divided into four (4) 12-week quarters. Enrollment into the MBCS program is available four (4) times per year, January, April, July and October. The schedule is Monday through Friday from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Externship time may be scheduled any day of the week or weekend, and at any time of the day depending on the availability of the externship site. Externship consists of 160 hours served in a medical facility. The total academic credits required to complete the MBCS program is 76. Upon completion of the MBCS program, providing all requirements for graduation are met, the student will receive a diploma at graduation. The graduate will be qualified to process a variety of insurance forms in medical offices, clinics, and hospital billing departments, basic computer operation and general office duties. Transferability of credits to other institutions is at the discretion of the receiving institution and PSI makes no guarantees of transferability. The school will assist the graduate in every way possible in finding employment. This is not a guarantee of employment or of a minimum starting salary. O*Net: Occupational Information Network is established by the Department of Labor to assist students with information regarding their chosen program. Each program is given an O*Net-SOC code. The code for the MBCS program is 29-2071.00. Students should use the following web address to access this information from the Department of Labor. www.onetonline.org/link/summary/29-2071.00. CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS: Course No. Course Name 101-M 102-M 103-M 104-M 105-M 106-M 108-M 115-M 116-M 118-M 119-M 135-M 136-M 152-M 153-M 154-M 155-M Medical Law and Ethics Medical Terminology I Keyboarding Medical Office Procedures Office Communications Medical Insurance I Fundamentals of Psychology Electronic Medical Records (EMR) Medical Terminology I Medical Insurance II MBCS Externship Anatomy and Physiology I Anatomy and Physiology II Job Readiness Medical Insurance III Computer Applications Disease/Pharmacology Course Credit Course Clock Hours 3.0 6.0 3.5 4.0 3.0 2.5 3.0 4.0 6.0 5.0 5.0 6.0 6.0 3.0 5.0 5.0 6.0 76.0 30 60 50 50 30 30 30 60 60 60 160 60 60 30 60 60 60 950 Transfer credit may be given from other accredited colleges, if the course content meets PSI’s curriculum requirements. The student will need to submit an official transcript for credit transfer evaluation. Transfer credits are approved by the Dean of Education. Refer to the Transfer of Credit section in this catalog for courses that may be transferred. Externship/Clinical Note: Students do not receive remuneration for the clinical experience, as this is a part of their educational experience. The student cannot be used in place of a staff member at any externship site. Note: PSI reserves the right to add, change, or delete classes, and/or other graduation requirements for any program based upon newly adopted requirements of our accrediting bodies, and/or ever-changing trends or requirements within a chosen profession. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 85 | P a g e MEDICAL BILLING AND CODING SPECIALIST – Diploma (MBCS) Curriculum Sequence The MBCA curriculum is presented in the following sequence to guide the student through the program, so that the student will experience an ever-increasing degree of expected terminal performance objectives. Quarter 1 102-M 103-M 106-M 135-M Quarter 2 104-M 105-M 116-M 118-M 136-M Quarter 3 101-M 115-M 153-M 154-M 155-M Quarter 4 108-M 119-M 152-M Course Name Medical Terminology I Keyboarding Medical Insurance I Anatomy and Physiology I Total Possible Course Name Office Communications Medical Office Procedures Medical Terminology I Medical Insurance II Anatomy and Physiology II Total Possible Course Name Medical Law and Ethics Electronic Medical Records (EMR) Medical Insurance III Computer Applications Disease/Pharmacology CPR Total Possible Course Name Fundamentals of Psychology MBCS Externship Job Readiness Total Possible Quarter Credits Quarter Credits Quarter Credits Quarter Credits Total Required MBCS Program Credits Course Credit 6.0 3.5 2.5 6.0 18.0 Course Credit 3.0 4.0 6.0 5.0 6.0 24.0 Course Credit 3.0 4.0 5.0 5.0 6.0 0.0 23.0 Course Credit 3.0 5.0 3.0 11.0 76.0 All courses in the AH programs must be completed with a minimum final grade average of 76.5% and if applicable successful passage of each competency test with a minimum score of 76.5%. For a course that has both a lecture component and lab competency; each component must be passed separately with a minimum of a 76.5 percent to pass the lecture component of the course and a satisfactory grade for the lab competency component. If the student does not pass both components the entire course is failed and the course will be repeated in its entirety the next time it is offered. Lab Competency: In the event the student obtains a failing (unsatisfactory) grade for lab competency, the student will be allowed two (2) additional attempts to pass the competency, for a total of three (3) attempts. The student must arrange with the instructor within one week of a lab failure, a plan of remediation and a time to take the makeup competency. If the student fails to show for the scheduled first or second or third attempt lab competency and with no communication with the instructor, the student fails the lab competency and must repeat the entire course. Changes in the scheduled lab competency time made with the instructor PRIOR to the scheduled time are acceptable. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 86 | P a g e Medical Billing and Coding Specialist Clerical Skills • • • • • Basic Computer, Keyboarding and Word processing skills. (MS Word, Excel, Power Point) Electronic Health Records Computer skills in setting up insurance company information, entering patient information, scheduling appointments, entering patients charges, payments and adjustments, creating receipts, billing and creating reports such as day sheets and aging reports. Proper use of ICD-9-CM (ICD-10-CM) and CPT insurance coding books. Correct preparation of the insurance forms. CMS 1500 Medicaid/Health Check Medicare Workers’ Compensation Blue Cross/Blue Shield HMOs ( Health Maintenance Organization) PPOs (Preferred Provider Organization) • • • • • • Proper telephone answering techniques, appointment scheduling, and filing. Business letter preparation: Block, Modified block letters and USPS style envelopes. Professional conduct, appearance and medical ethics. HIPAA Regulations Use of www, internet, and email. Collection procedure: Billing Handling bankruptcy accounts Handling payment plans Goals and Objectives for the MBCS Program PSI program goals for the MBCS program: • • • • • To provide a MBCS program that will enable graduates to be qualified to process a variety of insurance forms in a medical office, clinic, DME, or hospital setting as well as be able to manage accounts payable and accounts receivable in either a manual or computerized format. To provide a curriculum based on current information regarding medical insurance and billing in a health related facility. To provide a positive learning environment and instruction this keeps current with the demands of the profession. To encourage the participation in continuing educations courses, workshops, and seminars to keep updated in the profession as well as working to advance the level of professional achievement to a higher degree if desired. To provide guidelines on patient confidentiality as stated in the HIPAA guidelines when reviewing all patient records and dealing with patients one-on-one. Graduates of the MBCS program will be able to: • • • • • • Assist patients and their families with completing and understanding insurance forms, billing, payments and denials while demonstrating confidentiality in regard to the patients’ personal information. Demonstrate both written and verbal communication skills enabling effective communicate with patients, coworkers and employers. Maintain patient confidentiality as stated in the HIPAA guidelines when reviewing all patient records and dealing with patients on a one-to-one basis. Understand the importance and adhere to the guidelines of professional conduct, appearance and ethics of the medical profession. Demonstrate adaptability and cultural respect when associating with patients, coworkers, and insurance companies. Demonstrate proficiency as a medical billing and coding specialist by passing certification examination CMBS, if required by the employer or desired by the individual. Medical Association of Billers Code of Ethics: In my position as a Professional Health Insurance Claims Processor, I understand and accept the responsibility of Liaison between Patient, Provider, and Insurance Carrier. I do voluntarily endorse and abide by the Medical Association of Billers Code of Ethics. As a professional, it is my responsibility to: • Provide accurate, honest and timely information to my Provider. • Never disclose personal, medical, or financial information about my Provider without consent. • Provide patient information only to those insurers, government agencies, healthcare providers, or facilities necessary for the prompt payment of health insurance claims for my Provider. • Never willingly or knowingly is a party to the submission of fraudulent claims information to insurers or government agencies. • Advance my knowledge through continuing education for the betterment of my profession. • Avoid conflict of interest situations through open and honest dialog with my Provider. • Maintain current knowledge of applicable laws and regulations and observe them in the practice of my profession. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 87 | P a g e 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 88 | P a g e PHARMACY TECHNICIAN – DIPLOMA (PhT) The Pharmacy Technician (PhT) program is presented over a period of 48 weeks. This period is divided into four (4) 12-week quarters. Enrollment into the PhT program is available four (4) times per year, January, April, July and October. The schedule will vary Monday through Friday from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Externship time may be scheduled any day of the week or weekend, and at any time of the day depending on the availability of the externship site. Externship consists of 160 hours served in a hospital or retail pharmacy. The total academic credits required to complete the PhT program is 81. Upon successful completion of the PhT program, providing all requirements for graduation are met, the student will receive a diploma at graduation. The graduate will be able to prepare and dispense prescriptions in accordance with the state and federal laws and rules under the supervision of the Pharmacist. After graduation, the student will qualify to take the National Pharmacy Technician Exam (ExCPT) and/or the National Pharmacy Technician Certification Exam (PTCE), or any Ohio State Board of Pharmacy approved exam to work in retail, hospital, institutional and/or home infusion pharmacy settings. Transferability of credits to other institutions is at the discretion of the receiving institution and PSI makes no guarantees of transferability. The school will assist the graduate in every way possible in finding employment. This is not a guarantee of employment or a minimum starting salary. O*Net: Occupational Information Network is established by the Department of Labor to assist students with information regarding their chosen program. Each program is given an O*Net-SOC code. The code for the PhT program is 29-2052.00. Students should use the following web address to access this information from the Department of Labor. www.onetonline.org/link/summary/29-2052.00 CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS: Course No. Course Name 101-M 102-M 103-M 104-M 105-M 108-M 116-M 152-M 154-M 156-M 157-M 158-M 159-M 160-M 161-M 162-M Medical Law and Ethics Medical Terminology I Keyboarding Medical Office Procedures Office Communications Fundamentals of Psychology Medical Terminology I Job Readiness Computer Applications Introduction to Pharmacy Technician PhT Clinical I PhT Clinical II PhT Externship PhT Pharmacology I PhT Pharmacology II PhT Pharmacology III Course Credit Course Clock Hours 3.0 6.0 3.5 4.0 3.0 3.0 6.0 3.0 5.0 7.5 7.0 7.0 5.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 30 60 50 50 30 30 60 30 60 90 90 90 160 60 60 60 81.0 1010 Transfer credit may be given from other accredited colleges, if the course content meets PSI’s curriculum requirements. The student will need to submit an official transcript for credit transfer evaluation. Transfer credits are approved by the Dean of Education. Refer to the Transfer of Credit section in this catalog for courses that may be transferred. Externship/Clinical Note: Students do not receive remuneration for the clinical experience, as this is a part of their educational experience. The student cannot be used in place of a staff member at any externship site. Note: PSI reserves the right to add, change, or delete classes, and/or other graduation requirements for any program based upon newly adopted requirements of our accrediting bodies, and/or ever-changing trends or requirements within a chosen profession. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 89 | P a g e Pharmacy Technician – Diploma (PhT) Curriculum Sequence The PhT curriculum is presented in the following sequence to guide the student through the program, so that the student will experience an ever-increasing degree of expected terminal performance objectives. Quarter 1 102-M 103-M 156-M 160-M Quarter 2 104-M 105-M 116-M 157-M 161-M Quarter 3 101-M 154-M 158-M 162-M Quarter 4 108-M 152-M 159-M Course Name Medical Terminology I Keyboarding Introduction to Pharmacy Technician PhT Pharmacology I Total Possible Quarter Course Name Office Communications Medical Office Procedures Medical Terminology I PhT Clinical I PhT Pharmacology II Total Possible Quarter Course Name Medical Law and Ethics Computer Applications PhT Clinical II PhT Pharmacology III CPR Total Possible Quarter Course Name Fundamentals of Psychology Job Readiness PhT Externship Total Possible Quarter Credits Credits Credits Credits Total Required PhT Program Credits Course Credit 6.0 3.5 7.5 6.0 23.0 Course Credit 3.0 4.0 6.0 7.0 6.0 26.0 Course Credit 3.0 5.0 7.0 6.0 0.0 21.0 Course Credit 3.0 3.0 5.0 11.0 81.0 All courses in the AH programs must be completed with a minimum final grade average of 76.5% and if applicable successful passage of each competency test with a minimum score of 76.5%. For a course that has both a lecture component and lab competency; each component must be passed separately with a minimum of a 76.5 percent to pass the lecture component of the course and a satisfactory grade for the lab competency component. If the student does not pass both components the entire course is failed and the course will be repeated in its entirety the next time it is offered. Lab Competency: In the event the student obtains a failing (unsatisfactory) grade for lab competency, the student will be allowed two (2) additional attempts to pass the competency, for a total of three (3) attempts. The student must arrange with the instructor within one week of a lab failure, a plan of remediation and a time to take the makeup competency. If the student fails to show for the scheduled first or second or third attempt lab competency and with no communication with the instructor, the student fails the lab competency and must repeat the entire course. Changes in the scheduled lab competency time made with the instructor PRIOR to the scheduled time are acceptable. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 90 | P a g e Goals and Objectives for the PhT Program PSI program goals and objectives for the PhT program: • • • • • • To provide a PhT program from which graduates are prepared to perform the functions of an entry level Pharmacy Technician under the supervision of a Pharmacist. To provide a positive innovative learning environment with instruction that keeps current with the demands of the profession. To encourage the participation in continuing education courses, workshops, and seminars to stay current in the profession as well as working to advance the level of professional achievement to a higher degree if desired. To provide guidelines on patient confidentiality as stated in the HIPAA guidelines when reviewing all patient information and dealing with patients one-on-one. To prepare the graduate pharmacy technician to sit for the National ExCPT or the PTCB exam or any Ohio State Board of Pharmacy approved exam. To provide instruction to the student Pharmacy Technician to prepare and dispense prescriptions in accordance with the state and federal laws and rules under the supervision of the Pharmacist. Graduates of the PhT program will be able to: • • • • • • • • Apply the knowledge gained through lecture, lab and externship and to practice safety and use good judgment while preparing and dispensing prescriptions under the supervision of the pharmacist. Apply knowledge of different classifications of medications and their indications of use. Demonstrate proficiency and accuracy by: 1. Verifying the information on the prescription is complete and accurate. 2. Entering data accurately into the computer system and recording all prescriptions. 3. Submitting insurance claims for third party billing. 4. Retrieving, counting, pouring, calculating, weighing, and compounding prescriptions. 5. Preparing or compounding sterile products such as IV drug preparations. 6. Ordering, receiving and maintaining inventory of drugs and supplies, and ensuring their security. 7. Answering the phones and assisting the customers at the check-out counter. Demonstrate both written and verbal communication skills enabling effective communicate with patients, coworkers and employers. Demonstrate proficiency as a Pharmacy Technician by passing the certification examination National ExCPT or the PTCB exam or any Ohio State Board of Pharmacy approved exam. Demonstrate adaptability and cultural respect when associating with patients, coworkers, and other professionals in the community. To be able to maintain patient confidentiality as stated in the HIPAA guidelines. To be able to understand the importance and adhere to the guidelines of professional conduct, appearance and ethics of the Pharmacy profession. Code of Ethics for Pharmacy Technicians Preamble Pharmacy Technicians are healthcare professionals who assist pharmacists in providing the best possible care for patients. The principles of this code, which apply to pharmacy technicians working in any and all settings, are based on the application and support of the moral obligations that guide the pharmacy profession in relationships with patients, healthcare professionals and society. Principles • A pharmacy technician's first consideration is to ensure the health and safety of the patient, and to use knowledge and skills to the best of his/her ability in serving patients. • A pharmacy technician supports and promotes honesty and integrity in the profession, which includes a duty to observe the law, maintain the highest moral and ethical conduct at all times and uphold the ethical principles of the profession. A pharmacy technician assists and supports the pharmacists in the safe and efficacious and cost effective distribution of health services and healthcare resources. • A pharmacy technician respects and values the abilities of pharmacists, colleagues and other healthcare professionals. • A pharmacy technician maintains competency in his/her practice and continually enhances his/her professional knowledge and expertise. • A pharmacy technician respects and supports the patient's individuality, dignity, and confidentiality. • A pharmacy technician respects the confidentiality of a patient's records and discloses pertinent information only with proper authorization. • A pharmacy technician never assists in dispensing, promoting or distribution of medication or medical devices that are not of good quality or do not meet the standards required by law. • A pharmacy technician does not engage in any activity that will discredit the profession, and will expose, without fear or favor, illegal or unethical conduct of the profession. • A pharmacy technician associates with and engages in the support of organizations, which promote the profession of pharmacy through the utilization and enhancement of pharmacy technicians. Adapted from The American Association of Pharmacy Technicians Code of Ethics, published Am J Health-Syst Pharm. 2003 Code of Conduct 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 91 | P a g e 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 92 | P a g e College of Allied Health (AH) ---Course Descriptions (Revised 05-25-2016) * Please refer to page 39 for definition of ABHES additional outside clock hours and Title IV (FA) out-of-class prep hour’s calculations. Number Name 101-M Medical Law and Ethics Prerequisite: Enrollment into an AH Diploma Program MED101 Medical Law and Ethics Prerequisite: Enrollment into an AH Associate Degree Program Course Description: Quarter Credits 3.0 Lecture Hrs. 30 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 15.0 2.5 30 0 0 12.5 Medical Law and Ethics introduces the student to the legal principles and ethical issues affecting all healthcare professionals in the United States. Issues covered in this course are: the importance of personnel having knowledge of the law, what constitutes a standard of care, parameters of responsibility, and functioning within the legal system. Medical malpractice, divisions between criminal and civil law, formation of a contract, breach of contract and how to terminate a contract, as well as negligence of malpractice, informed consent, practicing preventive medicine and malpractice insurance are covered in this course. This course also discusses the responsibilities of practice and what constitutes privacy, confidentiality, and privileged communication. Number Name 102-M Medical Terminology I Prerequisite: Enrollment into an AH Diploma Program MED102 Medical Terminology I Prerequisite: Enrollment into an AH Associate Degree Program Course Description: Quarter Credits 6.0 Lecture Hrs. 60 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 30.0 5.0 60 0 0 25.0 Medical Terminology I covers the basic techniques of medical word building. Presented in this course are the basic medical concepts, terms and structures of the integumentary, respiratory, circulatory, blood, lymph and immune systems. This course concentrates on building a basic foundation and framework of the language of medicine. Through memorization and practice in spelling and pronunciation of medical root words and the prefixes and suffixes presented, the student will be able to analyze numerous medical terms; gain a solid base on which to build a larger vocabulary; spell medical terms correctly; recognize these terms in dictation; understand the context in which that word will be applied, and enjoy working in a health-related field due to increased understanding of medical terminology. Number Name 103-M Keyboarding Prerequisite: Enrollment into an AH Diploma Program MED103 Keyboarding Prerequisite: Enrollment into an AH Associate Degree Program Course Description: Quarter Credits 3.5 Lecture Hrs. 20 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 30 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 17.5 3.0 20 30 0 15.0 The first half of Keyboarding presents the correct techniques of keyboard operation beginning with the basic home row keys and the proper finger stretch to each additional key, until the entire alphabet and punctuation keys have been practiced. This course is presented using Microsoft Word 2010, to enable the student to learn the finger stroke work and how to open, create, print, save and retrieve a file. Keyboarding also includes a review of the basic parts of an IBM compatible computer. The second half of Keyboarding presents procedures of copy arrangements including: justifications, centering, application of bold, italics, underlining, setting of tabs, formatting a block and a modified block style business letter, formatting USPS style envelopes and formatting memos. Correct spacing of documents, correct spacing after punctuation marks, keyboarding accuracy and proofreading text is emphasized in this course. Number 104-M Name Office Communications Prerequisite: Enrollment into an AH Diploma Program Course Description: Quarter Credits 3.0 Lecture Hrs. 30 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 15.0 Office Communications is intended as a basic review of the rules governing the English language. It covers such areas as punctuation marks, capitalization, numbers, abbreviations, plurals, spelling, compound words, grammar, nouns, pronouns, subjects, verbs, adjectives, adverbs, prepositions, word blunders and word usage. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 93 | P a g e Number Name 105-M Medical Office Procedures Prerequisite: 103-M Keyboarding MED105 Medical Office Procedures Prerequisite: MED103 Keyboarding Quarter Credits 4.0 Lecture Hrs. 30 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 20 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 20.0 3.5 30 20 0 15.0 Course Description: Medical Office Procedures (MOP) presents general alphabetizing rules and computer operation using Medisoft. The student will learn to perform many administrative tasks of the medical office. Students will be able to schedule appointments, create patient charts, and have a basic knowledge of patient’s charges and payments. Correct telephone procedures and etiquette will be discussed and practiced as well as developing good triage skills. This course also simulates a medical office with the keeping of a manual appointment book, patient files, and answering incoming patient calls. In this course the student will also obtain a firm grasp of the daily duties including: time management, professional expectations, and the importance of good communication between the office staff, the doctor and the patient. A section is taught on: basic calculations using a fee schedule, ROA (received on account) payments, NSF (non-sufficient funds) entries, insurance adjustments, professional courtesy, refunds, and write-offs. Instruction is given on how to complete weekly payroll cards: calculating gross income and federal deductions such as FICA and state taxes. Number Name 106-M Medical Insurance I Prerequisite: Enrollment into an AH Diploma Program MED106 Medical Insurance I Prerequisite: Enrollment into an AH Associate Degree Program Course Description: Quarter Credits 2.5 Lecture Hrs. 20 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 10 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 12.2 2.0 20 10 0 10.0 Medical Insurance I present the proper use of the ICD-10-CM (International Classification of Diseases – Clinical Modification) and CPT (Current Procedural Terminology) code books to translate diseases and procedures into numbers used by the medical insurance industry. Medical Insurance I also includes carrier reimbursement systems such as general insurance companies, Medicare, Medicaid, Tricare, Worker’s Compensation and the universal claim form (CMS-1500). Number Name 108-M Fundamentals of Psychology Prerequisite: Enrollment into an AH Diploma Program Course Description: Quarter Credits 3.0 Lecture Hrs. 30 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 15.0 Fundamentals of Psychology present an introduction to basic psychology. Covered in this fundamental psychology course are: • Normal human behavior and disorders of behavior. • How to deal with difficult patients. • How to deal with the stresses of being a professional in the (Allied) Health Sciences field. • How to deal with co-workers in a medical facility. • Personality, motivation, emotions, attitudes, problem-solving, coping, assertiveness, and interpersonal communications. • Sigmund Freud’s psycho dynamic view. • Theories of Jung, Maslow, Erickson, Roger and Adler. Number 109-M Name MA Clinical I Prerequisite: 102-M Medical Terminology and 135-M Anatomy and Physiology I, or taking concurrently MED109 MA Clinical I Prerequisite: MED102 Medical Terminology and MED135 Anatomy and Physiology I, or taking concurrently Course Description: Quarter Credits 7.0 Lecture Hrs. 50 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 40 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 35.0 6.0 50 40 0 30.0 In MA Clinical I, the student will learn common medical office procedures taught in a simulated atmosphere. Included are: medical aseptic techniques, sanitization and sterilization procedures, wrapping and handling of sterile equipment, basic hand washing, OSHA regulations, sterile gloving, setting up and maintaining a sterile field, instrumentation, vital signs (temperature, pulse, respiration, blood pressure); eye and ear irrigation and instillation, vision screening using the Snellen Eye Charts, measuring height and weight, basic bandaging, and patient and equipment preparation for recording and mounting a 12-lead electrocardiogram (EKG). Pulse oximetry procedure, applying a Holter monitor, and the use of ultrasound will be reviewed and demonstrated. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 94 | P a g e Number Name 110-M MA Clinical II Prerequisite: 102-M Medical Terminology, 135-M Anatomy and Physiology I, 109-M MA Clinical I, or taking concurrently MED110 MA Clinical II Prerequisite: MED102 Medical Terminology MED135 Anatomy and Physiology I, MED109 MA Clinical I, or taking concurrently Course Description: Quarter Credits 7.0 Lecture Hrs. 50 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 40 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 35.0 6.0 50 40 0 30.0 In MA Clinical II, the student will refresh math skills in decimals, will have an introduction to drug measurement using metric, apothecary and household measurements, will learn how to read medication labels and syringe calibrations, will learn dosage calculations and medication administration. Along with the calculation and administration of medications, the course presents how to properly give oral, topical, intradermal, subcutaneous and intramuscular medications, including the general uses and most common side effects of drugs on the body. Number Name 111-M MA Clinical III Prerequisite: 109-M MA Clinical I and 110-M MA Clinical II MED111 MA Clinical III Prerequisite: MED109 MA Clinical I and MED110 MA Clinical II Course Description: Quarter Credits 7.0 Lecture Hrs. 50 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 40 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 35.0 6.0 50 40 0 30.0 In MA Clinical III, instruction is given on commonly performed laboratory tests and procedures, including collection of micro-biologic specimens and incubation. Carrying infant and measuring height, weight, head and chest circumference. Plotting growth charts. Lecture and practice venipuncture, finger sticks procedure, hemoglobin, hematocrit, pregnancy tests, and throat cultures and, urinalyses, preparation of blood and urine specimens for viewing under the microscope by the physician are presented. Number Name 114-M MA Externship Prerequisite: Successfully completion of Quarters I, II and III courses and competencies. MED114 AMA Externship Prerequisite: Successfully completion of Quarters I through V courses and competencies. Course Description: Quarter Credits 5.0 Lecture Hrs. 0 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 160 *Outside Clock Hrs. 25.0 4.5 0 0 160 22.5 The student is placed in a physician’s office, hospital or clinic. The student is rotated through the facility in the clerical and clinical areas for a total of 160 Hours. A representative from PSI will phone/visit the Externship site to check on the student’s progress and determine that the student is receiving a variety of experiences. An evaluation is completed by the Externship facility at the end of the Externship practicum. Externship must be completed within six (6) months from the date of last registered quarter. After six months, students will be required to repeat technical courses at an additional tuition charge to prepare them for Externship. Externship Note: Students do not receive remuneration for externship or clinical experience, as this is a part of their education and cannot be used in place of a staff member. Number Name 115-M Electronic Medical Records Prerequisite: 103-M Keyboarding MED115 Electronic Medical Records Prerequisite: MED103 Keyboarding Quarter Credits 4.0 Lecture Hrs. 20 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 40 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 20.0 3.5 20 40 0 17.5 Course Description: The Electronic Medical Record contains real-life examples of how EMR systems are being used to improve healthcare, how they might be used in the future. In this course we will discuss common issues that often arise during the conversion of paper to electronic medical records. Students will also gain insight into the conversion process. In the course they will also explore issues of EMR security and patient privacy as pertained to EMR systems. Also included in this course is web-based SimChart software an Electronic Medical Record. Students will learn how to enter data into an EMR through hands-on assignments, which include critical thinking exercises. The course will also focus on both the electronic medical record and the administrative procedures that use the EMR. The concepts are broad enough to cover most EMR software available to medical practices. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 95 | P a g e Number Name 116-M Medical Terminology II Prerequisite: 102-M Medical Terminology I MED116 Medical Terminology II Prerequisite: MED102 Medical Terminology I Quarter Credits 6.0 Lecture Hrs. 60 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 30.0 5.0 60 0 0 25.0 Course Description: In this course the student continues to build the necessary medical terminology base which is essential for accurate communication both in future courses in his/her program and in the workplace. The content relates directly to word building, pathology, oncology, pharmacology, diagnostic, symptomatic and therapeutic terms and procedures of the sense organs, the musculoskeletal, nervous, endocrine, gastrointestinal, genitourinary, and female reproductive systems. Number Name 118-M Medical Insurance II Prerequisite: 106-M Medical Insurance I MED118 Medical Insurance II Prerequisite: MED106 Medical Insurance I Quarter Credits 5.0 Lecture Hrs. 40 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 20 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 25.0 4.0 40 20 0 20.0 Course Description: The focus of this class is learning the coding rules for the ICD-10-CM, coding systems and then applying the rules to code patient services. In addition, a variety of payment systems is presented. The medical topics of Medicare fraud, HMOs, and QIOs are also reviewed. The universal claim form (CMS-1500) continues to be explored. Number Name 119-M MBCS Externship Prerequisite: Successfully completion of Quarters I, II and III courses and competencies. Course Description: Quarter Credits 5.0 Lecture Hrs. 0 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 160 *Outside Clock Hrs. 25.0 After completion of classroom requirements, the student is placed in a physician’s office, hospital or clinic. The student will work in the clerical area doing a variety of insurance forms and billing. A representative from PSI will visit/phone the Externship site to check on the student’s progress and determine that the student is receiving a variety of experiences. An evaluation is completed by the Externship facility at the end of the Externship practicum. Externship must be completed within six (6) months from the date of last registered quarter. After six months, students will be required to repeat technical courses at an additional tuition charge to prepare them for Externship. Externship Note: Students do not receive remuneration for externship or clinical experience, as this is a part of their education and cannot be used in place of a staff member. Number Name 135-M Anatomy and Physiology I Prerequisite: Enrollment into an AH Diploma Program MED135 Anatomy and Physiology I Prerequisite: Enrollment into an AH Associate Degree Program Course Description: Quarter Credits 6.0 Lecture Hrs. 60 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 30.0 5.0 60 0 0 25.0 Anatomy and Physiology I presents the study of body systems, including the structure, function and diseases of each system. Presented in Anatomy and Physiology I, are chapters on Cells and Tissues, Organ Systems of the Body, Senses, Blood, the Circulatory and the Respiratory Systems. Number 136-M Name Anatomy and Physiology II Prerequisite: 135-M Anatomy and Physiology I MED136 Anatomy and Physiology II Prerequisite: MED135 Anatomy and Physiology I Course Description: Quarter Credits 6.0 Lecture Hrs. 60 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 30.0 5.0 60 0 0 25.0 Anatomy and Physiology II presents the study of body systems, including the structure, function and diseases of each system. Presented in Anatomy and Physiology II are chapters on the musculoskeletal, nervous, endocrine, digestive, urinary, male and the female reproductive systems. Lectures, films, and anatomical models and diagrams are used to make the information more understandable. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 96 | P a g e Number Name 152-M Job Readiness Prerequisite: 103-M Keyboarding MED152 Job Readiness Prerequisite: MED103 Keyboarding Quarter Credits 3.0 Lecture Hrs. 30 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 15.0 2.5 30 0 0 12.5 Course Description: Job Readiness presents the fundamentals of preparing a cover letter, resume, and reference sheet. Instruction is given on how to prepare for a job using mock interview techniques. Job Readiness includes discussion on proper interview attire and practice on how to properly fill out employment forms. The student will review updated OSHA regulations along with discussion on Hepatitis B and the HIV virus. Number Name 153-M Medical Insurance III Prerequisite: 106-M Medical Insurance I and 118-M Medical Insurance II Quarter Credits 5.0 Lecture Hrs. 40 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 20 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 25.0 Course Description: Medical Insurance III covers the following: • The use of the UB04 job aid and completion of the UB04/CMS1450 claim form for inpatient and outpatient admissions. • The completion of claim forms for durable medical claim submissions (HCPCS) and use of modifiers, when applicable. • CPT coding at a level of increased difficulty. • Comprehension of electronic claims, claims systems, status reviews, claim management techniques and claim inquires. • The appeal process, EOB’s insurance payment history, credit/payment laws, collection process, cash flow, billing cycle, manual and electronic billing process, aging analysis, small claims court, fee schedules and adjustments. Number Name 154-M Computer Applications Prerequisite: 103-M Keyboarding MED154 Computer Applications Prerequisite: MED103 Keyboarding Quarter Credits 5.0 Lecture Hrs. 40 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 20 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 25.0 4.0 40 20 0 20.0 Course Description: Computer Applications provides an overview of microcomputer components and applications. In this course the student will be exposed to practical examples of the computer as a useful tool and become acquainted with the proper procedures to create documents, worksheets and presentations suitable for course work and professional use. Each project in the textbook presents a practical problem and complete solution in an easy-tounderstand approach. Students will learn the fundamentals of Microsoft Office Word 2010, Excel 2010 and PowerPoint 2010. The student will complete projects in MS Word using various word processing functions along with inserting graphics. Students will complete a research paper in MS Word according to the specified MLA format. Students will create a worksheet and chart in Excel and learn basic and intermediate Excel functions. Using a design template, the student will be able to create and design a class presentation using Power Point 2010. Number Name 155-M Disease/Pharmacology Prerequisite: 135-M Anatomy and Physiology I and 136-M Anatomy and Physiology II MED155 Disease/Pharmacology Prerequisite: MED135 Anatomy and Physiology I and MED136 Anatomy and Physiology II Quarter Credits 6.0 Lecture Hrs. 60 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 30.0 5.0 60 0 0 25.0 Course Description: This course includes information on (but not limited to) hundreds of human diseases and conditions, presented in an orderly, concise and easy to comprehend manner. It breaks down the mechanisms of each disease. The subject matter flows through integrated aspects important for the student to consider in the study of human disease such as; genetics, immune disorders, preventive health care, traditional and non-traditional medicines and patient teaching. This course also includes cancers with foundational information about the pathology, pathogenesis and prognostic indicators of the disease (staging and grading of tumors). A diagnostic code is assigned to each disease. ICD-9-CM and ICD-10-CM codes are included to aid in locating the appropriate diagnostic code for each of the individuals disease to aid in the billing of insurance claims. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 97 | P a g e Number Name 156-M Introduction to Pharmacy Technician Prerequisite: Enrollment into the Pharmacy Technician (PhT) program Quarter Credits 7.5 Lecture Hrs. 60 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 30 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 37.5 Course Description: Introduction to Pharmacy Technician Practice will begin with the evolution and history of the Pharmacy and the role of the technician in various practice settings. Dosage forms and routes of administration will be covered, as well as inventory control and med error prevention. Understanding pharmacy law, ethics and confidentiality, along with the technician’s role in ensuring patient’s rights will be the focus. An introduction to the pharmacy lab and pharmacy software, as well as calculations needed to assure correct dose and quantities will also be taught in this course. The text not only explains the standards and scope of pharmacy technician practice, it also offers insights into the future of this rapidly evolving profession. Number Name 157-M PhT Clinical I Prerequisite: 156-M Introduction to Pharmacy Technician Quarter Credits 7.0 Lecture Hrs. 60 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 30 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 35.0 Course Description: PhT Clinical I will cover the mechanics of evaluating prescriptions, and communicating clearly with patients, co-workers and other healthcare professionals. Pharmacy software lab will introduce the student to data entry, drug interactions, and filling and labeling prescriptions. Included in this course will be an overview on non-prescription or over-the-counter medications and special dispensing rules. A major focus of this class will be to understand pharmacy medical insurance by learning how to handle payments and the use of third party payers. Number Name 158-M PhT Clinical II Prerequisite: 157-M PhT Clinical I Quarter Credits 7.0 Lecture Hrs. 60 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 30 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 35.0 Course Description: PhT Clinical II will introduce the student to the proper preparation of compounded oral and topical mixtures and sterile products, or IV compounding. Included will be an introduction to microbiology and aseptic technique, inpatient hospital and homecare prescription processing. Practice in preparation of compounds, large volume parenteral, TPN’s, and chemotherapeutic products, will be exercised with simulated medications. To complete this class, professional organizations for pharmacy technicians are identified and continuing education resources provided. Number Name 159-M PhT Externship Prerequisite: Successfully completion of Quarters I, II and III courses and competencies. Course Description: Quarter Credits 5.0 Lecture Hrs. 0 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 160 *Outside Clock Hrs. 25.0 The student is placed in various Pharmacy Practice settings (i.e. Retail, Hospital, Institutional), and is rotated throughout the different areas of responsibility required of a Pharmacy Technician. The Clinical sites are properly licensed and regulated. Under the direction of a Pharmacist or qualified Supervisor, the student will apply their knowledge and skills developed in the didactic and laboratory phases of their training at PSI. Upon completion of the clinical practicum experience, students will demonstrate entry-level proficiency in all areas of the curriculum. A representative from PSI will phone/visit the Clinical site to check on the student’s progress and determine that the student is receiving a variety of experiences. An evaluation is completed by the Clinical facility at the end of the Clinical Practicum program. Externship must be completed within six (6) months from the date of last registered quarter. After six months, students will be required to repeat technical courses at an additional tuition charge to prepare them for Clinical Practicum. Externship Note: Students do not receive remuneration for externship or clinical experience, as this is a part of their education and cannot be used in place of a staff member. Number Name 160-M PhT Pharmacology I Prerequisite: Enrollment into the Pharmacy Technician (PhT) program Quarter Credits 6.0 Lecture Hrs. 60 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 30.0 Course Description: In today’s pharmacy, technicians are increasingly taking on the dispensing functions previously performed by pharmacists. This course will prepare you for the technician’s growing responsibilities by helping you understand how drugs affect human function. PhT Pharmacology I will introduce the student to the fundamentals of pharmacology and the definition. Covered will be the drugs that affect the nervous system, central nervous system, the musculoskeletal system, and the ophthalmic and otic systems. Brand names and generic names will be studied. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 98 | P a g e Number Name 161-M PhT Pharmacology II Prerequisite: 160-M PhT Pharmacology I Quarter Credits 6.0 Lecture Hrs. 60 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 30.0 Course Description: In today’s pharmacy, technicians are increasingly taking on the dispensing functions previously performed by pharmacists. This course will prepare you for the technician’s growing responsibilities by helping you understand how drugs affect human function. This course is the second of three (3) quarters of classwork which is needed to present all of the classes of drugs and how they affect the entire human body. Covered in PhT Pharmacology II will be the drugs that affect the ophthalmic and otic systems, the musculoskeletal system, the nervous system, the endocrine system, the gastrointestinal system, the urinary system, and the reproductive systems. Number Name 162-M PhT Pharmacology III Prerequisite: 161-M PhT Pharmacology II Quarter Credits 6.0 Lecture Hrs. 60 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 30.0 Course Description: In today’s pharmacy, technicians are increasingly taking on the dispensing functions previously performed by pharmacists. This course will complete your preparation of the technician’s growing responsibilities, by helping you learn and understand the top 226 Drugs on their brand names, generic names, indication and drug class, as well as preparation and storage procedures. This course is the third of three (3) quarters of classwork which is needed to present all of the classes of drugs and how they affect the entire human body. General Education Courses: Number Name COM102 Interpersonal Communications Prerequisite: Enrollment into an Associate Degree Program. Quarter Credits 5.0 Lecture Hrs. 60 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 25.0 FA Credits 5.0 Course Description: This course presents interpersonal communication with emphasis on one-to-one relationships and group discussions. The course includes practice in articulation of ideas, feeling, and ideals and develops an understanding and appreciation of these through listening and decision-making skills. The course helps the student become a more competent communicator, understanding themselves, expressing themselves and understanding others better on the job, in the classroom, at home, and in society. Number Name ENG101 English Composition Prerequisite: Enrollment into an Associate Degree Program. Quarter Credits 5.0 Lecture Hrs. 60 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 25.0 Course Description: This course is designed as an introductory course to academic writing, the type of writing based on careful, deliberate reading and the clear, critical thinking demand of students throughout their college careers. Number Name PSY101 Introduction to Psychology Prerequisite: Enrollment into an Associate Degree Program. Quarter Credits 5.0 Lecture Hrs. 60 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 25.0 Course Description: This course will present information to help the student understand themselves and others. Psychology is relevant in almost every aspect of life as it teaches about the roots of aggression and the influence of groups on individual behavior, highly relative topics in light of recent terrorist activities. Research is discussed on stress, coping and health, which can help people to live fuller, happier personal and professional lives, regardless of their circumstances. The latest research findings are presented to stress the scientific nature of the discipline. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 99 | P a g e Number Name SOC101 Introduction to Sociology Prerequisite: Enrollment into an Associate Degree Program. Quarter Credits 5.0 Lecture Hrs. 60 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 25.0 Course Description: This course will expose the student to sociology’s basic ideas, theories, research and insights. The student will learn the key methods sociologists use to test and refine their knowledge and how people everywhere develop their humanity as they learn to participate in society over the lifespan. Students will explore groups and organizations, differing cultures, deviance, sexuality, social, global and gender stratifications, race and ethnicity, family and religion, education and medicine, population, urbanization, environment and social change in both a modern environment and a postmodern society. Number Name MTH101 Basic Mathematics Prerequisite: Enrollment into an Associate Degree Program. Quarter Credits 5.0 Lecture Hrs. 60 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 25.0 Course Description: This course begins with a review of operations on whole numbers, multiplying and dividing fractions, adding and subtracting fractions, decimals, ratios and proportions, percentages, geometry and measure, data analysis and statistics, the real number system and an introduction to algebra. Repetitive exercises in each chapter help with the retention of information. Chapter review exercises reinforce previously presented information. Self- tests finalize attainment of skills. Number Name MTH102 Business Mathematics Prerequisite: Enrollment into an Associate Degree Program. Quarter Credits 5.0 Lecture Hrs. 60 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 25.0 Course Description: This course presents those mathematic applications that are of utmost importance in the world of business. After a review of basic mathematics, the applications presented are: accounting, percentage, interest, basic business, corporate, and advanced applications which includes compound interest, annuities, business statistics, and application of equations, business math in computer operations, and math in employment tests. Note General Education Courses: It is the responsibility of each student to update the Registrar each quarter on the status of the general education courses until they have been completed. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 100 | P a g e College of Allied Health (AH) ---General Information (Revised 04-2016) Additional rules and regulations for the College of Allied Health are published on-line in the Student Handbook. Competency Evaluation Policy: All courses in the AH programs must be completed with a minimum final grade average of 76.5% and if applicable successful passage of each competency test with a minimum score of 76.5%. For a course that has both a lecture component and lab competency; each component must be passed separately with a minimum of a 76.5 percent to pass the lecture component of the course and a satisfactory grade for the lab competency component. If the student does not pass both components the entire course is failed and the course will be repeated in its entirety the next time it is offered. Lab Competency: In the event the student obtains a failing (unsatisfactory) grade for lab competency, the student will be allowed two (2) additional attempts to pass the competency, for a total of three (3) attempts. The student must arrange with the instructor within one week of a lab failure, a plan of remediation and a time to take the makeup competency. If the student fails to show for the scheduled first or second or third attempt lab competency and with no communication with the instructor, the student fails the lab competency and must repeat the entire course. Changes in the scheduled lab competency time made with the instructor PRIOR to the scheduled time are acceptable. AH Externships: (Revised May 19, 2016) Externship Requirements: In order for an Allied Health student to qualify for Externship Placement, the student is required to: 1. Successfully complete all didactic and lab requirements of his/her program, up to the point where an externship can be assigned. 2. Be in compliance with attendance and academic Satisfactory Progress as stated on page 53 of the catalog. 3. Have reliable transportation and is able to drive up to 90 minutes to an externship site. 4. Verification of current FBI/BCI Background Checks without felonious conviction. 5. *Verification of current CPR certification. 6. Verification of a negative 12-panel urine drug screen. The urine drug screen must be obtained through PSI’s contracted provider, US Healthworks. The student may go to the Holland, Ohio or Oregon, Ohio location. 7. Verification of Completed of PSI’s Immunization Form (providing proof of immunizations, titers lab results and TB screening.) *Only two (2) certifications for Basic Life Support (BLS) will be accepted. 1. American Heart Association - Basic Life Support for Healthcare Providers (or) 2. American Red Cross - CPR/AED for Professional Rescuers and Health Care Providers Note: Students are responsible for the cost of any externship requirement, such as immunizations, drug testing, and criminal background checks. Non-compliance of items 3 and 4 will result in not being assigned an externship. The Externship education section of the curriculum includes one (1) clinical experience period during which the student is given opportunities to apply theory and technical skills in a clinical setting. The Externship clinical is a 12-week course of 160 clock hours. The student’s specific schedule will vary as to the days of the week and the specific time schedule at the assigned clinical site. The student must complete 160 clock hours over the 12-week period. To ensure proper communication while the student is serving a clinical practicum, several definitions follow for those persons directly involved with the Externship education section of the program. Externship /Clinical Note: Students do not receive remuneration for externship or clinical experience, as this is a part of their education. Externship Personnel Descriptions: Externship Coordinator/Supervisor (ES): The person employed by the PSI who organizes, directs, supervises, and coordinates the clinical education section of the curriculum. Clinical Site (CS): The educational institution that provides the entry level curriculum in the professional preparation of students leading to diploma or an A.A.S. Clinical Instructor (CI): The person employed and designated by the clinical educational facility to organize, direct, supervise, coordinate, and evaluate the activities of a students assigned. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 101 | P a g e Externship Personnel Roles: The AH division current Externship Supervisors are: AMA/MA Program - Hazel Hart, RMA MBCS Program - Martha Davis, RHIT PhT Program - Bonnie Mason RPT ES will: a. Research and formalize a clinical agreement with a site through a written agreement that will provide quality clinical educational experiences for the students. b. Develop and coordinate the clinical site with the student and the site clinical instructor. c. Develop, organize, direct, supervise, coordinate and evaluate the Externship activities of each individual student. d. Help develop, implement and evaluate clinical faculty development programs. CI will: a. To identify, organize and coordinate the specific learning experiences within his/her student b. To organize, direct, supervise, coordinate and evaluate the activities of the student assigned to his/her facility. c. To maintain communication with the Externship Supervisor and the assigned student during the externship. (I.e. notification of student problems and progress) Student will: a. To report to the CS at the assigned time, in proper attire with a name badge identifying him/her as a student. b. To abide by the rules and regulations of the CS. c. To fulfill the duties required by the CI. d. To protect the privacy and confidentiality of the individual’s medical record, and will avoid disclosure of personal identifiable medical or social information, and any professional medical judgments. e. To participate in any seminars or workshops offered by the CS. f. To meet with the school representative or the CI as needed. g. To participate in the evaluation of his/her mastery of the competencies. h. To evaluate the effectiveness of the externship experience at the CS and return a copy of the evaluation to the school. i. To report to the CI if he/she becomes ill while at the CS, who will dismiss the student or recommend medical treatment. j. To notify the CS and the school if he/she will not be attending that day. k. To be courteous to the staff of the CS and offer help if not otherwise occupied. l. To avoid clinical staff conflicts by staying neutral in any disagreements among the staff. m. To exhibit the utmost professionalism in the performance of his/her assigned duties. The Externship Supervisor screens possible Clinical Sites to ensure high quality learning experiences for the student in a variety of settings. Grading for Externships: Grades are calculated by using the Externship Evaluation form. Each program has a list of procedures used to evaluate the student’s performance on Externship. At the end of the total required Hours of Externship, the clinic or office supervisor(s) grade the student on the categories the student has completed. Each category is given a number from 0 to 4. The score of four (4.0) being the highest grade possible. The numbers are then added and divided by the number of categories completed. The grading scale is as follows: A= 3.5 to 4.0 B= 3.0 to 3.49 C= 2.0 to 2.99 F= 1.99 and below PSI will not send any student on an Externship whose academic average is not adequately prepared to enter the professional world. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 102 | P a g e College of Allied Health (AH) ---Advisory Board Members (Revised 04-2016) Program AMA/MA AMA/MA AMA/MA AMA/MA MBCS MBCS PhT PhT PhT PhT PhT General Advisory Member Dr. Anthony Atkins Physician Alexandria Lytle Medical Assistant Trista Obee Medical Assistant Pam Taylor Medical Assistant/Supervisor Mindy Nottage Pharmacy Technician Theresa McGaharan Director Christopher Higgins Pharmacy Technician Andrew Thompson In-Patient Pharmacy Technician/Supervisor Dawn Fry Pharmacy Technician Billie Jo Mehl Pharmacy Technician Hal Levine Pharmacist/Manager Additional Members Mary Wells Director of Compliance AH Program Director MD Employer NWO Urgent Care and Primary Care Network CMA Mercy St. Charles RMA Oregon Urgent Care MA NWO Urgent Care and Primary Care Network MBCS/PhT Omnicare RHIT NWOHMA CPhT Omnicare CPhT Promedica Toledo Hospital In-Patient Pharmacy CPhT St. Vincent Hospital CPhT James Pharmacy CPH Rite-Aid Pharmacy AAS, RMA, CMA, CPT Employer PSI General Kim Osburn Dean of Education MSN/ed, BSN, RN PSI MBCS Martha Davis Advisory Board Chairperson MBCS Externship Supervisor AH Instructor BS, AAS, RHIT PSI AMA/MA Hazel Hart AMA/MA Externship Supervisor AH Instructor AAS, RMA PSI PhT Bonnie Mason PhT Instructor PhT Program Coordinator Melissa Rybka PhT Lab Assistant BS, RPH PSI CPhT Promedica Toledo Hospital In-Patient Pharmacy PRN PSI PhT 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 103 | P a g e 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 104 | P a g e School of Physical Therapist Assisting Associate of Applied Science Program: PTA —Physical Therapist Assistant 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 105 | P a g e 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 106 | P a g e School of Physical Therapist Assisting Admissions (Revised 01-2016) The Physical Therapist Assistant (PTA) program is taught in the State of Ohio. The licensing requirements and statutes affecting the practice of physical therapy in the State of Ohio will be the guiding philosophy for the PTA curriculum regardless of the state of residency of the student. It is very important to understand that fulfilling the admission requirements DOES NOT guarantee the applicant’s acceptance into the program. The School of Physical Therapist Assisting, Physical Therapist Assistant (PTA) program is completely residential in nature and no component is done through distance learning. PSI is on a 12-week quarter system with a one (1) week break between quarters. Enrollment into the PTA program is offered in April and October of each year. The academic calendars are located on page 7 of this catalog. The PTA Program Cost Sheet and the PTA Retention, Placement, and Licensure Program Disclosure Form are given to each applicant as an insert to this catalog by an Admissions Representative during the first meeting. PTA Admissions Requirements: Each School of Physical Therapist Assisting applicant for admission is assigned an admissions representative. The Admissions Representative will direct the applicant through the steps of the admissions process. The Admissions Representative will provide information on curriculum, policies, procedures, and services, and assist the applicant in setting necessary appointments and interviews. To qualify for admission, each applicant must meet the requirements listed below. Admission decisions are based on the applicant's fulfillment of these requirements, a review of the applicant's previous educational records, and a review of the applicant's career interests. If previous academic records indicate that the School's education and training would not benefit the applicant, the School reserves the right to advise the applicant not to apply. It is the responsibility of the applicant to ensure that the School receives all required documentation. All records received become the property of the School. Professional Skills Institute Academic Catalog is available online at www.proskills.edu. The catalog is located under the program tabs, for review by the applicant, prior to signing an enrollment agreement. Application Process Requirements: 1. 2. 3. 4. The applicant must be a high school senior, high school graduate or possess the recognized equivalent of a high school diploma. The applicant must complete an Admissions Application Form. The applicant must interview and tour the campus with an admissions representative and/or other administrative staff as may be required. Upon completion of the interview, applicants determined to have the aptitude, qualifications, and motivation to pursue a selected program of study within the School of Physical Therapist Assisting will be given the opportunity to schedule a time to take the next scheduled Test of Essential Academic Skills (TEAStm). The applicant must submit a $65.00 TEAS testing fee prior to/or on the day of testing. The minimum passing score on the TEAS is 50% on the Adjusted Individual Total Score. Only one retest is permitted per enrollment cycle. A retesting fee of $65.00 must be paid in order to retest. The test score will remain in effect for a period of 2 years from the test date. A student may submit a qualifying TEAS test result from another testing facility that is within the last 2 years. Note: An applicant that fails the TEAS on the second attempt will be ineligible to take the TEAS again during the current enrollment cycle. 5. 6. An applicant who achieves a qualifying score on the TEAS will be invited to apply to the Physical Therapist Assisting Program. An applicant must submit a $25.00 application fee. Applicants must agree to and sign the Professional Skills Institute Enrollment Agreement. Note: Applicants that are under 18 years of age at the time of their application must have the Enrollment Agreement countersigned by a parent or legal guardian. 7. Review and sign the criminal background check and drug testing acknowledgement. Pre-Acceptance required documents: Prior to the submission of an applicant's application to the School of Physical Therapist Assisting Admissions Selection Committee the applicant must also; 1. Provide documentation of graduation in the form of an Official High School transcript, or other acceptable documentation which confirms that the applicant meets or exceeds the academic achievement equivalent to a high school diploma in the USA. All documents submitted must be translated into English. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 107 | P a g e High school diplomas/transcripts from other countries are acceptable, as long as the diploma is equivalent to a U.S. high school diploma. To assure compliance all applicants with foreign transcripts must have the transcript reviewed by a U.S. credential evaluation service. 2. 3. 4. Complete 60 hours of observation in a Physical Therapy Clinic or department under the supervision of a licensed PT or PTA. Observation hours must be obtained from a minimum of two (2) different sites and minimum of 15 hours at any site. Upon completion of the required observation hours, the applicant will complete a written essay, at the campus, based on the completed observation experience. If an applicant is employed in a PTA facility, they may submit a letter of reference from a supervisor in lieu of 45 observation hours. Acceptance Process: Each applicant will have his/her application file reviewed by the School of Physical Therapist Assisting Admissions Selection Committee using the following criteria: Verified completion of ALL required application process documents. Summary Qualification Form. Receive a minimum score of 64 on the PTA Candidate The applicable high school and college transcripts are used by the PTA Program Director for calculation of points for admission selection. Applicant must have a minimum of nine (9) semester credits or 15 quarter credits before college GPA can be used for calculation of points for the Admissions Selection Committee. Note: An applicant that fails to achieve a qualifying score of 64 will be notified by their Admissions Representative of the options available to increase their qualification score. The School of Physical Therapist Assisting Admissions Selection Committee may be comprised of the following, but not limited to; the Campus Director, the Director of Education, the Program Directors, the Program Coordinators, the Associate Program Coordinators, the Director of Compliance, and/or the Registrar. The School of Physical Therapist Assisting Admissions Selection Committee will determine the acceptance or denial of the students' application. The selection committee will notify the students Admission Representative, via letter, of the acceptance or denial of a student's application. The Admission Representative will then notify the student of the committee's determination via letter and phone. Orientation: Applied students must attend a scheduled mandatory orientation. Probationary Admission: Due the difficulty of the PTA program PSI does not offer Probationary Admission into the program at this time. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 108 | P a g e PHYSICAL THERAPIST ASSISTANT – ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE DEGREE (PTA) The Physical Therapist Assistant (PTA) program is a two (2) year associate degree program and has full accreditation approval from CAPTE until December 31, 2019. The program is a total of 96 weeks, divided into eight (8) 12-week quarters. Enrollment into the PTA program is available two (2) times per year, April and October. The schedule is Monday through Friday, 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Clinical Practicum time may be scheduled any day of the week or weekend, and at any time of the day depending on the availability of the clinical site. The total credits required to complete this program is 109. Upon successful completion of the PTA program, providing all requirements for graduation are met, the graduate will receive an Associate of Applied Science Degree (AAS) and will be eligible to sit for the appropriate state licensure or approval examination for Physical Therapist Assistants. Associate of Applied Science (AAS) transferability of credits to other institutions is at the discretion of the receiving institution and PSI makes no guarantees of transferability. To practice physical therapist assisting in the State of Ohio, graduates of PSI’s PTA program must successfully complete the NPTE: PTA licensing examination owned by the Federation of State Boards of Physical Therapy. The license is issued by Ohio Occupational Therapy, Physical Therapy and Athletic Trainers Board. The graduate will then be qualified to practice as a Licensed Physical Therapist Assistant (PTA). The PTA may be eligible to work in other states, but before relocating must communicate with that state for its regulations on practice and licensure. Ohio licensure does not guarantee licensure in other states. The school will assist the graduate in every way possible in finding employment. This is not a guarantee of employment or a minimum starting salary. O*Net: Occupational Information Network is established by the Department of Labor to assist students with information regarding their chosen program. Each program is given an O*Net-SOC code. The code for the PTA program is 31-2021.00. Students should use the following web address to access this information from the Department of Labor. www.onetonline.org/link/summary/31-2021.00. CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS: Course No. Course Name BIO101 BIO102 BIO103 BIO306 BIO307 PTA101 PTA102 PTA203 PTA204 PTA305 PTA306-A PTA306-B PTA307 PTA408 PTA409 PTA410-A PTA410-B PTA411 KIN101 KIN201 ENG101 PSY101 SOC101 Medical Terminology Anatomy and Physiology I Anatomy and Physiology II Fundamentals of Disease Growth and Development Introduction to Physical Therapy Rehabilitation Therapy I PTA Techniques Musculoskeletal I Musculoskeletal II Clinical Practicum I-A Clinical Practicum I-B Administrative Procedures Rehabilitation Therapy II Special Topics Clinical Practicum II-A Clinical Practicum II-B PTA Seminar Kinesiology I Kinesiology II English Composition Introduction to Psychology Introduction to Sociology Course Credit Course Clock Hours 2.0 6.0 6.0 4.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 5.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 6.0 6.0 5.0 5.0 2.0 4.0 4.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 109 24 72 72 48 48 60 96 96 96 84 144 144 48 96 96 184 184 24 60 60 60 60 60 1916 Transfer credit may be given from other accredited colleges, if the course content meets PSI’s curriculum requirements. The student will need to submit an official transcript for credit transfer evaluation. Transfer credits are approved by the Dean of Education. Note: PSI reserves the right to add, change, or delete classes, and/or other graduation requirements for any program based upon newly adopted requirements of our accrediting bodies, and/or ever-changing trends or requirements within a chosen profession. Clinical Practicum Note: Students do not receive remuneration for the clinical experience, as this is a part of their educational experience. The student cannot be used in place of a staff member at any clinical site. CPR certification must be earned prior to the end of Quarter V and be maintained until the end of Quarter VIII to be eligible for clinical practicum assignment. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 109 | P a g e PHYSICAL THERAPIST ASSISTANT – ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE DEGREE (PTA) Curriculum Sequence The PTA curriculum is presented in the following sequence to guide the student through the program, so that the student will experience an ever-increasing degree of expected terminal performance objectives. Quarter 1 BIO101 BIO102 PTA101 ENG101 Quarter 2 BIO103 PTA102 PSY101 Quarter 3 BIO306 BIO307 KIN101 SOC101 Quarter 4 PTA204 KIN201 Quarter 5 PTA203 PTA305 Quarter 6 PTA306-A PTA306-B PTA307 Quarter 7 PTA408 PTA409 Quarter 8 PTA410-A PTA410-B PTA411 Course Name Medical Terminology Anatomy and Physiology I Introduction to Physical Therapy English Composition Total Possible Course Name Anatomy and Physiology II Rehabilitation Therapy I Introduction to Psychology Total Possible Course Name Fundamentals of Disease Growth and Development Kinesiology I Introduction to Sociology Total Possible Course Name Musculoskeletal I Kinesiology II Total Possible Course Name PTA Techniques Musculoskeletal I CPR Total Possible Course Name Clinical Practicum I-A Clinical Practicum I-B Administrative Procedures Total Possible Course Name Rehabilitation Therapy II Special Topics Total Possible Course Name Clinical Practicum II-A Clinical Practicum II-A PTA Seminar Total Possible Quarter Credits Quarter Credits Quarter Credits Quarter Credits Quarter Credits Quarter Credits Quarter Credits Quarter Credits Total Required PTA Program Credits Course Credit 2.0 6.0 5.0 5.0 18.0 Course Credit 6.0 6.0 5.0 17.0 Course Credit 4.0 4.0 4.0 5.0 17.0 Course Credit 6.0 4.0 10.0 Course Credit 6.0 5.0 0.0 11.0 Course Credit 4.0 4.0 4.0 12.0 Course Credit 6.0 6.0 12.0 Course Credit 5.0 5.0 2.0 12.0 109 All courses must be passed with a minimum of 76.5 percent. If the course has a lecture and competency component, both parts must be passed with a minimum of 76.5 percent each to pass the course. Note: The sequence of the General Education courses will remain as published. The day of the week and time for each course may vary from quarter to quarter. The Registrar will update the students regarding the schedule prior to registration for the specific quarter. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 110 | P a g e PTA Clinical Skills In order to ensure that a student Physical Therapist Assistant is ready to practice competently at an entry level the following clinical skills must be demonstrated and evaluated throughout curriculum. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. Perform all tasks in a safe manner that minimizes risk to patient, self and others. Conduct self in a responsible manner. Interacts with others in a respectful manner. Adheres to ethical standards. Adheres to legal standards. Communicates in ways that are congruent with situations/needs. Produces documentation to support the delivery of physical therapy services. Delivers established care to reflect respect for and sensitivity to individual differences. Participates in patient status judgements within the clinical environment based on the plan of care established by the Physical Therapist. Obtains accurate information by performing selected data collection consistent with plan of care established by the Physical Therapist. Discusses the need for modifications to the plan of care established by the Physical Therapist. Performs physical therapy interventions in a technically competent manner. Educates others (patients, family, care givers, staff, students, other health care providers) using relevant and effective teaching methods. Participates in activities addressing quality of service deliver. Participates in addressing patient needs for services other than physical therapy. Manages resources (space, time, and equipment) to achieve goals of the clinical setting. Participates in fiscal management of the physical therapy clinical setting. Uses physical therapy aides and other support personnel according to legal standards and ethical guidelines. Implements a self-directed plan for career development and lifelong learning Assists the Physical Therapist in addressing primary and secondary prevention needs of individuals and groups. PTA Program – Mission Statement and Philosophy PSI’s mission is to educate the student to be able to demonstrate behavioral objectives that are consistent with the role of the Physical Therapist Assistant who provides interventions determined by and performed under the direction and supervision of the Physical Therapist. PSI’s emphasis is on educational preparation of the student to prepare him/her to understand and implement the interventions that are delegated to the Physical Therapist Assistant by the Physical Therapist, and not to develop a treatment program. PSI believes that the program must be inherently beneficial to the educational needs of a diverse PTA student population. This includes offering foundational general education classes integrated with more advanced classes of basic and clinical sciences, physical therapy arts and sciences and health services administration. This also includes the “right to try” philosophy within the PTA program. If a prospective applicant meets all the admission criteria, that student must be offered the opportunity to be admitted into the PTA program and to attempt the curriculum. The marketing slogan of “Career education for a lifetime of success” signifies that the Institution with its professional core of Faculty will assist the student in achieving his/her goal of a skilled Physical Therapist Assistant but that the student must demonstrate dedication, commitment, motivation and perseverance in order to succeed at the opportunity given to become a PTA. By working together, the student and the Institution /Faculty will achieve the goal of a highly marketable Physical Therapist Assistant who is employable nationwide but who could aspire to other career dreams too. The opportunity to try and the right to try at the opportunity for a lifetime of success are the guiding philosophies of the program. The Institution, the Advisory Board, the PTA Program Director, the ACCE, the Faculty and the many clinical facilities who support and /or are involved with the PTA program, believe that each student has a right to try the program, provided all admissions criteria are met and be guided through the program by them, while experiencing an ever increasing degree of expected, demonstrable competencies in the sequentially planned curriculum. The stated philosophies are in keeping with PSI’s mission of educating the PTA student to demonstrate objectives that are consistent with the role of a Physical Therapist Assistant who provides interventions determined by and performed under the direction and supervision of the Physical Therapist. PTA Program – Standards of Ethical Conduct for the Physical Therapist Assistant APTA - American Physical Therapy Association - HOD S06-09-20-18 [Amended HOD S06-00-13-24; HOD 06-91-06-07; Initial HOD 06-82-04-08] [Standard] (EFFECTIVE JULY 1, 2010) (For more information, go to www.apta.org/ethics) Preamble: The Standards of Ethical Conduct for the Physical Therapist Assistant (Standards of Ethical Conduct) delineate the ethical obligations of all physical therapist assistants as determined by the House of Delegates of the American Physical Therapy Association (APTA). The Standards of Ethical Conduct provide a foundation for conduct to which all Physical Therapist Assistants shall adhere. Fundamental to the Standards of Ethical Conduct is the special obligation of Physical Therapist Assistants to enable patients/clients to achieve greater independence, health and wellness, and enhanced quality of life. No document that delineates ethical standards can address every situation. Physical Therapist Assistants are encouraged to seek additional advice or consultation in instances where the guidance of the Standards of Ethical Conduct may not be definitive. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 111 | P a g e Standards: Standard #1: 1A. 1B. Physical therapist assistants shall act in a respectful manner toward each person regardless of age, gender, race, nationality, religion, ethnicity, social or economic status, sexual orientation, health condition, or disability. Physical Therapist Assistants shall recognize their personal biases and shall not discriminate against others in the provision of physical therapy services. Standard #2: 2A. 2B. 2C. 2D. 3D. 3E. 4B. 4C. 4D. 4E. 4F. Physical Therapist Assistants shall provide physical therapy services under the direction and supervision of a physical therapist and shall communicate with the physical therapist when patient/client status requires modifications to the established plan of care. 5C. 5D. 5E. 6C. Physical Therapist Assistants shall fulfill their legal and ethical obligations. Physical Therapist Assistants shall comply with applicable local, state, and federal laws and regulations. Physical Therapist Assistants shall support the supervisory role of the physical therapist to ensure quality care and promote patient/client safety. Physical Therapist Assistants involved in research shall abide by accepted standards governing protection of research participants. Physical Therapist Assistants shall encourage colleagues with physical, psychological, or substance-related impairments that may adversely impact their professional responsibilities to seek assistance or counsel. Physical Therapist Assistants who have knowledge that a colleague is unable to perform their professional responsibilities with reasonable skill and safety shall report this information to the appropriate authority. Standard #6: 6A. 6B. Physical Therapist Assistants shall demonstrate integrity in their relationships with patients/clients, families, colleagues, students, other healthcare providers, employers, payers, and the public. Physical Therapist Assistants shall provide truthful, accurate, and relevant information and shall not make misleading representations. Physical Therapist Assistants shall not exploit persons over whom they have supervisory, evaluative or other authority (e.g., patients/clients, students, supervisees, research participants, or employees). Physical Therapist Assistants shall discourage misconduct by health care professionals and report illegal or unethical acts to the relevant authority, when appropriate. Physical Therapist Assistants shall report suspected cases of abuse involving children or vulnerable adults to the supervising physical therapist and the appropriate authority, subject to law. Physical Therapist Assistants shall not engage in any sexual relationship with any of their patients/clients, supervisees, or students. Physical Therapist Assistants shall not harass anyone verbally, physically, emotionally, or sexually. Standard #5: 5A. 5B. Physical Therapist Assistants shall make sound decisions in collaboration with the physical therapist and within the boundaries established by laws and regulations. Physical Therapist Assistants shall make objective decisions in the patient’s/clients best interest in all practice settings. Physical Therapist Assistants shall be guided by information about best practice regarding physical therapy interventions. Physical Therapist Assistants shall make decisions based upon their level of competence and consistent with patient/client values. Physical Therapist Assistants shall not engage in conflicts of interest that interfere with making sound decisions. Standard #4: 4A. Physical Therapist Assistants shall be trustworthy and compassionate in addressing the rights and needs of patients/clients. Physical Therapist Assistants shall act in the best interests of patients/clients over the interests of the physical therapist assistant. Physical Therapist Assistants shall provide physical therapy interventions with compassionate and caring behaviors that incorporate the individual and cultural differences of patients/clients. Physical Therapist Assistants shall provide patients/clients with information regarding the interventions they provide. Physical Therapist Assistants shall protect confidential patient/client information and, in collaboration with the physical therapist, may disclose confidential information to appropriate authorities only when allowed or as required by law. Standard #3: 3A. 3B. 3C. Physical Therapist Assistants shall respect the inherent dignity, and rights, of all individuals. Physical Therapist Assistants shall enhance their competence through the lifelong acquisition and refinement of knowledge, skills, and abilities. Physical Therapist Assistants shall achieve and maintain clinical competence. Physical Therapist Assistants shall engage in lifelong learning consistent with changes in their roles and responsibilities and advances in the practice of physical therapy. Physical Therapist Assistants shall support practice environments that support career development and lifelong learning. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 112 | P a g e Standard #7: 7A. 7B. 7C. 7D. 7E. Physical Therapist Assistants shall promote work environments that support ethical and accountable decision-making. Physical Therapist Assistants shall not accept gifts or other considerations that influence or give an appearance of influencing their decisions. Physical Therapist Assistants shall fully disclose any financial interest they have in products or services that they recommend to patients/clients. Physical Therapist Assistants shall ensure that documentation for their interventions accurately reflects the nature and extent of the services provided. Physical Therapist Assistants shall refrain from employment arrangements, or other arrangements, that prevent Physical Therapist Assistants from fulfilling ethical obligations to patients/clients. Standard #8: 8A. 8B. 8C. 8D. Physical Therapist Assistants shall support organizational behaviors and business practices that benefit patients/clients and society. Physical Therapist Assistants shall participate in efforts to meet the health needs of people locally, nationally, or globally. Physical Therapist Assistants shall support organizations that meet the health needs of people who are economically disadvantaged, uninsured, and under-insured. Physical Therapist Assistants shall advocate for people with impairments, activity limitations, participation restrictions, and disabilities in order to promote their participation in community and society. Physical Therapist Assistants shall be responsible stewards of health care resources by collaborating with physical therapists in order to avoid overutilization or underutilization of physical therapy services. Physical Therapist Assistants shall educate members of the public about the benefits of physical therapy. Goals, Objectives and Outcomes of the PTA Curriculum (Revised 9-2014) Upon graduation, students from the PTA program will possess and demonstrate capabilities that are a result of the process of becoming a physical therapist assistant. Graduates of the PTA program will be able to: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Adhere to legal practice standards, both federal and state, and perform duties in a manner consistent with the Guide for Conduct of the PTA and with the Value Based Behaviors for the PTA. Communicate effectively, both expressively and receptively, with respect for differences in values, cultures, and needs with patients/clients, family members, caregivers, interdisciplinary team members, consumers, payers, and policymakers. Use critical thinking, problem solving and evidence-based judgement in the protection of the patient, co-workers, and themselves, in the usage of any equipment in performance of the job, to determine whether the prescribed procedure should be completed, and to determine whether direction by the Physical Therapist should be sought. Practice sound physical therapy services as specified in the Physical Therapy Plan of Care, demonstrating technical competency. Advocate for the health and wellness needs of society, including participation in professional and community service organizations and activities, and demonstrate a commitment to lifelong learning. Professional Development Aspirations Graduates of the PTA program will be able to demonstrate the following professional development aspirations, should he/she wish to do so: 1. Participate in professional and educational experiences offered through the APTA and other allied professional groups. 2. Be involved in any legislative action that involves physical therapy and in which the graduate has appropriate interest and knowledge. 3. Participate in continuing education courses, workshops and seminars to keep updated in the profession. 4. Advance the level of professional achievement to a higher degree or a broader degree, if desired. This is PSI’s mechanisms to communicate PTA goals and outcomes to stakeholders. These expected student outcomes are published and provided to the students: 1. Published in the Academic Catalog which the student receives prior to signing the enrollment agreement. 2. Published in the PTA Student Handbook. 3. Both the Academic Catalog and Student Handbook are available electronically on-line at www.proskills.edu under the PTA Program tab. These expected student outcomes are published and provided to the current faculty, clinical faculty and advisory board members via the Academic Catalog and PSI’s website. Potential employers and the community at large can find the expected student outcomes published on PSI’s website at www.proskills.edu. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 113 | P a g e PTA Generic Abilities Ten (10) generic abilities were identified through a study conducted at UW-Madison in 1991-92. The ten abilities and definitions developed are listed. These abilities will be used to assess professional behavior while attending PSI and to teach selfassessment skills. Commitment to Learning--- The ability to self-assess, self-correct, and self-direct; to identify needs and sources of learning; and to continually seek new knowledge and understanding. Interpersonal Skills--- The ability to interact effectively with patients, families, colleagues, other health care professionals, and the community, and to deal effectively with cultural and ethnic diversity issues. Communication Skills--- The ability to communicate effectively (i.e., speaking, body language, reading, writing, listening) for varied audiences and purposes. Professionalism--- The ability to exhibit appropriate professional conduct and to represent the profession effectively. Responsibility--- The ability to fulfill commitments and to be accountable for actions and outcomes. Critical Thinking--- The ability to question logically; to identify, generate, and evaluate elements of logical argument; to recognize and differentiate facts, illusions, assumptions, and hidden assumptions; and to distinguish the relevant from the irrelevant. Stress Management--- The ability to identify sources of stress and to develop effective coping behavior. Problem-Solving--- The ability to recognize and define problems: to analyze the data, develop and implement solutions, and evaluate the data outcomes. Effective Use of Time and Resources--- The ability to obtain: the maximum benefit from a minimum investment of time and resources. Use of Constructive Feedback--- The ability to identify: sources of and seek out feedback and to effectively use and provide feedback for improving personal interaction. Essential Job Functions of the Student Students must be able to perform all essential job functions to enter a clinical practicum. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. Attends a minimum of 85 percent of the registered clock hours for the quarter, consistently, reliably, and in a timely manner. Learns vast amounts of new information and demonstrates that learning through satisfactory performance on written, oral and practical examinations. Instructs/motivates patients, families and others in physical therapy interventions using multiple methods/ modalities, including demonstration, to optimize carry over. Operates all physical therapy equipment, which is taught in the program, and correctly apply it to peers and patients. Observes peers and patients from all distances to detect movement dysfunctions/disorders and responses to treatment. Communicates effectively with all members of the health care team, especially with the evaluating Physical Therapist, regarding patient status and progress, including documentation of treatment sessions. Performs appropriate tests and measures which will help the physical therapist to quantify the nature/severity of movement dysfunction or show progress toward achieving treatment goals. Physically assists peers/patients in physical therapy treatment interventions, i.e. exercises, transfers, gait training and functional activities/daily living activities. Works under the direction of and as assistant to a Physical Therapist. Appropriately adapts/adjusts treatment established by the evaluating Physical Therapist according to the patient needs/responses in order to optimize achievement of treatment goals. Trains others in the fitting and adjusting of all types of supportive/adaptive equipment, i.e. ambulation aids, braces, orthotic and prosthetic devices, wheelchairs, etc. Performs clerical duties such as filing, billing and inventory. Monitors treatments administered by physical therapy aides. Behaves in a professional manner at all times, as defined by the PTA program and the physical therapy profession. Complies with the Standards of Ethical Conduct for the PTA and Standards of Practice of the American Physical Therapy Association. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 114 | P a g e Physical Demands of the student Physical Therapist Assistant The items in parentheses indicate the demands of the professional PTA where they potentially differ from those of the student PTA. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. Sitting: Standing: Walking: Climbing stairs: Balancing: Stooping: Kneeling: Crouching: Crawling: Twisting: Reaching overhead: Handling: Fingering: Feeling: Talking: Hearing: Tasting/smelling: Near acuity (<20"): Far acuity (>20'): Depth perception: Accommodation: Color vision: Field of vision: constant (occasional) occasional (frequent) frequent (constant) occasional not present frequent frequent frequent occasional frequent frequent frequent frequent frequent frequent constant (frequent) (not present) frequent occasional (not present) (not present) frequent occasional occasional (i.e. to see audio visual) (i.e. focal length change) (.e. peripheral vision) Amount of Weights: (lbs.) 24. 25. 26. 27. Lifting: Pulling 250 lbs.: Carrying 50 - 75 lbs.: Pushing 280 lbs.: frequent frequent frequent frequent Strength: The DOT (Dictionary of Occupational Titles) places this job at the MEDIUM Physical Demand Level. The characteristics which define this level of work include the ability to exert forces up to 50 pounds on an occasional basis, up to 25 pounds frequently and up to 10 pounds on a constant basis in the course of an average 8-hour workday. Occasional: Frequent: Constant: 0-33% of work day, 1 lift/30 minutes, or 2.5-3 Hours total duration 34-66% of work day, 1 lift/2 minutes, or 3-5 Hours total duration 67-100% of work day, 1 lift/15 seconds, or 5-8 Hours total duration Environmental Exposures: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. Extreme cold: Extreme heat: Wet and/or humid: Noise intensity: Moving mechanical parts: Electrical shock hazard: Exposure to radiation: Exposure to infectious agents: occasional occasional occasional moderate occasional occasional occasional occasional (not present) (not present) (not present) (not present) (not present) (not present) For further descriptors of the current job requirements for the professional Physical Therapist assistant, including the areas of general educational development, aptitudes and temperaments, please refer to the DOT job description and/or sample employer job descriptions. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 115 | P a g e 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 116 | P a g e School of Physical Therapist Assisting (PTA) ---Course Descriptions (Revised 05-25-2016) * Please refer to page 39 for definition of ABHES additional outside clock hours and Title IV (FA) out-of-class prep hour’s calculations. Number Name BIO101 Medical Terminology Prerequisite: Enrollment into the PTA program Quarter Credits 2.0 Lecture Hrs. 24 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 10.0 Course Description: This course presents the basic medical concepts, terms and structures concentrating on building a basic foundation and frame-work of the language of medicine. Through memorization and practice in spelling and pronunciation of medical root words and the prefixes and suffixes presented, the student will be able to analyze numerous medical terms. The student will have a solid base on which to build a larger vocabulary, spell medical terms correctly, recognize these terms in dictation and understand the context in which that word will be applied and enjoy working with a healthrelated field due to good comprehension of medical terminology used. Number Name BIO102 Anatomy and Physiology I Prerequisite: Enrollment into the PTA program Quarter Credits 6.0 Lecture Hrs. 72 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 30.0 Course Description: This course presents the study of the structure and function of the systems of the human body. Focus is on different types of cells, tissues, organs and systems. The musculoskeletal system is studied in great detail, emphasizing origins, insertions, bony landmarks, interventions and actions of the muscles. Study will be through the instructional media of reading, explanation, demonstration of bones and muscles, analysis of motion, model exploration, palpation and planned redundancy. This course presents a gross anatomy covering bones, bony landmarks and muscles of the shoulder, elbow, forearm, wrist, hand, trunk, and neck. Number Name BIO103 Anatomy and Physiology II Prerequisite: BIO102 Anatomy and Physiology I Quarter Credits 6.0 Lecture Hrs. 72 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 30.0 Course Description: This course presents the study of the musculoskeletal system by completing the final 2 gross anatomy modules of the gluteal region, thigh, lower leg and foot. Other body systems studied include the structure and function of the human nervous system, cardiovascular, and respiratory systems. Included in the course is a specialized section on basic Applied Neuroanatomy. Analysis, through a critical thinking term project, is done to better understand how the body systems work together to create function or dysfunction. Lectures, modules, videos, anatomical models and class discussion will be included to make the class more understandable. Palpation modules along with torso anatomy and anatomical model exploration are used illustrate to students posture, movement, normal position and normal alignment of anatomical parts. Number Name BIO306 Fundamentals of Disease Prerequisite: Successful completion of all didactic course work in Quarters 1 and 2; and satisfactory performance on all psychomotor skills assessments Quarter Credits 4.0 Lecture Hrs. 48 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 20.0 Course Description: This course presents foundational information about common medical conditions. Numerous diseases of the cardiovascular, respiratory, nervous, endocrine, integumentary, musculoskeletal and digestive systems are presented. Emphasis is placed on those conditions that could potentially affect the mobility of the client or outcome of the physical therapy treatment. Following an overview of the disease processes, then infectious diseases, neoplasms, congenital diseases, and characteristics of pain are covered. Consideration is given to what the disease is, how it is diagnosed and treated, and the likely sequella of the disease. Following the presentation of a study of specific diseases, the student will become familiar with doing research, reading professional literature and using critical thinking skills in relation to how disease would cause functional limitations in patients and affect physical therapy plans of care and treatment, during the course. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 117 | P a g e Number Name BIO307 Growth and Development Prerequisite: BIO102 Anatomy and Physiology I and BIO103 Anatomy and Physiology II Quarter Credits 4.0 Lecture Hrs. 48 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 20.0 Course Description: This course presents the relationship of structure and function to the development of movement skills across the entire life span. Presented in this course is functional independence, theories affecting development, motor control and learning, movement skills and functional assessment skills used in physical therapy. Normal development of the individual is presented from the time of conception through old age. This course will increase the awareness of wellness issues and provide a model for comparison for the physical therapist assistant who will work with patients who present movement problems. Presented is a skeletal system change from neonatal to geriatrics which include, muscle development and function, cardiopulmonary, nervous changes, vital functions, development of posture and locomotion, pretension, and health and fitness. Those movement disorders that are common to older adults are also presented. Classroom activities are designed to enhance the lecture material and include critical thinking exercises, student research projects and group interactions. Number Name PTA101 Introduction to Physical Therapy Prerequisite: Enrollment into the PTA program Quarter Credits 5.0 Lecture Hrs. 60 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 25.0 Course Description: This course will utilize lecture, instructor guided discussion and activities as instruction methods to present the student with an introductory, but detailed description of the profession and practice of physical therapy, from its early development to the present day complexities of our professional organization. As the initial socialization of the PTA student into the profession, it is intended to familiarize the student with the history, development and organization of the profession, to instill an appreciation for the diversity of the profession and the role of the Physical Therapist Assistant. The emphasis will be on the role of the PTA, on the state practice act, scope of practice for the PTA and on the PT/PTA team concept on the APTA, the professional organization. Number Name PTA102 Rehabilitation Therapy I Prerequisite: Enrollment into the PTA program Quarter Credits 6.0 Lecture Hrs. 48 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 30.0 Course Description: Basic rehabilitation procedures and techniques are presented. These include principles and practices of infection control, transfer and lifting techniques, vital sign monitoring, documentation review, general safety, basic wheelchair management, basic exercises and positioning techniques, use of ambulation aids, including gait training. Students are introduced to the concept of psycho-social adjustment to disability. Students are evaluated on each procedure through written exams, practical exams and role playing in the lab setting. Number Name PTA203 PTA Techniques Prerequisite: Successful completion of all didactic course work in Quarters 1 to 4; and satisfactory performance on all psychomotor skills assessments Quarter Credits 6.0 Lecture Hrs. 48 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 48 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 30.0 Course Description: This course presents the basic principles and physiological responses of the majority of physical agents used in the practice of physical therapy, e.g. thermal agents, ultraviolet, infrared heat, ultrasound, phonophoresis, massage, hydrotherapy, electrical stimulation, iontophoresis, traction and intermittent compression. The pain and inflammatory responses to injury along with integration of physical modalities into therapeutic treatments following the POC established by the PT will be covered. All procedures will be demonstrated, practiced and each student will be evaluated on his/her performance. Evaluation will focus on the safe and competent application of principles, indications and contraindications, ability to recognize the need to modify a modality due to client’s physiological needs, modify the treatment techniques as indicated in the plan of care of the physical therapist, inform the PT and the ability to document treatment. The student will choose a recently written modalities-related article from one of the professional journals and give a class presentation on this subject. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 118 | P a g e Number Name PTA204 Musculoskeletal I Prerequisite: Successful completion of all didactic course work in Quarters 1 to 3; and satisfactory performance on all psychomotor skills assessments Quarter Credits 6.0 Lecture Hrs. 48 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 48 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 30.0 Course Description: This course presents the practical and theoretical foundation for one of the most important physical therapy interventions, therapeutic exercise. This course will provide a foundation of appropriate exercise techniques that are based upon contemporary rationale as indicated by the APTA Guide to Physical Therapist Practice. Specifically, this course will address exercise techniques and interventions for upper extremity weakness, lower extremity weakness, range of motion deficits, aerobic deficits, and balance deficits. Foundational concepts such as the impact of therapeutic exercise on physical function will be addressed as well. Exercise interventions for the spine, shoulder, elbow, forearm, wrist, hand, hip, knee, ankle, and foot will be taught. This course utilizes a therapeutic exercise for the human body and is integrated with and builds upon Kinesiology I and II, which covers joint motion and muscle action of the upper extremity, lower extremity, pelvis and trunk. Musculoskeletal I will serve as a foundation for subsequent courses of Musculoskeletal II, Special Topics, and Rehabilitation Therapy II. Number Name PTA305 Musculoskeletal II Prerequisite: Successful completion of all didactic course work in Quarters 1 to 4; and satisfactory performance on all psychomotor skills assessments Quarter Credits 5.0 Lecture Hrs. 36 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 48 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 25.0 Course Description: This course builds upon the foundation of therapeutic exercise presented in PTA 204 Musculoskeletal I. This course will review the indications for exercise, as well as the basic principles and physiological responses of therapeutic exercise protocols as they relate to orthopedic conditions of the cervical, thoracic, lumbosacral spines, the lower extremity, and the upper extremity. This course will be the last clinical procedures course for the PTA student prior to the first clinical practicum. The student will continue to become proficient in all areas of treatment techniques, producing a well-trained physical therapist assistant who will be able to apply the psychosocial, communication and technical skills necessary to be successful in the physical therapy profession, under the guidance and supervision of the physical therapist. Special exercise considerations for musculoskeletal conditions will be emphasized. Specifically, musculoskeletal pathologies, orthopedic tests/measures appropriate for the PTA, and exercise concepts for the upper and lower extremities and spine. This course is designed to integrate with, and build upon, Kinesiology I and II, and Musculoskeletal I. Manual muscle testing and goniometry both will be re-evaluated for the upper and lower extremities and spine. Number Name PTA306-A Clinical Practicum I-A Prerequisite: Successful completion of all didactic course work in Quarters 1 to 5; satisfactory performance on all psychomotor skills assessments; proof of current CPR certification, required immunizations and current student liability insurance Quarter Credits 4.0 Lecture Hrs. 0 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 144 *Outside Clock Hrs. 20.0 Course Description: This course is the first formal clinical exposure the student has within the PTA curriculum where there is delivery of PT interventions to consumers under the direct supervision of a Physical Therapist or Physical Therapist Assistant within the scope of a PT plan of care designed by a PT in a clinical setting. This course is a practical/ hands-on experience, incorporating knowledge and clinical skills learned in the previous five (5) quarters. The student will spend 4 days a week for 6 weeks in a physical therapy setting for a total of 144 hours. Each student will be supervised by a PT (Physical Therapist) or a PTA who will be known as the Clinical Instructor (CI). This course places emphasis on self-directed learning of student’s own strengths, growth needs, and the ability to identify and seek out sources of advanced education while learning and appreciating the roles and teamwork of the PT and PTA. The PTA student will also develop a practical understanding of ethical and professional behavior in the clinical environment. This first clinical experience focuses on achieving Intermediate Performance in clinical competency 4, 6, 8-14, while maintaining safety, legal, and ethical criteria at Advanced Intermediate Performance for 1, 5, 7, and Entry-level Performance for 2 and 3. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 119 | P a g e Number Name PTA306-B Clinical Practicum I-B Prerequisite: Successful completion of all didactic course work in Quarters 1 to 5; successful completion of PTA306-A Clinical Practicum I-A; satisfactory performance on all psychomotor skills assessments; proof of current CPR certification, required immunizations and current student liability insurance Quarter Credits 4.0 Lecture Hrs. 0 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 144 *Outside Clock Hrs. 20.0 Course Description: This course is the second formal clinical exposure the student has within the PTA curriculum where there is delivery of PT interventions to consumers under the direct supervision of a Physical Therapist or Physical Therapist Assistant within the scope of a PT plan of care designed by a PT in a clinical setting. This course is a practical/ hands-on experience, incorporating knowledge and clinical skills learned in the previous five (5) quarters. The student will spend 4 days a week for 6 weeks in a physical therapy setting for a total of 144 hours. Each student will be supervised by a PT (Physical Therapist) or a PTA who will be known as the Clinical Instructor (CI). This course places emphasis on self-directed learning of the student’s own strengths, growth needs, and the ability to identify and seek out sources of advanced education while learning and appreciating the roles and teamwork of the PT and PTA. The PTA will also develop a practical understanding of ethical and professional behavior in the clinical environment. This second clinical experience focuses on achievement of increasing skill levels in the CPI criteria 4, 6, 8-14 at Advanced Intermediate Performance (data collection and intervention) while maintaining the safety, legal and ethical criteria Advanced Intermediate Performance (red flag criteria 1, 5, 7) and Entry-level Performance for 2 and 3. Number Name PTA307 Administrative Procedures Prerequisite: Successful completion of all didactic course work in Quarters 1 to 5; satisfactory performance on all psychomotor skills assessments successful completion of PTA306-A Clinical Practicum I-A or concurrently enrolled Quarter Credits 4.0 Lecture Hrs. 48 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 20.0 Course Description: This course presents important information on aspects of working in and being responsible for physical therapy services and is divided into three modules: Module 1: This module deals with the different types of PT facilities available for job placement, the accrediting and regulatory agencies of these facilities, basic medical coding (ICD-9 and CPT), reimbursement from third party payers/insurance companies, review of the CMS 1500 and a brief overview of patients accounts receivable. Module 2: This module deals with the legal issues of medical insurance along with a review of general laws and rules governing the scope of practice of physical therapy in the State of Ohio. Module 3: This module deals with Working in Health Care related to PT practice. Covered are the working environment, verbal and nonverbal communications, management, informal organizations, performance evaluations, management decisions, change, job satisfaction, stress management, and becoming employed. The student will learn how to properly search for a job, prepare a resume and cover letter, and be able to participate in a mock interview to be better prepared for the job market. This class will also prepare the student to deal with job search, employee relations with regard to supervision, job description and performance evaluation. Number Name PTA408 Rehabilitation Therapy II Prerequisite: Successful completion of all didactic course work in Quarters 1 to 6; satisfactory performance on all psychomotor skills assessments; completion of all general education courses; concurrently enrolled in PTA409 Special Topics Quarter Credits 6.0 Lecture Hrs. 48 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 48 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 30.0 Course Description: This is the primary clinical neuroscience class within the curriculum. It will present a detailed look at the field of physical medicine and rehabilitation, focusing primarily on the adult neurological patient. As there are many “schools of thought” relating to treating this patient population, this class takes a detailed and eclectic approach towards the assessment and treatment of the neurologically involved patient. It begins with foundation material that provides an overview of neurological assessment and treatment, and then covers the more common clinical syndromes related to motor ,postural and learning control e.g. CVA (cerebrovascular accident), TBI (traumatic brain injuries), SCI (spinal cord injuries), MS (multiple sclerosis), Parkinson’s Disease, ALS (Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis), AD (Alzheimer’s Disease), PPS (post-polio syndrome), GBS (Guillain Barre Syndrome ), MD ( Muscular Dystrophy), and developmental disabilities such as spina bifida, cerebral palsy and Down’s syndrome. The psychosocial and economic aspects of rehab will be explained. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 120 | P a g e Number Name PTA409 Special Topics Prerequisite: Successful completion of all didactic course work in Quarters 1 to 6; satisfactory performance on all psychomotor skills assessments; concurrently enrolled in PTA408 Rehab II Quarter Credits 6.0 Lecture Hrs. 48 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 48 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 30.0 Course Description: This course presents the theoretical foundation for treatment of some of the less common patient populations/ diagnoses seen in the physical therapy clinic. It will cover the indications for exercise, as well as the basic principles and physiological responses of therapeutic exercise protocols for specific patient populations. Particular exercise considerations for these special patient conditions will be emphasized. Topics will include: PVD/ wound/ burn management, amputee/ prosthetics/ orthotics management, cardiac rehab, pulmonary/ respiratory rehab, management of the obstetric patient, and management of the chronic pain patient. The nature of each pathology, tests/ measures appropriate for the PTA, and exercise concepts for each population will be explained. This course provides a foundation of appropriate exercise principles and techniques that is based upon contemporary rationale. It will allow the PTA student to implement and modify therapeutic exercise treatment techniques as indicated in the plan of care designed by a physical therapist. Although such clients may not be seen in all physical therapy settings, the ability to treat such patients is an essential entry-level skill for the well-rounded PTA. This course will build upon concepts introduced in MS I and II, and it will serve as a complement to PTA408 Rehabilitation Therapy II. Number Name PTA410-A Clinical Practicum II-A Prerequisite: Successful completion of all didactic course work in quarters 1 to 7; successful completion of PTA410-A Clinical Practicum II-A; satisfactory performance on all psychomotor skills assessments; proof of current CPR certification, required immunizations and current student liability insurance. Quarter Credits 5.0 Lecture Hrs. 0 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 188 *Outside Clock Hrs. 25.0 Course Description: This course is the third formal clinical exposure the student has within the PTA curriculum, where the delivery of PT interventions to consumers is under the direct supervision of a Physical Therapist or Physical Therapist Assistant. This is within the scope of a PT plan of care designed by a PT in a clinical setting. This course is a practical/hands-on experience, incorporating knowledge and clinical skills, learned in the previous seven (7) quarters. The student will spend five (5) days a week for five (5) weeks in a physical therapy setting for a total of 184 hours. Each student will be supervised by a PT (Physical Therapist) or a PTA who will be known as the Clinical Instructor (CI). This course places emphasis on self-directed learning of the student’s own strengths, growth needs, and the ability to identify and seek out sources of advanced education while learning and appreciating the roles and teamwork of the PT and PTA. The PTA will also develop a practical understanding of ethical and professional behavior in the clinical environment. This course focuses on the student achieving Advanced Intermediate Performance in clinical competency for Skills 4, 6, and 8-14, and Entry-level Performance for Skills 1, 2, 3, 5, and 7. Number Name PTA410-B Clinical Practicum II-B Prerequisite: Successful completion of all didactic course work in quarters 1 to 7; successful completion of PTA410-A Clinical Practicum II-A; satisfactory performance on all psychomotor skills assessments; proof of current CPR certification, required immunizations and current student liability insurance Quarter Credits 5.0 Lecture Hrs. 0 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 188 *Outside Clock Hrs. 25.0 Course Description: This course is the fourth formal clinical exposure the student has within the PTA curriculum, where delivery of PT interventions to consumers is under the direct supervision of a Physical Therapist or Physical Therapist Assistant. This is within the scope of a PT plan of care designed by a PT in a clinical setting. This course is a practical/hands-on experience, incorporating knowledge and clinical skills learned in the previous seven (7) quarters. The student will spend five (5) days a week for five (5) weeks in a physical therapy setting for a total of 184 hours. Each student will be supervised by a PT or a PTA, who will be known as the Clinical Instructor (CI). This course places emphasis on self-directed learning of one’s own strengths, growth needs, and the ability to identify and seek out sources of advanced education while learning and appreciating the roles and teamwork of the PT and PTA. The PTA student will also develop a practical understanding of ethical and professional behavior in the clinical environment. This course focuses on the student achieving Advanced Intermediate Performance in clinical competency for Skills 6, and 8-14, with demonstrated progression towards Entry-level Performance, as supported by written comments by the CI on the CPI. The student PTA will continue to demonstrate Entry-level Performance for Skills 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 7. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 121 | P a g e Number Name PTA411 PTA Seminar Prerequisite: Successful completion of all didactic course work in Quarters 1 through 7; satisfactory performance on all psychomotor skills assessments; successful completion of all general education courses Quarter Credits 2.0 Lecture Hrs. 24.0 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 10.0 Course Description: This course will provide a review of specific educational areas via practice tests and discussion groups in preparation for the National Physical Therapy Assistant Exam. This review will include the basic sciences as well as the PT theory and practice. A discussion of the final practicum experience will be ongoing throughout the course, with emphasis on relating clinical experience to didactic areas of training. Students will present a case study of a patient from one of their Senior Clinical rotations, as well as satisfactorily completing various assignments including computerized mock examination, and passing all 9 competency tests at a minimum of 85%. Students • • • • • • • • • will also be expected to demonstrate competency (via multiple choice examinations) before graduation in the following nine (9) areas: Musculoskeletal physical therapy Neurological physical therapy Cardiac/pulmonary physical therapy Pathological and psychological conditions Physical agents Therapeutic exercise, Gait, Functional Devices and Training Administration, Communication, Education and Ethical considerations Pediatrics/geriatrics Clinical decision making These competencies will be assessed via multiple choice questions and will be graded as a pass/fail, with 85% being the pass mark. If a student fails to achieve at least an 85% grade on any of the competencies after 2 attempts, the student will be required to complete extra work in the area of failure before attempting the competency again. This competency passing will be part of the grade in Seminar. Number Name KIN101 Kinesiology I Prerequisite: Successful completion of all didactic course work in Quarters 1 and 2; successful completion of BIO102 Anatomy and Physiology I and BIO103 Anatomy and Physiology II; satisfactory performance on all psychomotor skills assessments Quarter Credits 4.0 Lecture Hrs. 36 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 24 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 20.0 Course Description: This course lays a basic foundation for the study of Kinesiology, which is the study of movement. It focuses on describing a joint motion and muscle action. Explained are the commonly agreed upon prime movers, using terminology most widely accepted within the discipline of physical therapy. A regional anatomy approach will then be used, similar to that of A & P I, to cover specific joints and muscles, and will build upon those foundational terms learned in the anatomy and physiology classes. In Kinesiology I, the areas covered will include the upper extremity, neck, and trunk, including an introduction to manual muscle testing and goniometry for each area. This class will integrate with, and provide a foundation for Musculoskeletal I which covers therapeutic exercise. Number Name KIN201 Kinesiology II Prerequisite: Successful completion of all didactic course work in Quarters 1, 2 and 3; successful completion of BIO102 Anatomy and Physiology I and BIO103 Anatomy and Physiology II; successful completion of KIN101 Kinesiology I; satisfactory performance on all psychomotor skills assessments Quarter Credits 4.0 Lecture Hrs. 36 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 24 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 20.0 Course Description: This course presents continued study of human movement by describing joint motion and muscle action of the neck, trunk, and lower extremity, including an introduction to manual muscle testing and goniometry for those areas. In addition there will be detailed instructor lead instructor guided discussion of human posture, normal and abnormal gait. Following didactic lecture, principles will be demonstrated with opportunity for lab palpation, lab activities and lab practice. Anatomical models of joints and muscles are used to aid in understanding anatomy and movement. This course will integrate with and provide a foundation for Musculoskeletal I which covers therapeutic exercises for the upper and lower extremities, and trunk. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 122 | P a g e Number Name ENG101 English Composition Prerequisite: Enrollment into an Associate Degree Program. Quarter Credits 5.0 Lecture Hrs. 60 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 25.0 Course Description: This course is designed as an introductory course to academic writing, the type of writing based on careful, deliberate reading and the clear, critical thinking demand of students throughout their college careers. Number Name PSY101 Introduction to Psychology Prerequisite: Enrollment into an Associate Degree Program. Quarter Credits 5.0 Lecture Hrs. 60 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 25.0 Course Description: This course will present information to help the student understand themselves and others. Psychology is relevant in almost every aspect of life as it teaches about the roots of aggression and the influence of groups on individual behavior, highly relative topics in light of recent terrorist activities. Research is discussed on stress, coping and health, which can help people to live fuller, happier personal and professional lives, regardless of their circumstances. The latest research findings are presented to stress the scientific nature of the discipline. Number Name SOC101 Introduction to Sociology Prerequisite: Enrollment into an Associate Degree Program. Quarter Credits 5.0 Lecture Hrs. 60 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 25.0 Course Description: This course will expose the student to sociology’s basic ideas, theories, research and insights. The student will learn the key methods sociologists use to test and refine their knowledge and how people everywhere develop their humanity as they learn to participate in society over the lifespan. Students will explore groups and organizations, differing cultures, deviance, sexuality, social, global and gender stratifications, race and ethnicity, family and religion, education and medicine, population, urbanization, environment and social change in both a modern environment and a postmodern society. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 123 | P a g e 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 124 | P a g e School of Physical Therapist Assisting (PTA) ---General Information (Revised 04-2016) Additional rules and regulations for the School of Physical Therapist Assisting are published on-line in the Student Handbook. PTA Class Dress Code: All students will attend classes with a clean, neat appearance. Sloppy pants, T-shirts, sandals, hats, baseball caps, blue jeans, or revealing clothing are not allowed. Artificial nails are not allowed at any time due to infection control issues and patient safety concerns. Jewelry is to be kept to a minimum. The only allowed visible piecing is a pair of small earrings for males and females. (Maximum size, no wider than 1 inch, no longer than 1 inch) All tattoos are to be covered---- non visible. The PTA dress code consists of neutral-color dress pants with a PSI logo polo shirt, soft-soled, closed-toed shoes (including socks) in good repair and the official PSI ID badge should be worn on the lanyard at all times for identification including dress down days. No hoodies are to be worn. No undergarments are to be visible at all. A student found to be in noncompliance with the dress code, at PSI or the clinical site, will receive one (1) written warning from his/her instructor or a member of the administrative staff. A copy of the warning will be given to the student and the original placed in the student’s academic file. If a second violation occurs, the student will be referred immediately to the PTA Program Director. Instructors will refuse admittance to the classroom if the student is not in proper dress for the second time and the student will be counted absent for the class. The PSI Enrollment Agreement which each student signs is a contractual agreement. PSI is obligated, by this agreement. This obligation includes professional appearance. The student, through this mutual agreement, is also required to abide by all appearance requirements of this institution. Student Roles and Responsibilities for Laboratory Classes: A percent of the total grade for courses with a lab component will be based on the student’s professional conduct during lab sessions. The following are the criteria to which the student must adhere to receive full credit. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Promptness--- Repeated lateness will result in dismissal from a lab session. Appropriate Lab Dress--- Students should be appropriately dressed for the particular lab activity planned for that day, and will be dismissed from class if attire is inappropriate. In general, shorts or sweat pants may be worn when appropriate for activities of the lab. Cover-ups may be brought to the lab if the room is cold. Only close-toed, lowheeled rubber-soled shoes will be allowed. Long hair must be pinned back and jewelry must be removed (i.e. dangling earrings, sharp rings, long chains, multiple bracelets, etc.) Passing each lab practical with a minimum 76.5 percent. Maintaining appropriate lab behavior--- A professional atmosphere should be maintained in lab at all times. Subjects should be properly draped and positioned. Dignity of subjects must be respected at all times. Comfort and safety will always be considered. Abiding by PSI class rules-- No food or drink in the classroom or lab at any time. Lab Cleanup--- At the end of each lab session, it is the responsibility of the students to leave the lab in the condition it was found when the lab began. All labs must be left in the following condition: • Plinths spaced properly • Two pillows under each plinth • All supplies and equipment returned to appropriate storage areas • All wheelchairs in line in the storage room • All trash must be placed in the waste containers • All used linen must be placed in laundry bags and full bags brought to the front of the classroom • All modalities except for cold packs, hot packs, and paraffin bath should be unplugged and stored 7. Laboratory Linens--- Linen, (sheets, towels, and pillow cases) should be changed when used then placed in the laundry bag. Avoid using the towels for any cleanup purposes. Instructor is responsible to restock clean linen in cupboard. No linen or pillows should ever be placed on the floor. At the end of each lab: • Any unused linen is to be refolded and returned to the linen closet • Wet, hot pack covers and wet towels should be hung to dry • After towels are hung to dry, they should be placed in laundry hamper to be laundered • If bag is full, the instructor will be responsible to assign students to bring the bag of dirty linen the front desk for laundering 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 125 | P a g e Care of Laboratory Equipment and Supplies: All of the physical therapy equipment, including models and skeletons, are expensive and students are expected to take personal responsibility for the care and maintenance. No linen, equipment or supplies are to be taken from the laboratory without the expressed consent of the lab instructor/PTA Program Director. At the end of lab/lecture: • Chairs are to be replaces under the desks • Wall curtains replaced so the curtains hang neatly adjacent to the wall • Foot stools replaced under foot end of plinths. Complaints Outside of the Published Policies: Complaints or suggestions which fall outside PSI's stated Grievance and Suggestion Policies, found in this academic catalog, may occur. Should this happen within the PTA Program, possibly from clinical education sites, employers of graduates, or the general public, the Director of the PTA Program shall receive the complaint, document the complaint/suggestion using the Institution's complaint Tracking Form. All complaints shall be handled. The Program Director shall: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Document the complaint and investigate the complaint. Document the findings of the investigation. Discuss the findings with the Dean of Education and arrive at a decision concerning the complaint. Maintain the tracking form listing the PTA Program complaint using the Institution’s Complaints Tracking Form. Keep all documentation and the tracking form in a file in the PTA Director's office for 3 years, after which it shall be destroyed. This file shall assist in monitoring of possible reoccurring complaints which would require action. If action is required, the complaint source shall be informed of the action taken. This file may be verbally reviewed with the Director of PTA Program and any complaint requiring action will be made known to the Advisory Board and the Appeal Committee. Clinical Practicum Requirements: In order for a student to be placed in a Clinical Practicum, that student must maintain an accumulative GPA of 2.0 receive at least an 76.5 percent grade in all courses, have satisfactory attendance, be able to perform all essential functions as stated in this catalog, meet all physical requirements, have reliable transportation, and be able to drive up to 90 minutes to a Clinical Practicum. Students are responsible for the cost of any clinical requirements, such as immunizations, drug testing, physical exams, and criminal background checks that may be required from Lucas county or county of residence. This is not a part of tuition or fees. The clinical education section of the curriculum includes four (4) practica experience periods during which the student is given opportunities to apply theory and technical skills in a clinical setting under the direct supervision of a licensed PT or PTA. The first and second practica are experienced in the sixth quarter (6th) and the third and fourth practica are experienced in the eighth (8th) quarter. The first and second (PTA306-A and PTA306-B), Clinical Practicum I-A and I-B consists of 144 Hours each, for a total of 288 Hours. The third and fourth (PTA410-A and PTA410-B), Clinical Practicum II-A and II-B consists of 184 Hours each, for a total of 368 Hours. Total clinical practicum Hours for the PTA program is 656 Hours. It is the student’s responsibility to accurately complete his/her time card and have it signed by the CI. To ensure proper communication while the student is serving a clinical practicum, several definitions follow for those persons directly involved with the clinical education section of the program. Pediatric rotations are considered very specialized. Before a student would be considered, he/she must have earned a grade of “A” in both BIO307 and PTA408 and have met with the PTA Program Director for authorization. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 126 | P a g e Clinical Personnel Descriptions: Academic Coordinator of Clinical Education (ACCE) --- The person employed by the academic facility who organizes, directs, supervises, and coordinates the clinical education section of the PTA curriculum. Academic Facility (AF) --- The educational institution that provides the entry level curriculum in the professional preparation of PTA students leading to an associate degree. Center Coordinator of Clinical Education (CCCE) --- The PT employed and designated by the clinical educational facility to organize, direct, supervise, coordinate, and evaluate the activities of PTA students assigned to that clinical educational facility by the program. Clinical Educational Facility (CEF) --- The accredited or approved health care facility, that provides the PTA student with a learning laboratory and patient contact for the development of PTA competencies. Clinical Instructor (CI) --- The PT or PTA under the supervision of the PT employed by the CEF who is designated by the CCCE to supervise and evaluate the activities of the PTA students assigned by the CCCE. Qualifications of the Clinical Instructor (CI): 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Licensed as a PT or PTA in the State of Ohio or in those states without licensure, must be a graduate of an accredited PT or PTA program. Have 18 to 24 months experience since licensure. Willing to take on the responsibility of a PTA student. Have effective interpersonal and communication skills especially in providing and receiving constructive feedback and active listening. Demonstrate professional, ethical and legal behavior. Have a commitment to provide accurate written evaluation of a student in the student’s evaluation instrument. Be considered competent by employer in the areas of safety, knowledge, technical skills and delivery of care. Be a credentialed APTA Clinical Instructor would be an asset. Clinical Personnel Roles: ACCE: a. b. c. d. CCCE: a. b. c. d. To To To To select CEFs that will provide quality clinical educational experiences for the students. develop and coordinate the selected CEFs with the CCCE. develop, organize, direct, supervise, coordinate and evaluate the practicum activities of each individual student. help develop, implement and evaluate clinical faculty development programs. To identify, organize and coordinate the specific learning experiences within his/her CEF. To organize, direct, supervise, coordinate and evaluate the activities of the student assigned to his/her facility. To participate in clinical faculty development programs. To maintain communication with the ACCE and the assigned student during the practicum, (I.e. notification of student problems and progress) PTA Student: a. To report to the CEF at the assigned time, in proper attire with a PSI issued photo identification, identifying him/her as a student. b. To abide by the rules and regulations of the CEF. c. To fulfill the duties required by the CI. d. To protect the privacy and confidentiality of the individual’s medical record, and will avoid disclosure of personal identifiable medical or social information, and any professional medical judgments as indicated by HIPAA. e. To participate in any seminars or workshops offered by the CEFs. f. To meet with the school representative or the CI as needed. g. To participate in the evaluation of his/her mastery of the PTA performance criteria. h. To evaluate the effectiveness of the practicum experience at the CEF and return a copy of the evaluation to the school. i. To report to the CI, if he/she becomes ill while at the CEF, who will dismiss the student or recommend medical treatment AND j. To notify the CEF and the school if he/she will not be attending the CEF. k. To be courteous to the staff of the CEF and offer help if not otherwise occupied. l. To avoid clinical staff conflicts by staying neutral in any disagreements among the staff. m. To exhibit the utmost professionalism in the performance of his/her assigned duties. The ACCE screens possible CEFs to ensure high quality learning experiences for the PTA student in a variety of settings. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 127 | P a g e Clinical Personnel Responsibilities: The ACCE is responsible for: 1. 2. Determining the interest of possible CEFs. Screening the possible CEFs through: a. A tour of the CEF and the Physical Therapy Department. b. Total completion of the Clinical Center Information Form including the accreditation status of the CEF. c. Formalizing the relationship between the AF and the CEF through a written clinical agreement. d. Setting up a system of communication through: 1) Initial sharing of information between the AEF and the CEF. 2) Philosophy of the facility. 3) Objectives of the facility. a) Table of Organization of the facility. b) Other general information concerning clinical education. e. Informal communication on a continuous basis. f. As warranted, formal site visits by the academic faculty to the CEF during the practicum experiences. g. Maintenance of the Clinical Contracts to assure that the contracts are current and updated as needed. Development of the selected CEFs results from interaction between the academic faculty and the clinical faculty. This process is coordinated by the ACCE and the CCCE. A written agreement is made between the AF and the CEF. Within the agreement form, the responsibilities of the AF, the CEF and the student are listed. The ACCE Clinical Complaint Procedure: When a complaint has been received regarding a student the ACCE will: 1. Go to the clinical site and meet with the CCCE and or the CI to research and gather information regarding the complaint. 2. Meet with the student regarding the complaint to research and gather information. 3. Meet with the PTA Program Director and review complaint and gathered information to arrive at a solution and plan of action. Clinical Practicum Dress Code: If a clinical site has its own required dress code, students must be prepared to adhere to the clinical site’s policies during both practica. If not otherwise stated by the clinical site, the PTA dress code consists of neutral-color dress pants with a PSI logo polo shirt, soft-soled, closed-toed shoes (including socks) in good repair and the official PSI ID badge should be worn on the lanyard at all times for identification including dress down days. No hoodies are to be worn. No undergarments are to be visible at all. Whatever dress code is assigned to the student at the clinical practicum, the student will follow, without exception. Grading for Clinical Practicum: PSI utilizes CPI (Clinical Performance Instrument) for use by the clinical sites in evaluation of the student’s performance during Clinical Practica I and II experiences. The CPI evaluation notebook is used for the student’s entire program and will contain, when complete, the evaluations of all of the required skills during the two clinical experiences of the program. PTA students please refer to each course syllabus for the appropriate grading scale. The originals of the Clinical Summative Comments Sheets, pages 21, 22 and 23 for each of the four (4) are given to the Registrar for placement in the student’s academic file. A student will be allowed to repeat only one (1) of the four (4) clinical practica. If a student fails two (2) practica he/she will be terminated from the PTA program. Prior to each practicum, the Academic Coordinator of Clinical Education (ACCE) will review with the students what is expected from them and the minimum skills that must be evaluated. During the first practicum, a minimum number of skills and high level of competence will be expected to be evaluated as indicated on the course syllabus. During the second and final practicum, a higher number of skills and even higher level of competence will be expected to be evaluated. In order to receive a passing grade for a clinical experience, the student must have at least the minimum skills evaluated by the Clinical Instructor. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 128 | P a g e PTA Clinical Site and Educator Information – (Revised September 2015) Absolute Rehab (15) CCCE: Kevin Moore Accelerated Rehabilitation (1) CCCE: Heidi Bush, PT Advanced Health Rehabilitation (4) CCCE: Jean Wobser CI: Christine Pleasnick, DPT-Credentialed CI: Dave Ott, PT-Credentialed CI: Christy Davis, PTA CI: Steve Volpe, PT Advantage Physical Therapy & Wellness (1) CCCE/CI: Todd Nighswander, PT Allied Health (1) CCCE: Teresa Shema, PTA CI: Bonnie Yarbough, PTA Arbors at Clyde (1) CCCE: Cindy Jewett Arbors at Oregon (1) CCCE: Mary McLaughlin, PT CI Michael McInerney, PTA-Credentialed Arbors at Sylvania (1) CCCE: Lisa Katalinich CI: Jason Crots, PTA CI: Elena Petrovski, PT CI: Rick Cline, PTA CI: Laura Crow, PTA CI: Raymond Sisler, PTA Arbors at Waterville (1) CCCE: Diana Thomas CI: Jessica Steinman, PTA Archbold Physical Therapy (1) CCCE/CI: Alison Durham, DPT CI: Michelle Riedeman, PTA CI: Phil Roseman, PTA Avalon of Monclova (1) CCCE: Erin Wagner CI: Jeanie Duby, PTA Avalon of Perrysburg (1) CCCE: Erin Wagner CI: Michele Mazurek, PTA- Credentialed Balance & Mobility (3) CCCE/CI: Marianne Keller, PTA CI: Melissa Miller, MPT- Credentialed CI: Dan Schriner, PTA Bay Park Hospital (1) CCCE: Jennifer Hodulik, PT Bellevue Hospital (1) CCCE/CI: Beth Weber, PTA CI: Erica Flinn, PTA CI: Tony Lombardi, PT Blakely Care Center (1) CI: Jen Dever, PTA Blue Sky (2) CCCE/CI: Kathy Haydu-Credentialed CI: Jamelah Abdouni, PTA-Credentialed Carter Rehab (1) Tecumsch CCCE: Robert Leffler, PT CI: Bill Klasner, PTA Carter Rehab (2) Adrian CCCE: Aaron Deline, PT CI: Josh Valdez, PTA CI: Justine Benton, PTA Central Park West (1) CCCE/CI: Paul Boes, PTA CI: Paul Barnes, PT CI: Joel Cousino, PTA Community Memorial Hospital (1) CCCE: Camie Stallbaum, PT CI: Tiffanie Baird, PTA CI: Vicki Gatchell, PT CI: Sadie Burdine, PTA Community Hospital & Wellness Center (2) Bryan/Archbold CCCE: Patricia Timmerman, PT CI: Jeremy Dauber, PT-Credentialed CI: Susan Sumpter, PT CI: Alice Walker, PT CI: Tara short, PT-Credentialed CI: Stan Roth, PT-Credentialed CI; Charlene Mitschelen, PT Credentialed CI: Ann Bowers, PTA-Credentialed CI: Tanya Fleischmann, PTA Credentialed CI: Jeannine Walker, PT Community Hospital & Wellness Center (1) Montpelier CCCE/CI: Sharilyn Webb, PT-Credentialed Defiance Clinic-Pro Rehab (1) CCCE: Stacy English, PT CI: Erica Noggle, PTA CI: Mark Burken, PTA CI: Brenda Keck, PT CI: Christina Smith, PT CI: Amy Meyer, PT CI: Rachel Barlow, PT CI: Diana Evers, PTA CI: William Zartman, PTA East Point PT (1) CCCE/CI: Donald Walendzak, PT EncompassCare (1) CCCE: Chris Valigosky, PT-Credentialed CI: Jennifer Loth, PTA Encore Rehabilitation (1) Monroe, MI CCCE: Jennifer Werner, PTA Fairview Manor (1) CCCE: Paulette Klinger CI: Lottie Buno, PT CI: Jermain Hamilton, PTA Firelands Regional Medical Center (3) CCCE: Stephanie Boos, PT CI: Susan Riggs, PT CI: Debbie Kyle, PT CI: Connie Klausz, PT CI: Brian Hall, PT CI: Patricia Gerber, PT CI: Chris Schaeffer, PT CI: Amanda Schafer, PTA CI: Jessica Rieder, PT-Credentialed Fisher-Titus Medical Center (1) CCCE/CI: Kim Skeel, PTA- Credentialed CI: Jane Hedrick, PTA CI: Tricia Ebner, PTA CI: Krista Schafer, PTA CI: Craig Winke, PTA 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 129 | P a g e Fisher-Titus Medical Center (1) CCCE/CI: Kim Skeel, PTA- Credentialed CI: Jane Hedrick, PTA CI: Tricia Ebner, PTA CI: Krista Schafer, PTA CI: Craig Winke, PTA Flower Hospital (3) CCCE: Lisa Cooper, PT-Credentialed CI: Lisa Wright, PTA CI: Kathy Schroll, PTA- Credentialed CI: Cheryl Eckles, PTA-Credentialed CI: Shelley Black, PTA-Credentialed CI: Melissa Weisz, PTA Fostoria Community Hospital (3) CCCE: CI: Rick Gilbert, PTA CI: Becky Heiser, PTA CI: Kathy Emerson, PT CI: Christina Peterman, PT CI: Sara Christman, PT CI: Mary Rall, PTA Fountain View of Monroe (1) CCCE: Tonya Daniels CI: Kortney Bodi, PTA Fox Run Manor (2) Opti Health Group CCCE/CI: Dawn Laytart, PTA CI: Christine Meyer, PTA CI Jamie Stewart, PTA Franciscan Care Center (1) CI: Matt Austin, PTA CI: Jennifer Krayneck, PTA Fulton Co. Health Center Rehab (2) CCCE/CI: Lisa Aschliman, PTA CI: Trish Otto, PTA CI: Lynne Prigge, PT CI: Jennifer Sanford, PTA-Credentialed CI: Kristy Gerig, PTA Heatherdowns Rehab & Care Center (1) CCCE: Jennifer Knorr, COTA CI: Robin Mason, PTA Heartland of Perrysburg (1) CCCE: Tasha Schunk, PT CI: Jeaneen Hall, PT Heartland of Holy Glen (1) CCCE: Ann Montion, PT CI: Christopher Wilbarger, PTACredentialed Heartland of Waterville (1) CCCE: Jessica Rieman, PT, DPT CI: Shandell Contrestus Henry Co. Hospital (1) CCCE: Emily Stamm, PT CI: Sara Shepherd, PTA CI: Kim Woods, PTA CI: Laura Wolfrom, PTA-Credentialed Henry Ford Medical Group (6) CCCE: Michelle Thibodeau, MPTCredentialed CI: Farah Sheena, PTA-Credentialed CI: Ada Anaeme, PT-Credentialed CI: Sue Lazenby, PT-Credentialed CI: Barb Bishop, PT-Credentialed CI: Jennifer Starchenko, MPTCredentialed CI: Derek Chan, PT-Credentialed CI: Toni Wibel, PT-Credentialed CI: Dawn Chambers, PTA-Credentialed CI: Jill Norander, PT-Credentialed CI: Nicole Robinson, PT-Credentialed CI: Tanya Ullmer, PT-Credentialed CI: Dorene Cummins, PT-Credentialed CI: Brian Vasicek, MPT-Credentialed Henry Ford Hospital (1) CCCE: Krissy Stein, MPT-Credentialed CI: Nazir Ahmed, PT-Credentialed CI: Heather Boyd, PTA -Credentialed CI: Amy Bryant, PT-Credentialed CI: Judith Covert-Sisung PT-Credentialed CI: Edward Kornacki, PT-Credentialed CI: Karyn Kuzniar, PT-Credentialed CI: Adele Myszenski, PT-Credentialed CI: Julie Norton, PT-Credentialed CI: Stephanie Shamus, PT-Credentialed CI: Christine Sockow, PT-Credentialed Herrick Memorial Hospital Total Rehab (3) CCCE: Kris Owens, OTR CI: John Upton, MPT CI: Syndon Reed, PTA CI: Mary Bruno, PTA CI: Jill Brennan, PTA CI: Jennifer Yape, MPT CI: Andrea Jackson, PTA CI: Beth Haines, PTA CI: Elizabeth Alcock, PT CI: Linda Hilinski, PT- Credentialed Hickory Ridge of Temperance (2) CCCE: Tammy Allen, PT CI: Christine Pierce, PTA-Credentialed CI: Josh Ravary, PTA CI: Julie Burger, DPT Holiday Park PT (2) CCCE/CI: Todd Dean, PTA Kingston Healthcare Center of Perrysburg (1) CCCE: Lavonne Elston, PT CI: Ashlea LaCourse, PTA Kingston Healthcare Center of Sylvania (1) CCCE: Lavonne Elston, PT CI: Cathy Aldrich, PTA CI: Andrea Senecal, PTA CI: Peggy Thatcher, PTA CI: Stacy Schneider, PT Laurels of Defiance (1) CCCE: Renee Bockrath CI: Kim Wilhelm, PT CI: Stacy Knueven, PTA CI: Krisy Elkins, PTA CI: Sarah Chamberlin, PTA Heartland of Oregon (1) CCCE: Val Aboor CI: Mary Crawford, PTA CI: Jennifer Daly, PTA CI: Jennifer Sass, PTA 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 130 | P a g e Laurels of Dekalb (1) CCCE: Renea Hamman CI: Amber Heckler, PT CI: Stephanie Anderson, PTA Laurels of Toledo (1) CCCE: Julie Leidel, PTA CI: Justin Bates, PTA CI: Matthew Snyder, PTA Luther Home of Mercy (1) CCCE: Rebecca Sparks, PT CI: Kimberly Pierce, PTA Lutheran Home of Toledo (1) CI: Laura Bondy, PT- Credential CI: Samantha Fuller, PTA Lutheran Memorial Home (1) CCCE/CI: Rebecca Liskai, PTA CI: Laura Taylor, PTA Lynwood Manor (1) CCCE/CI: Krista Isenhower, PTA CI: Traci Osburn, PT Magruder Hospital (2) Port Clinton/Oak Harbor CCCE: Tom Legando, PT CI: Christopher Bender, PTA CI: Dave Moore, PT Mercy Memorial of Monroe (1) CCCE: Lisa Granlich CI: Angel Vance, PTA-Credentialed UTMC (4) CCCE: Alison Pollacek, PT-Credentialed CI: Suzette Whetro, PT CI: Sarah Myers, MPT CI: Elizabeth Obringer, MPT CI: Mary Bagrowski, PTA-Credentialed CI: Christine Marlow, PTA CI: Rachael Kern, PTA-Credentialed CI: Ashley Bilek, PTA-Credentialed CI: Jennifer Garringer, PTA-Credentialed CI: Kim Roberts, PTA CI: Kelly Jagodzinski, PTA-Credentialed CI: John Matters, PTA CI: Deb Rohloff, PTA-Credentialed CI: Stephanie Giesler, PTA-Credentialed CI: Amy Martin, PTA CI: Sue Winterhalter, PTA-Credentialed CI: Laura McPike, PTA-Credentialed Northcrest Golden Living Center (1) CCCE: Tonya Richardson, PTA CI: Melissa Stutzman, PT Oak Grove Center (1) CCCE: Mary Habegger Opti-Health Group (3) Findlay/Sylvania/Bowling Green CCCE/CI: Alan Distel, PT CI: Christy Threet, PTA CI: Kathy Long, PTA CI: Lydia Coca, DPT-Credentialed CI: Ed Carmichael, PT Orchard Villa (1) CCCE: Elizabeth (Vicky) Kuehn CI: Valerie Smith, PTA CI: Susan Lambrecht, PTA CI: Angela Holt, PTA CI: Kim Hertfeld, PT CI: Jeaneen Hall, PT CI: Mike Guziolek, PTA CI: Deb Chaney, PTA Otterbein Portage Valley (1) CCCE: Erin Wagner CI: Tiffany Slowinski, PTA CI: Sue Noethen, PTA CI: Mario Baker, PT Parkview Care- Fremont (1) CCCE: Daneshea Wofford, PT Parkview Physicians Group, MCHA (1) CCCE/CI: Matthew Strayer, PT CI: Katie, PTA CI: Steve Leathers, PTA Perrysburg Care & Rehab (1) CCCE: Tara De Bortoil Physical Therapy Consultants (2) CCCE/CI: Julie Olmstead, PT CI: Amy Fisher, PTA Point Place Care & Rehab (1) CCCE: Lynn Nidek, MPT CI: Lisa Zaleski, PTA CI: Melissa Aponte, PTA Progressive Therapy & Aquatic Center (1) CCCE/CI: Martha Graham, PTA ProMedica Hospital Health Care System (Fremont) (4) CCCE: Lisa Lotycz, PTA-Credentialed CI: Lesley King, PTA-Credentialed CI: Shannon Reardon, PT-Credentialed CI: Brittany Tyson, PTA CI: Brandi Wammes. PTA CI: Mark Cross, PTA ProMedica Skilled Care & Rehab (1) CI: Dana Knapik, PTA Provincial House (2) CCCE/CI: Nicole Rothman, PTA CI: Vicki Iott-Schultz, PTA-Credentialed PT Link (8) CCCE: Brittany Mensing CI: Shawn Chesser, PT CI: Sam Rakyta, PT-Credentialed CI: John Longmore, PTA CI: Jason Rotar, PT CI: Sarah Skilliter, MPT CI: Eric Snyder, PT CI: Mike Coulter, PT CI: Tom Hallett, MPT 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 131 | P a g e PT Services /Optima Rehabilitation Services (1) Tiffin CCCE/CI: Brad Adelsperger, PTA Rehabilitation Specialists (1) CI: Barb Ginther, PTA- Credentialed Ridgewood Manor (1) CI: Melanie Gibbs, PTA Riverview (1) CCCE: Erin Wagner CI: Andrea Meng, PTA Sandusky Physical Therapy (1) Opti Health CI: Beverly Weber, PT-Credentialed Sensational Kids (1) CCCE/CI: Stacey Creps, PT South Toledo PT (1) CI/CCCE: Aaron Nowakowski, PTA Spring Meadows (1) Therapy Partners CCCE/CI: Jamie Sheskey Sportscare of Wildwood (2) CCCE: Brendon Smith, PT CI: Deb Elliott, PTA-Credentialed CI: Jason Soncrant, PT CI: Shannon Buchwald, PTA CI: Michelle Sheely, PTA CI: Lindsay Olah, PTA St. Anne Mercy Hospital (1) CCCE: Beverly Goings, PT CI: Frank Johnson, PT CI: Lothar Drosd, PTA CI: Angels Pahl, PT CI: Sara Leonardi, PTA St James Therapy (2) CCCE/CI: Christie Hofmann, PTACredentialed St. Luke's Hospital (3) CCCE: Tom Garvin, PTA CI: Michelle Kessler, PTA CI: Scott Giest, PT- Credentialed CI: Kim Huffman, PT St. Vincent (3) CCCE: Susan Hartman, PT CI: Steve Allen, PT CI: Carl Micaliceck, PTA CI: John Murphy, PTA-Credentialed CI: Donna Copeland, PT CI: Jaimee Scarborough, PTA CI: Julie Ritter, PT CI: Garth Longstreet, PTA Summit Rehab (1) CCCE/CI: Nick Encheff, PT CI: Mike Gose, PTA Swan Point (1) CI: Amy Patton, PTA Sylvania Care & Rehab Center (1) Genesis CI: Gina Bollman, PTA-Credentialed CI: Deborah Wallace, PTA CI: Kelly Borgman, PT CI: Linda Kilgus, PT Swanton Health Care (1)-Therapy Partners CCCE/CI: Joe DeBortoil, PTA Swanton Valley Care & Rehab (1) Genesis CCCE/CI: Lyn Lemon, PTA Therapy in Motion (1) CCCE: Renee Biskner CI: Michell Schiel, PTA Therapy Providers of America (9) CCCE/CI: Louis Galvan, PT CI: Mashkoor Khan, PT CI: Beth Go, PT CI: Mimi Abebe, PTA Therapy Solutions (9) CCCE: Lisa Barrientos, PTA-Credentialed CI: Shaura Steffe, PT CI: Adam Bowden, PT CI: April Rellinger, PTA CI: Deborah Compton, PT CI: Christina Springer, PTA CI: Sara Offenbacher, PTA CI: Stephanie Boroft, PTA CI: Mindy Ankney, PTA CI: Philp Ross, PT CI: Stacy Ward, PTA The Lake of Monclova (1) CCCE/CI: Marsha Carrick, PTA The Toledo Hospital (3) CCCE: Jennifer Gwin, PT CI: Aaron Koontz, PTA CI: Ed Van Camp, PTA CI: Shelly Becker, PTA-Credentialed Toledo Orthopedic Surgeons (1) CCCE: Bill Hartman, PT CI: Ken Freeman, PT CI: Jo Hartman, PT Trilogy (1) The Willows @ Bellevue CCCE: Julianna Hermes, PT CI: Ashlee Durst, PTA-Credentialed Veterans Affairs (1) CCCE: Alexandra Sciaky, DPT - Credentialed CI: Jackie Deron, PT- Credentialed CI: Jo Dolecki, PT-Credentialed CI: Karen Fouty, PT-Credentialed CI: Shiny John, PT-Credentialed CI: Todd Bailey, PT-Credentialed CI: Leslie Westbury, PT-Credentialed CI: Catherine McGavran, MPT-Credentialed CI: Jennifer Kibler, PTA-Credentialed VA -OP Toledo (1) CCCE: Alexandra Sciaky, DPT CI: Amie Richardson, PTA-Credentialed CI: Jean Revivor, PT-Credentialed CI: Joe Stokes, PTA-Credentialed 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 132 | P a g e Volunteer of America: Bethesda Care Center (1) CCCE: Deb Swim CI: Makensie Quaintance, PT CI: Anthony Esker, PTA Waterford Commons (1) CCCE/CI Kathy Johnson, PTA Wolf Creek-Lutheran Homes (1) CCCE: Teresa Sutter, PTA CI: Rich Shehorn, PTA Wood County Hospital (1) CCCE: Mary Bostelman, PT CI: Diane Lusky-Stubbs, PTA CI: Kathy Burnside, PTA 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 133 | P a g e School of Physical Therapist Assisting (PTA) ---Advisory Board Members (Revised 04-2016) Program PTA PTA PTA PTA PTA PTA PTA PTA PTA PTA Advisory Member Alison Pollacek PT Clinical Coordinator of Clinical Education Julie Liedel Program Manager, Clinical Coordinator of Clinical Education Mary Sue Mercer Upper Extremity/Hand Specialist Catherine Hornbeck PT-Assistant Professor Additional Members Deanna Lamb PTA Program Director Denise Stevens ACCE Melissa Miller PTA Instructor Mobility Specialist Heidi Wallace PTA Instructor Roger Lewis PTA Teaching Assistant Karen Sims PTA Teaching Assistant MPT Employer University of Toledo Medical Center PTA The Laurels of Toledo PT St. Vincent Mercy Medical Center PhD University of Toledo PT, MA Employer PSI PTA, M.Ed. PSI MPT PSI PTA, BS, ATC PSI PTA PSI PTA PSI 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 134 | P a g e School of Practical Nursing Diplima Program: PN —Practical Nurse 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 135 | P a g e 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 136 | P a g e School of Practical Nursing Admissions (Revised 01-2016) It is very important to understand that fulfilling the admission requirements DOES NOT guarantee the applicant acceptance into the School of Practical Nursing, Practical Nurse (PN) program. The PN program is completely residential in nature and no component is done through distance learning. PN clinical rotations may be scheduled morning, afternoon, nights and on weekends. PSI is on a 12-week quarter system with a one (1) week break between quarters. Enrollment into the PN program is offered in January, April, July and October of each year for a daytime and an evening schedule. The academic calendars are located on page 7 of this catalog. The PN Cost Sheet and the Retention, Placement, and Licensure Disclosure Forms are given to each applicant as an insert to this Catalog by an Admissions Representative during the first meeting. PN Admissions Requirements: Each School of Practical Nursing applicant for admission is assigned an admissions representative. The Admissions Representative will direct the applicant through the steps of the admissions process. The Admissions Representative will provide information on curriculum, policies, procedures, and services, and assist the applicant in setting necessary appointments and interviews. To qualify for admission, each applicant must meet the requirements listed below. Admission decisions are based on the applicant's fulfillment of these requirements, a review of the applicant's previous educational records, and a review of the applicant's career interests. If previous academic records indicate that the School's education and training would not benefit the applicant, the School reserves the right to advise the applicant not to apply. It is the responsibility of the applicant to ensure that the School receives all required documentation. All records received become the property of the School. Professional Skills Institute Academic Catalog is available online at www.proskills.edu. The catalog is located under the program tabs, for review by the applicant, prior to signing an enrollment agreement. Application Process Requirements: 1. 2. 3. 4. The applicant must be a high school senior, high school graduate or possess the recognized equivalent of a high school diploma. The applicant must complete an Admissions Application Form. The applicant must interview and tour the campus with an admissions representative and/or other administrative staff as may be required. Upon completion of the interview, applicants determined to have the aptitude, qualifications, and motivation to pursue a selected program of study within the School of Practical Nursing will be given the opportunity to schedule a time to take the next scheduled Test of Essential Academic Skills (TEAStm). The applicant must submit a $65.00 TEAS testing fee prior to/or on the day of testing. The minimum passing score on the TEAS is 41.2% on the Adjusted Individual Total Score. Only one retest is permitted per enrollment cycle. A retesting fee of $65.00 must be paid in order to retest. The test score will remain in effect for a period of 2 years from the test date. A student may submit a qualifying TEAS test result from another testing facility that is within the last 2 years. Note: An applicant that fails the TEAS on the second attempt will be ineligible to take the TEAS again during the current enrollment cycle. 5. 6. An applicant who achieves a qualifying score on the TEAS will be invited to apply to the Practical Nursing Program. An applicant must submit a $25.00 application fee. Applicants must agree to and sign the Professional Skills Institute Enrollment Agreement. Note: Applicants that are under 18 years of age at the time of their application must have the Enrollment Agreement countersigned by a parent or legal guardian. 7. Review and sign the criminal background check and drug testing acknowledgement. Pre-Acceptance required documents: Prior to the submission of an applicant's application to the School of Nursing Admissions Selection Committee the applicant must also; 1. Provide documentation of graduation in the form of a High School Diploma, transcript, or other acceptable documentation which confirms that the applicant meets or exceeds the academic achievement equivalent to a high school diploma in the USA. All documents submitted must be translated into English. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 137 | P a g e High school diplomas/transcripts from other countries are acceptable, as long as the diploma is equivalent to a U.S. high school diploma. To assure compliance all applicants with foreign transcripts must have the transcript reviewed by a U.S. credential evaluation service. 2. Submit a BCI&I and FBI background checks receipt within seven (7) days of applying. Acceptance Process: Each applicant will have his/her application file reviewed by the School of Nursing Admissions Selection Committee using the following criteria: Verified completion of ALL required application process documents. The School of Nursing Admissions Selection Committee may be comprised of the following, but not limited to; the Campus Director, the Dean of Education, the Program Directors, the Director of Compliance, and/or the Registrar. The School of Nursing Admissions Selection Committee will determine the acceptance or denial of the students' application. The selection committee will notify the students Admission Representative, via letter, of the acceptance or denial of a student's application. The Admission Representative will then notify the student of the committee's determination via letter and phone. Orientation: Applied students must attend a scheduled mandatory orientation. Probationary Admission: At this time PSI does not offer Probationary Admission into the School of Practical Nursing due to the difficulty of the program. PN – Part-Time Status: The professional curriculum of each program is structured so that each successive quarter is built on information, knowledge, skills and attitudes obtained in the previous quarters. Students are thus encouraged to maintain full-time status to complete the curriculum. However, there may be situations when a student due to medical or personal reasons needs to assume a part-time status. If this situation presents itself, the student will meet with the PN Program Director to design an appropriate plan of study. Procedure for Part-Time Status: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. The student must schedule an appointment with the PN Program Director to discuss his/her intent to go from full-time to part-time status. At this meeting the student will discuss his/her reasons for requesting a part-time schedule. Students will be encouraged to maintain a full-time schedule whenever possible. If a full-time schedule cannot be maintained, the PN Program Director will do a Plan of Study (POS) for the student that will outline how and when the student will complete his/her program. The student’s POS is then submitted to the Dean of Education for review and final academic approval. With educational approval the POS is then submitted to the Director of Financial Aid who reviews the request with the student. Students who are on part-time schedule may face registration restrictions. Registration for individual courses will be limited to the availability of seats for that course. Students who cannot maintain the part-time POS will have to withdraw from the program and enroll at a later date. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 138 | P a g e PRACTICAL NURSE – DIPLOMA (PN) The Practical Nurse (PN) is presented over a period of 72 weeks. This period is divided into six (6) 12-week quarters. Enrollment into the day and evening schedule PN program is available four (4) times per year, January, April, July and October. The day schedule is Monday through Friday, from 8 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. The evening schedule is Monday through Friday, from 5 to 10:20 p.m. Nursing Clinical time may be scheduled any day of the week or weekend, and at any time of the day or evening depending on the availability of the clinical site. The total credits required to complete the PN program is 123.5. The Practical Nurse works under the direction of the physician or Registered Nurse to give direct patient care, assist with patient education, manage team nursing patient care delivery, and supervise unlicensed assistive personnel. Upon successful completion of the PN program, providing all requirements for graduation are met, the graduate will receive a diploma and will be eligible to sit for National Council Licensure Examination for Practical/Vocational Nurses (NCLEX-PN® ) developed by The National Council of State Boards of Nursing, Inc., to become a Licensed Practical Nurse (LPN). Transferability of credits to other institutions is at the discretion of the receiving institution and PSI makes no guarantees of transferability. The school will assist the graduate in every way possible in finding employment. This is not a guarantee of employment or a minimum starting salary. O*Net: Occupational Information Network is established by the Department of Labor to assist students with information regarding their chosen program. Each program is given an O*Net-SOC code. The code for the PN program is 29-2061.00. Students should use the following web address to access this information from the Department of Labor. www.onetonline.org/link/summary/29-2061.00. CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS: Course No. Course Name 101-H 102-H 103-H 106-H 201-H 203-H 302-H PN104 PN105 PN202 PN204 PN205 PN304 PN305 PN306 PN307 PN401 PN404 PN405 Medical Terminology Math for Meds Anatomy and Physiology I Student Success in Academics Principles of Psychology Anatomy and Physiology II Basic Nutrition and Diet Therapy Gerontological Nursing Fundamentals of Nursing Pharmacology I Medication Administration Medical/Surgical Nursing Mental Health Nursing Advanced Medical/Surgical Nursing Pharmacology II Electronic Charting in Nursing Job Readiness/ NCLEX-PN Review Maternal/Infant Nursing Pediatric Nursing Course Credit Course Clock Hours 3.0 5.0 5.5 1.0 4.0 6.0 5.0 6.0 13.0 5.0 4.0 13.0 5.0 13.0 6.0 3.0 8.0 8.5 9.5 123.5 30 50 55 10 40 60 50 60 195 50 50 190 70 190 60 50 80 115 120 1525 Transfer credit may be given from other accredited colleges, if the course content meets PSI’s curriculum requirements. The student will need to submit an official transcript for credit transfer evaluation. Transfer credits are approved by the Dean of Education and Program Director. Refer to the Transfer of Credit section in this catalog for courses that may be transferred. Note: PSI reserves the right to add, change, or delete classes, and/or other graduation requirements for any program based upon newly adopted requirements of our accrediting bodies, and/or ever-changing trends or requirements within a chosen profession. Clinical Note: Students do not receive remuneration for externship or clinical experience, as this is a part of their education and cannot be used in place of a staff member at any clinical site. Clinical can be held any day of the week or weekend, and at any time of the day. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 139 | P a g e PRACTICAL NURSE – DIPLOMA (PN) Curriculum Sequence The PN curriculum is presented in the following sequence to guide the student through the program, so that the student will experience an ever-increasing degree of expected terminal performance objectives. Quarter 1 101-H 102-H 103-H 106-H 201-H Quarter 2 203-H 302-H PN104 PN202 Quarter 3 PN105 PN306 PN307 Quarter 4 PN204 PN205 Quarter 5 PM304 PN305 Quarter 6 PN401 PN404 PN405 Course Name Medical Terminology Math for Meds Anatomy and Physiology I Student Success in Academics Principles of Psychology Total Possible Quarter Course Name Anatomy and Physiology II Basic Nutrition and Diet Therapy Gerontological Nursing Pharmacology I CPR Total Possible Quarter Course Name Fundamentals of Nursing Pharmacology II Electronic Charting in Nursing Total Possible Quarter Course Name Medication Administration Medical/Surgical Nursing Total Possible Quarter Course Name Mental Health Nursing Advanced Medical/Surgical Nursing Credits Credits Credits Credits Course Name Job Readiness/ NCLEX-PN Review Maternal/Infant Nursing Pediatric Nursing Total Possible Quarter Credits Total Required PN Program Credits Course Credit 3.0 5.0 5.5 1.0 4.0 18.5 Course Credit 6.0 5.0 6.0 5.0 0.0 22.0 Course Credit 13.0 6.0 3.0 22.0 Course Credit 4.0 13.0 17.0 Course Credit 5.0 13.0 18.0 Course Credit 8.0 8.5 9.5 26.0 123.5 All courses in the PN program must be completed with a minimum final grade average of 76.5% and if applicable successful passage of each competency test with a minimum score of 76.5%. For a course that has both a lecture component, lab competency component and/or clinical component; each component must be passed separately with a minimum of a 76.5 percent to pass the lecture component of the course and a satisfactory grade for the lab competency component and clinical component. If the student does not pass all three (3) components the entire course is failed and the course will be repeated in its entirety the next time it is offered. Lab Competency: In the event the student obtains a failing (unsatisfactory) grade for lab competency, the student will be allowed two (2) additional attempts to pass the competency, for a total of three (3) attempts. The student must arrange with the instructor within one week of a lab failure, a plan of remediation and a time to take the makeup competency. If the student fails to show for the scheduled first or second or third attempt lab competency and with no communication with the instructor, the student fails the lab competency and must repeat the entire course. Changes in the scheduled lab competency time made with the instructor PRIOR to the scheduled time are acceptable. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 140 | P a g e Practical Nurse Clinical Skills: PSI Practical Nursing students will care for a variety of patients, this includes but is not limited to patients of different ages, races, color, male or female; a variety of marital statuses, disabilities, religions, political affiliations and national origins. PSI will not be able to accept you as a student unless you can agree to all of the preceding information. The Practical Nurse uses the nursing process to meet the patient’s needs by promoting and maintaining health and wellness, preventing illness and disease, and assisting with restoring the patient’s health. Examples of skills (but not limited to) performed by the Practical Nurse under the direction of a physician or RN are: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. Obtaining vital signs (temperature, pulse, respiration and blood pressure) Bathing, feeding and performing all needed personal hygiene measures for the patient Calculating intake and output Making an occupied and unoccupied bed Placing patient’s in therapeutic positions Performing range of motion exercises Assisting patients with ambulation, using canes, walkers, or crutches. Performing patient transfers (i.e. bed to chair, bed to wheelchair) Performing isolation techniques Maintaining universal precautions Preparing sterile fields and donning sterile gloves Changing clean and sterile dressings Performing oropharyngeal and tracheal suctioning Inserting and maintaining urinary catheters Maintaining nasogastric tubes Maintaining enteral tube feedings Administering various types of enemas Caring for various types of ostomies Administering medications and treatments Providing basic infant care Monitoring, regulating and discontinuing peripheral intravenous therapies Assisting with the patient health assessment and physical examination Charting -documenting Providing patient and family education Maintaining interpersonal skills and therapeutic communication Collecting body fluid samples (urine, sputum, stool, and wound) Starting IVs on adult patients only (18 years or older) The Practical Nurse will care for patients in a variety of different health care settings, such as hospitals, ambulatory care centers, home care, long-term care settings, specialized care centers, and hospice. Terminal Objectives for Graduates of the Practical Nurse Program • • • • • • • Demonstrates knowledge of nursing science and nursing concepts based on physical and behavioral sciences. Demonstrates therapeutic communication skills, both verbally and nonverbally, in relationships with patients, families and other health care members. Performs safe appropriate nursing skills in the delivery of patient care. Applies logical and skillful clinical reasoning while delivering patient care. Utilizes Marjory Gordon’s Functional Health Patterns as the conceptual framework as the basis for nursing care. Applies the nursing process while delivering nursing care to patients and families. Acts in a professional manner while conducting nursing care. Goals for the Practical Nurse Program • • • • Provide a practical nurse program from which graduates are prepared to perform the functions of a beginning practical nurse. Provide a curriculum based on sciences, humanities, and nursing which allows the student to make safe, appropriate and logical decisions in the clinical area. Provide a positive learning environment, which fosters students’ growth and expected performance. Provide information on how graduates can advance their professional education in order to obtain an associate degree, or higher, for registered nursing through an accredited institution, if desired. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 141 | P a g e PN Program – School of Practical Nursing Philosophy The faculty, of the Practical Nurse Program at Professional Skills Institute (PSI), supports the mission and goals of the Institute. It is our intent to educate practical nurses who are competent to provide service in a variety of health care settings. Competence requires that a practical nurse be able to integrate, and apply, a specific knowledge base to the professional execution of nursing services for individuals, in accordance with the State of Ohio Nurse Practice Act. We, the faculty of PSI Practical Nursing Program, believe that the concepts of person, health, nursing, environment, and learning, are central components to holism in nursing education. Using Gordon’s Functional Health Patterns as an organizing framework for learning, holism is explored. This includes physiological, psychological, sociological, religious, and cultural experiences. These experiences change and develop human behavior across the life span. Each individual interacts with their immediate and global environment. This interaction develops a cooperative coexistence with other individuals in the context of family, culture, and community. These interactions are dynamic and directly influence and individual’s perception of health. Health is an individual’s perception of their physiological and psychological functioning. Health is a balance between and within states of wellness and illness. This balance is maintained on a continuum with fluctuations between these states influenced by and individual’s ability adapt. Adaptation is an individual’s response to change in the internal and external environment. It is influenced by physiological, psychological, sociological, religious and cultural components. Nursing is a profession which strives to develop interpersonal and caring relationships with the individual and their family. Nursing care directly impacts health promotion, maintenance, and restoration by supporting self-care abilities of the individual and family. Nursing practice is founded on a specialized and shared knowledge base with influences from the physiological, psychological and behavioral sciences. This knowledge is acquired through direct study, application, and experience. Nursing process provides a systematic approach to the practice of nursing science. The process of assessment, diagnosis, planning, implementation, and evaluation guides the nurse through all patient care settings. Practical nurse education allows the individual to explore and learn the appropriate theory and skill necessary to provide care for persons throughout the life-span. This delivery of care will be directed by the registered nurse or other appropriate health care professional. Professional Skills Institute believes strongly, and is committed to, an obligation to the students enrolled in the practical nurse program, to provide quality education to enable each one to meet their professional ideals and goals, instilling in them the belief that the dignity and worth of all individuals is fundamental regardless of race, sex, religious beliefs, age, nationality or financial status. Graduates of the practical nurse program enter nursing at the technical level and practice in the role as defined by the State of Ohio Nurse Practice Act for the practical nurse. Continual advances in health care require that graduate to participate in a practice of life-long learning. Conceptual Model/Threads of the Practical Nurse Program Professional Skills Institute faculty has designed this Conceptual Model of Nursing to give direction to nursing education and to facilitate student learning. The model consists of seven component parts. Understanding and attaining the required knowledge of each component is necessary for successful completion of the practical nursing program. These component parts serve to guide the curriculum by ensuring that these common themes are addressed throughout the program. There is an interaction between each of the seven components of the conceptual model. Holism occurs as all seven components of the model interact. As the student completes each progressive quarter, there is an increasing depth of understanding, knowing, and applying the components. Professionalism encircles all the other components since the student must uphold professional standards, values, and morals in nursing practice as a lifelong commitment. Descriptions of the model components are as follows. Commitment to learning starts with the ability to utilize knowledge needed to practice nursing. This knowledge is drawn from the sciences, humanities, and nursing. Needs and resources of learning are identified, while new knowledge and understanding are continually being sought. The ability to self-assess, self-correct, and self-direct is emphasized along with flexibility. Continuing education is identified as a requirement for nursing practice. Communication skills include the ability to communicate effectively verbally, nonverbally, and in writing. Interpersonal skills, which are the ability to interact effectively with patients, families, colleagues, other health care professionals, and the community, are included. Principles of transcultural nursing care are also applied for effective communication. Technical skills are procedures and techniques necessary for safe and effective assessments and interventions. They are carried out within the scope of practice. These psychomotor skills are based on scientific principles and theories. Critical thinking is the ability to question logically and to identify, generate, and evaluate elements of logical argument. The concept of critical thinking allows the idea that utilizing competencies, attitudes, and standards develop analytical thinking. It recognizes and differentiates between facts and assumptions. It is being able to distinguish relevant from irrelevant, while applying skillful clinical reasoning. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 142 | P a g e Conceptual framework of Marjory Gordon’s Eleven Functional Health Patterns is utilized to facilitate a holistic assessment of patients’ life and lifestyle. The functional assessment focuses on the psychosocial, physical, and environment needs and abilities of patients. Functional patterns are influenced by biological, developmental, cultural, social, and spiritual factors. No one health pattern can be understood without input from the other patterns. Evaluating each health pattern assists in identifying patients’ strengths and dysfunctional patterns, which leads to the development of a nursing care plan. Nursing Process is an organized method of giving individualized nursing care for actual or potential health problems. The nursing process for the practical nurse includes having an understanding of the nursing assessment, diagnosis, planning, implementation, and evaluation phases, all under the direction of the registered nurse. The practical nurse may offer observations to assist the registered nurse in providing individualized care. Professionalism is the ability to exhibit appropriate professional conduct and to represent the profession effectively. Professionalism includes being knowledgeable, responsible, and accountable for actions and outcomes. A professional nurse has knowledge of, and practices, within legal boundaries. Practical Nurse Program Student Conduct Policy Referenced from Rules Promulgated From the Law Regulating the Practice of Nursing, Chapter 4723-5-12-C of the Ohio Administrative Code (Effective 02-01-2014) Student conduct that incorporates the standards for safe nursing care which includes, but is not limited to the following requirements: 4723-5-12 (C) (C) In addition to the policies required in paragraph (A) of this rule, the program administrator and faculty shall implement policies related to student conduct that incorporate the standards for safe nursing care set forth in Chapter 4723 of the Revised Code and the rules adopted under that chapter, including, but not limited to the following: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) A student shall, in a complete, accurate, and timely manner, report and document nursing assessments or observations, the care provided by the student for the patient, and the patient's response to that care. A student shall, in an accurate and timely manner, report to the appropriate practitioner errors in or deviations from the current valid order. A student shall not falsify any patient record or any other document prepared or utilized in the course of, or in conjunction with, nursing practice. This includes, but is not limited to, case management documents or reports, time records or reports, and other documents related to billing for nursing services. A student shall implement measures to promote a safe environment for each patient. A student shall delineate, establish, and maintain professional boundaries with each patient. At all times when a student is providing direct nursing care to a patient the student shall: (a) Provide privacy during examination or treatment and in the care of personal or bodily needs; and (b) Treat each patient with courtesy, respect, and with full recognition of dignity and individuality. A student shall practice within the appropriate scope of practice as set forth in division (B) of section 4723.01 and division (B)(20) of section 4723.28 of the Revised Code for a registered nurse, and division (F) of section 4723.01 and division (B)(21) of section 4723.28 of the Revised Code for a practical nurse; A student shall use universal and standard precautions established by Chapter 4723-20 of the Administrative Code; A student shall not: (a) Engage in behavior that causes or may cause physical, verbal, mental, or emotional abuse to a patient; (b) Engage in behavior toward a patient that may reasonably be interpreted as physical, verbal, mental, or emotional abuse. A student shall not misappropriate a patient's property or: (a) Engage in behavior to seek or obtain personal gain at the patient's expense; (b) Engage in behavior that may reasonably be interpreted as behavior to seek or obtain personal gain at the patient's expense; (c) Engage in behavior that constitutes inappropriate involvement in the patient's personal relationships; or (d) Engage in behavior that may reasonably be interpreted as inappropriate involvement in the patient's personal relationships. For the purpose of this paragraph, the patient is always presumed incapable of giving free, full, or informed consent to the behaviors by the student set forth in this paragraph. (11) A student shall not: (a) Engage in sexual conduct with a patient; (b) Engage in conduct in the course of practice that may reasonably be interpreted as sexual; (c) Engage in any verbal behavior that is seductive or sexually demeaning to a patient; (d) Engage in verbal behavior that may reasonably be interpreted as seductive, or sexually demeaning to a patient. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 143 | P a g e For the purpose of this paragraph, the patient is always presumed incapable of giving free, full or informed consent to sexual activity with the student. (12) A student shall not, regardless of whether the contact or verbal behavior is consensual, engage with a patient other than the spouse of the student in any of the following: (a) Sexual contact, as defined in section 2907.01 of the Revised Code; (b) Verbal behavior that is sexually demeaning to the patient or may be reasonably interpreted by the patient as sexually demeaning. (13) A student shall not self-administer or otherwise take into the body any dangerous drug, as defined in section 4729.01 of the Revised Code, in any way not in accordance with a legal, valid prescription issued for the student, or self-administer or otherwise take into the body any drug that is a schedule I controlled substance. A student shall not habitually or excessively use controlled substances, other habit-forming drugs, or alcohol or other chemical substances to an extent that impairs ability to practice. A student shall not have impairment of the ability to practice according to acceptable and prevailing standards of safe nursing care because of the use of drugs, alcohol, or other chemical substances. A student shall not have impairment of the ability to practice according to acceptable and prevailing standards of safe nursing care because of a physical or mental disability. A student shall not assault or cause harms to a patient or deprive a patient of the means to summon assistance. A student shall not misappropriate or attempt to misappropriate money or anything of value by intentional misrepresentation or material deception in the course of practice. A student shall not have been adjudicated by a probate court of being mentally ill or mentally incompetent, unless restored to competency by the court. A student shall not aid and abet a person in that person's practice of nursing without a license, practice as a dialysis technician without a certificate issued by the board, or administration of medications as a medication aide without a certificate issued by the board. A student shall not prescribe any drug or device to perform or induce an abortion, or otherwise perform or induce an abortion. A student shall not assist suicide as defined in 3795.01 of the Revised Code. A student shall not submit or cause to be submitted any false, misleading or deceptive statements, information, or document to the nursing program, its administrators, faculty, teaching assistants, preceptors, or to the board. A student shall maintain the confidentiality of patient information. The student shall communicate patient information with other members of the health care team for health care purposes only, shall access patient information only for purposes of patient care or for otherwise fulfilling the student's assigned clinical responsibilities, and shall not disseminate patient information for purposes other than patient care or for otherwise fulfilling the student's assigned clinical responsibilities through social media, texting, emailing or any other form of communication. To the maximum extent feasible, identifiable patient health care information shall not be disclosed by a student unless the patient has consented to the disclosure of identifiable patient health care information. A student shall report individually identifiable patient information without written consent in limited circumstances only and in accordance with an authorized law, rule, or other recognized legal authority. For purposes of paragraphs (C)(5), (C)(6), (C)(9), (C)(10), (C)(11) and (C)(12) of this rule, a student shall not use social media, texting, emailing, or other forms of communication with, or about a patient, for non-health care purposes or for purposes other than fulfilling the student's assigned clinical responsibilities. (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) Effective: 02/01/2014 Note: That any proven, documented breach of these rules is reason for immediate dismissal for the PN program. These rules of conduct are also part of the Student Responsibility Form which all students read and sign prior to participation in a clinical rotation. The above-mentioned behaviors, along with the student conduct for Unprofessional/Conduct Behavior and Unacceptable/Conduct Behavior found in the current Academic Catalog, will govern the student conduct for the PN program. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 144 | P a g e School of Practical Nursing (PN) ---Course Descriptions (Revised 05-25-2016) * Please refer to page 39 for definition of ABHES additional outside clock hours and Title IV (FA) out-of-class prep hour’s calculations. Number Name 101-H Medical Terminology Prerequisite: Enrollment into a PSI program Quarter Credits 3.0 Lecture Hrs. 30 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 15.0 Course Description: This course presents the basic medical concepts, terms and structures concentrating on building a basic foundation and frame-work of the language of medicine. Through memorization and practice in spelling and pronunciation of medical root words and the prefixes and suffixes presented, the student will be able to analyze numerous medical and nursing terms and have a solid base on which to build a larger vocabulary, spell medical and nursing terms correctly, understand the context in which that word will be applied, and enjoy working with a health-related field due to an increased understanding of medical terminology. Number Name 102-H Math for Meds Prerequisite: Enrollment into a PSI program Quarter Credits 5.0 Lecture Hrs. 50 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 25.0 Course Description: This course presents a review of basic mathematic calculations, drug measurements using metric, apothecary and household measurements, reading medication labels and syringe calibrations, dosage calculations, medication administration systems, dosage calculation from body weight (adult and pediatric), and pediatric medication conversion and calculations. A brief introduction to IV calculations of flow rates is included. Number Name 103-H Anatomy and Physiology I Prerequisite: Enrollment into a PSI program Quarter Credits 5.5 Lecture Hrs. 55 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 27.5 Course Description: This course introduces the basic structures and functions of the human body. Included are an examination of the body as a whole, cell structure and function, body tissues and membranes, and basic chemistry principles. Instruction is given on several anatomy systems including integumentary, skeletal, and muscular. The composition and functions of the blood are also included. Number Name 106-H Student Success in Academics Prerequisite: Enrollment into a PSI program Quarter Credits 1.0 Lecture Hrs. 10 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 5.0 Course Description: This course discusses the core topics of: setting academic, personal and career goals; study strategies; critical thinking; self-assessment; learning styles and methods of effective communication. Students develop educational and career plans utilizing college resources. Students learn and apply strategies for success in practical nursing education. Number Name 201-H Principles of Psychology Prerequisite: Enrollment into a PSI program Quarter Credits 4.0 Lecture Hrs. 40 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 20.0 Course Description: This course presents an introduction in the areas of psychology and sociology. This information presented includes motives, human needs and wants, senses, perception, personality, health, problem-solving, and family living patterns. Text discussions are used to broaden the student’s selfunderstanding and a fuller development of his/her individual potential. Once learned, the student will be able to apply these concepts in his/her nursing care during clinical nursing courses. Also discussed are the effects of economic, political, religious and cultural factors as they relate to individuals’ behaviors. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 145 | P a g e Number Name 203-H Anatomy and Physiology II Prerequisite: 103-H Anatomy and Physiology I Quarter Credits 6.0 Lecture Hrs. 60 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 30.0 Course Description: This course completes the study of the structures and functions of the human body systems. Included are several systems that include the nervous, the sensory, the endocrine, the circulatory, lymphatic and immunity, respiratory, digestive, urinary, and reproductive including human development. Number Name 302-H Basic Nutrition and Diet Therapy Prerequisite: 103-H Anatomy and Physiology I Prerequisite or Concurrent: 203-H Anatomy and Physiology II Quarter Credits 5.0 Lecture Hrs. 50 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 25.0 Course Description: This course presents the basic principles of nutritional science, nutrition throughout the life cycle, community nutrition and health care, and clinical nutrition. The study begins with the functions of good health (carbohydrates, fats, proteins, vitamins, minerals, and water). Important considerations studied are: community food supply, food habits and cultural patterns, weight management, and nutrition and physical fitness. Nutritional considerations in planning and implementing nutritional care, gastrointestinal problems, coronary heart disease, diabetes, renal disease, surgery and nutritional support, and nutritional support in cancer and AIDS patients conclude the course. Gordon’s Functional Health Pattern of Nutritional/Metabolic is the prime focus of this course. In order to gather data and assist the whole person, it is necessary to address some of Gordon’s other Functional Health Patterns. This is completed by integrating the course content found relevant to the other Functional Health Patterns throughout the lectures of every chapter. A person’s general health as it relates to his/her eating habits is covered in the Health Perception/Health Management Pattern. Diseases that affect the bowel and urinary systems and their effects on nutrition will be addressed with Gordon’s Elimination Pattern. Nutritional problems that result from sleep disturbance will be covered with the Sleep/Rest Pattern. A person with either sensory difficulties, or experiencing any form of pain, or having any kind of impaired decision making abilities is discussed with the Cognitive/Perceptual Pattern. Meals are discussed while taking into consideration today’s many different family styles and living arrangements. This is the focus of the Role//Relationship Pattern. Stress affects the body in many different physical and psychological ways that will result in changes of diet. This is addressed in the Coping/Stress/Tolerance Pattern. Cultural, religious beliefs and personal values do impact a person’s choice of food. This is discussed in Gordon’s Value/Belief Pattern. By examining a person’s dietary habits while keeping in mind Gordon’s Functional Health Patterns, holistic care is accomplished. Number Name PN104 Gerontological Nursing Prerequisite: Enrollment into the PN program Quarter Credits 6.0 Lecture Hrs. 60 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 30 Course Description: This course focuses on the older adult and those considerations necessary to provide competent and compassionate bedside nursing care during the clinical rotations of the Practical Nursing Program. The information is presented in 5 areas: the nursing role, promotion of physical health, promotion of psycho social health, special challenges in care of the older adult, and management skills in care of the older adult. Gerontological data collection will be discussed using Gordon’s Functional Health Patterns as a framework. Number Name PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing Prerequisite: Enrollment into the PN program Quarter Credits 13.0 Lecture Hrs. 90 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 50 45 *Outside Clock Hrs. 65.0 Course Description: This course assists the student to gain knowledge concerning the holistic care of adults. Basic human needs are explored. Emphasis is placed upon fundamental nursing care principles, performing safe nursing interventions, developing basic procedural skills, and documentation. Basic microbiology is explained as it relates to infection control. The nursing process, Gordon’s Functional Health Patterns, and communication skills are introduced. The history of practical nursing and nursing trends are discussed as well as the role of the practical nurse as a member of the health care team. Professional, moral, ethical, and legal issues are explored. Gordon’s Functional Health Patterns of Health Perception/Health Management, Sleep/Rest, and Role Relationships are covered in full. Gordon’s Functional Health Patterns of Activity/Exercise, Self-Perception/SelfConcept, and Values/Belief are introduced. The student will spend time in the learning lab as well as clinical time in a long-term care facility or an assisted living facility. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 146 | P a g e Number Name PN202 Pharmacology I Prerequisite or Concurrent: 102-H Math for Meds, 103-H Anatomy and Physiology I Quarter Credits 5.0 Lecture Hrs. 50 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 25.0 Course Description: This course introduces the basic structures and functions of the human body. Included are an examination of the body as a whole, cell structure and function, body tissues and membranes, and basic chemistry principles. Instruction is given on several anatomy systems including integumentary, skeletal, and muscular. The composition and functions of the blood are also included. Number Name PN204 Medication Administration Prerequisite: 102-H Math for Meds Prerequisite or Concurrent: PN202 Pharmacology I Concurrent: PN205 Medical/Surgical Nursing Quarter Credits 4.0 Lecture Hrs. 30 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 20 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 20.0 Course Description: This course discusses the legal aspects affecting the administration of medications. Preparation and administration of medications are presented stressing general principles of accuracy, acceptance of responsibility and asepsis. Lab time will consist of reading and documenting on medication records, plus learning the different routes of medication administration. These routes include: oral, sublingual, buccal, topical, transdermal, rectal, vaginal, and inhalation. Nasal, ophthalmic, and otic installations, as well as subcutaneous, intramuscular, intradermal injections are presented and practiced to competency. Administration of medication by gastric tube is included. Intravenous medication maintenance is addressed, as well. Note: A passing grade, both didactic and lab, in PN204 Medication Administration is required in order to attend PN205 Medical/Surgical Nursing clinical. Number Name PN205 Medical/Surgical Nursing Prerequisite: 102-H Math for Meds Quarter Credits 13.0 Lecture Hrs. 90 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 40 60 *Outside Clock Hrs. 65.0 Course Description: This course assists the student in utilizing knowledge from the physical sciences and fundamentals of nursing to better understand adult patients with medical and/or surgical problems. The student will utilize the framework of Gordon’s Functional Health Patterns to facilitate a holistic examination in order to implement an appropriate nursing care plan, at the discretion of the registered nurse. Common medical/surgical topics, in addition to nursing care, are discussed. End of life care and hospice care are included. Emphasis is placed on patients’ ethnicity and cultural upbringing. Gordon’s Functional Health Patterns of Activity/Exercise and Value/Belief are carried over from last quarter and completed in full. The other health patterns that are introduced are Nutritional/Metabolic and Cognitive/Perceptual. The student will begin to pass medications in the clinical area. The student will spend time in the learning lab as well as clinical time in one or more of the following areas: acute care setting, long term care facility, and hospice. Note: A passing grade, both didactic and lab, in PN204 Medication Administration is required in order to attend PN205 Medical/Surgical Nursing clinical. Number Name PN304 Mental Health Nursing Prerequisite: PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing, 201-H Principles of Psychology, PN202 Pharmacology I, PN204 Medication Administration, PN205 Medical/Surgical Nursing, PN104 Gerontological Nursing Prerequisite or Concurrent: PN306 Pharmacology II Quarter Credits 5.0 Lecture Hrs. 40 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 30 *Outside Clock Hrs. 25.0 Course Description: This course assists the student to gain knowledge in the holistic care of patients experiencing mental health and psychological problems in childhood through late adulthood. An emphasis on Gordon’s Functional Health Patterns of Self-Perception/Self-Concept, Cognitive/Perceptual, Role Relationship, Coping/Stress Tolerance, and Value/Belief are stressed. The nursing process is utilized to assist patients with health alteration in cognition, perception, and role relationships. Self-awareness and empathy are emphasized when caring for patients with altered/impaired communication. Skills will be adapted in working with patients experiencing deficits in cognition, perception, and role relationships. The role of advocate will be explored relating to professional issues involving legal, moral, and ethical concerns. Clinical sites will consist of one or more of the following: acute care setting, sub-acute care setting, and outpatient mental facilities. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 147 | P a g e Number Name PN305 Advanced Medical/Surgical Nursing Prerequisite: PN104 Gerontological Nursing, PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing, PN202 Pharmacology I, PN204 Medication Administration, and PN205 Medical/Surgical Nursing Prerequisite or Concurrent: PN306 Pharmacology II. Quarter Credits 13.0 Lecture Hrs. 90 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 40 60 *Outside Clock Hrs. 65.0 Course Description: This course provides a continuation of the study of physical sciences and nursing to better understand hospitalized adult patients with medical and/or surgical problems. The student will continue to gain knowledge in the holistic care of adult patients experiencing medical and/or surgical problems, while Gordon’s Functional Health Patterns allow the student to identify abilities and needs of patients. The nursing process will then be utilized in order to provide individualized nursing care. Emphasis is placed upon increasingly complex principles of nursing care while performing in a safe manner. Medication administration skills are broadened in the clinical area. Elimination Functional Health Pattern is covered in full, while Cognitive/Perceptual, Nutritional/ Metabolic, and Activity/Rest Functional Health Patterns are continued from the previous quarter. The student will spend time in the learning lab as well as clinical in one or more of the following facilities: acute care setting, sub-acute care setting. The role of the practical nurse in IV therapy is taught. Successful completion of all IV curriculums will result in the student being authorized by The Ohio Board of Nursing to provide limited intravenous therapy, after passing the NCLEX-PN and becoming an LPN. Number Name PN306 Pharmacology II Prerequisite(s): 102-H Math for Meds, 103-H Anatomy and Physiology I Prerequisite or Concurrent: 203-H Anatomy & Physiology II, PN202 Pharmacology I Quarter Credits 6.0 Lecture Hrs. 60 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 30.0 Course Description: This course discusses the different classifications of drugs. Emphasis is placed on patient variables that may affect drug action and cultural influences related to medications. Drugs are studied in groups: drugs affecting the autonomic and central nervous systems, drugs affecting the cardiovascular system, gonadal hormones, and drugs affecting the reproductive system. Number Name PN307 Electronic Charting in Nursing Prerequisite: PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing Quarter Credits 3.0 Lecture Hrs. 10 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 40 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 15.0 Course Description: This class presents the basic computer concepts of keyboarding; using a mouse, and opening, saving, editing and retrieving documents through a word processing program. Students will explore the application of Electronic Health Records (EHR) in different nursing practices. Emphasis is placed on providing learners with a comprehensive understanding of the history, theory, and functional benefits of Electronic Health Records. Electronic Charting systems will be examined with hands-on student participation. Number Name PN401 Job Readiness/ NCLEX-PN Review Prerequisite: Successful completion of ALL previous quarters, and concurrently taking courses in last quarter. Quarter Credits 8.0 Lecture Hrs. 80 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 0 0 *Outside Clock Hrs. 40.0 Course Description: This course reviews the practical nurse’s role in the nursing process as well as the nursing field. Focus will consist of assertiveness as a nursing responsibility and developing leadership skills, as well as reviewing delegation skills to the unlicensed assistive personnel and accepting skills assigned by the registered nurse. Different health care settings where LPNs are employed will be explored. The process of finding a job is stressed by reviewing good communications skills, completing a cover letter, developing a resume, and writing a follow-up letter. Nursing leadership and management will also be addressed. How to interview for a prospective job is discussed. Preparation for the NCLEX-PN is stressed. The PN Comprehensive Predictor Assessment On-line Practice and the Leadership and Management Exam will be given to assess areas to focus on during the review sessions. The PN Comprehensive Predictor and the Leadership and Management Exams will be given to assess the student in his/her readiness for the NCLEX-PN Exam. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 148 | P a g e Number Name PN404 Maternal/Infant Nursing Prerequisite(s): PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing, PN202 Pharmacology I, PN306 Pharmacology II, PN204 Medication Administration, PN205 Medical/Surgical Nursing, PN304 Mental Health Nursing, PN305 Advanced Medical /Surgical Nursing Concurrent: PN401 Job Readiness/NCLEX-PN Review and PN404 Maternal/Infant Nursing Quarter Credits 8.5 Lecture Hrs. 65 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 20 30 *Outside Clock Hrs. 42.5 Course Description: This course focuses on the health care needs of women during childbearing years, with an emphasis on pregnancy, labor, and birth. Gynecological care of women throughout their life span is also discussed. Nursing care of the newborn infant will be explored. Cultural influences are stressed. Current ethical, moral, legal, and professional issues are addressed to facilitate the interaction of personal values with the standards of the nursing profession. Gordon’s Functional Health Patterns are utilized to review patients’ families’ needs, in order to implement an individualized plan of care. The student will spend time in the learning lab as well as 30 hours of clinical experience in one or more of the following: acute care setting, ambulatory care setting. Number Name PN405 Pediatric Nursing Prerequisite(s): PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing, PN202 Pharmacology I, PN306 Pharmacology II, PN204 Medication Administration, PN205 Medical/Surgical Nursing, PN304 Mental Health Nursing, PN305 Advanced Medical /Surgical Nursing Concurrent: PN401 Job Readiness/NCLEX-PN Review and PN404 Maternal/Infant Nursing Quarter Credits 9.5 Lecture Hrs. 80 Lab Hrs. Clinical Hrs. 10 30 *Outside Clock Hrs. 47.5 Course Description: This course focuses on the health care needs of newborn infants through adolescent years, including the families. Developmental concepts focusing on the interrelationships between physiological, psychological, spiritual, and cultural dimensions provide the fundamental knowledge required in recognizing and understanding the uniqueness of patients and families. The student will utilize Gordon’s Functional Health Patterns to facilitate a holistic examination in order to implement an appropriate nursing care plan. Concepts of communication and teaching/learning principles are used to assist the patients and families as they adapt to changes in their environment. Nursing skills are acquired/ adapted to meet the unique needs of this population. All of Gordon’s Functional Health Patterns, as they relate to the pediatric patient, are covered, with a special emphasis on Role/Relationship and Coping/Stress Tolerance as they relate to the family. The student will spend time in the learning lab as well as clinical experience in one or more of the following: acute care setting, therapeutic recreational setting for special needs children, wellness screening in schools. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 149 | P a g e 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 150 | P a g e School of Practical Nursing (PN) ---General Information (Revised 04-2016) Additional rules and regulations for the School of Practical Nursing are published on-line in the Student Handbook. PN Clinical Rotation Policy Acknowledgment Clinical rotations are a necessary part of the PN curriculum and passage is necessary for advancement to the next course level in this program. The following criteria pertains to the attendance requirements which must be met in order to obtain a satisfactory completion of the clinical portion of the PN program, which entitles the student to advance to the next level: A. Clinical site placement is at the discretion of the nursing course instructor. The instructor may ask for student preference, but this is not a guarantee that the student will be assigned that clinical site. Students must notify the nursing course instructor of past and present health care facilities that they have worked in. Students must also include with this written documentation any family members who presently work in any of PSI’s assigned clinical sites, regardless of what job they may hold. Students will be placed in other facilities to prevent any conflicts. If any student does not disclose this information to the nursing course instructor, prior to clinical assignments being made, that student may be terminated from the PN program. B. There can be no more than 1 tardy allowed for the following clinical rotations: Mental Health Nursing, Pediatric Nursing and Maternal/Infant Nursing. There can be no more than two tardies allowed for the following clinical rotations: Fundamentals of Nursing, Medical/Surgical Nursing, and Advanced Medical/Surgical Nursing. More than the allotted tardies will result in an automatic fail or unsatisfactory for the clinical rotation. Tardy is defined as not being present, on the floor, and ready to work, at clinical shift start time, which includes the beginning of the shift, all lunch/dinner breaks, and any other break. This is directed and set forth by the term coordinator, instructor, and facility and will clearly be made known to each student prior to beginning clinical rotation. The definition of tardy is further defined as: • • • C. Tardy, but allowed to stay on the clinical unit, is allowable up to 60 minutes beyond the start time. After 60 minutes, the student will be dismissed from the experience. This is considered an unexcused absence, and the student will earn a failing grade/unsatisfactory for Clinical. Telephone contact is required on tardy days. The student must contact the facility and the clinical instructor within 30 minutes of the start time. If a student arrives within 60 minutes late to a clinical site, but does not contact the facility and the instructor, it is the clinical instructor’s discretion to allow the student to remain at the site. No excuse will expand this time frame. Most non-emergency situations can be corrected within 60 minutes with advance planning. If the student is in an emergency situation the clinical absence policy should be enacted to allow for these situations. The following circumstances will constitute an excused clinical absence. (Note: rescheduling of the clinical day will be attempted.) • • • • • • A death in the immediate family. Overnight hospitalization of a member of the immediate family. (Immediate family member must be hospitalized at the start of the clinical day.) Overnight hospitalization of a student. (Student must be hospitalized at the start of the clinical day.) Vehicle Accident which precipitates emergency medical care immediately prior to clinical. Student arrives at clinical but is too ill to remain at the site. Student has a mandatory court date. Documentation must be submitted prior to and after the court appearance. D. No more than 1 clinical day per each nursing course can be missed based on the above circumstances. More than 1 clinical day missed will be equal to an unsatisfactory completion grade or failure. The student will need to repeat the entire course and clinical at an additional tuition fee, the next time a seat becomes available for the failed course. E. If you are a “no call no show” to Clinical, you are terminated from that nursing class and must repeat the theory/lab/clinical components in its entirety at an additional tuition charge. F. Inclement Weather and Clinical Only: If there is a level II or III snow emergency issued in Lucas County, Clinical will be cancelled and rescheduled when the clinical site is available. G. If an excused clinical absence occurs in Mental Health Nursing, Maternal/Infant Nursing, or Pediatric Nursing (See “C” in this section for excused clinical absences.), a clinical make-up day for these (3) courses is contingent on clinical site availability and the student’s performance of the last scheduled clinical day. If the student obtains all satisfactory ratings for every criterion in each thread of the clinical evaluation tool, a clinical make-up day is not required; but if the site is available, the student will make the day up. If there is one unsatisfactory rating in any criteria of the clinical evaluation tool, a clinical make-up day is required at an addition cost to the student. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 151 | P a g e H. If an excused clinical absence occurs in Fundamentals of Nursing, Medical/Surgical Nursing, or Advanced Medical/Surgical Nursing, there will not be any clinical make-up day offered. The exception to this rule is the IV clinical day for Advanced Medical/Surgical Nursing which needs to be made-up. The preceding circumstances must be accompanied by written proof from an authorizing individual and submitted to your clinical instructor before the next scheduled clinical day for final review and acceptance. This documentation must be turned in within one week of the excused absence, or the student will fail clinical, therefore failing the nursing course and needing to repeat it in its entirety at an additional tuition charge. If this is deemed an acceptable excuse, the missed clinical day will be excused and it will not adversely affect your attendance record for clinical rotation requirements. Every attempt will be made to get your allotted clinical hours completed before the end of the quarterthis includes excused absences. This is based on clinical availability. In rare circumstances an “I” (Incomplete) grade may be earned until clinical availability occurs. • If a student is convicted and sentenced to any type of probation by a court, while the student is actively enrolled at PSI, all court papers must be shared with the Practical Nursing Associate Program Coordinator immediately. Failure to disclose these papers within one week of conviction/sentencing will result in immediate termination from the practical nursing program. Furthermore, these papers will be shared with clinical sites. It is solely up to the clinical site to determine if the student is eligible to complete Clinical at the facility. If all clinical sites deny the student access, then the student will be terminated form the practical nursing program. Clinical Worksheet Notice: All areas that have an asterisk (*) must be completed pre-clinically. If these asterisk areas are NOT completed pre-clinically, it will result in an automatic unsatisfactory grade for the clinical component of this course. The student will receive a failing grade, and must repeat the entire course (theory, lab, and clinical) when a seat is available. This is at an additional tuition charge. Clinical Note: Students do not receive remuneration for externship or clinical experience, as this is a part of their education. PN Cell Phone/Electronic Devices Policy for Clinical (Revised 06-2015) Cell phones and all types of electronic devices are prohibited in the clinical area. PN students may not have these devices anywhere in the clinical area. This includes clinical preparation and the actual patient care clinical day(s). If a Practical Nursing student is seen with any type of cell phone/electronic device in the clinical facility, a warning is given to the student for the first violation. This is documented on the Clinical Evaluation Tool and a copy will be put in the student’s academic file. If a student is seen with any type of cell phone/electronic device in the clinical facility for a second violation, that student will fail the clinical rotation of that nursing course and must repeat the entire course (theory, lab, clinical) when a seat is available. This is at an additional charge. (Please see the exception to this rule below for Northwest Ohio Psychiatric Hospital.) Note: If a student is seen with a cell phone at Northwest Ohio Psychiatric Hospital, the student is immediately terminated from the course and earns a failing grade. The course must be repeated in its entirety when it is available, and at the student’s expense. PN Policy Revision for Nursing/Medication Labs Due to the many absences in the lab portion of our nursing and medication administration courses and the extreme difficulty in making up the missed lab time, the following policy was adopted by the Board of Directors of PSI and is effective immediately. 1. 100% attendance is required for all nursing and medication administration labs. 2. In an EXTREME emergency, an absence from a nursing and medication administration labs requires a phone call to notify the course instructor and the school of the student’s absence. 3. Nursing and Medication Administration labs will have a mandatory $75 fee added to the student account for each lab that needs to be made up, regardless of how much lab was missed. Make-up date and time will be at the discretion of the course instructor. 4. If the student does not contact the course instructor within five school days of the missed lab, he/she will be terminated from that nursing/medication administration course. 5. If it is final exam week and the student misses a lab, the student must contact the course instructor prior to clinical orientation or he/she will be terminated from that nursing/medication course. 6. If the student misses his/her assigned make-up time and does not notify the course instructor, the student will be considered a ‘no call/no show’ and the student will be immediately terminated from the nursing/ medication administration course. 7. The failed nursing/medication administration course will need to be repeated the following term at an additional tuition charge. This will delay completion of the regularly scheduled practical nursing program. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 152 | P a g e Grading for Clinical Rotation Policy Clinical Evaluation Tool (Revised 2015) In order to receive a satisfactory clinical grade, all of the criteria in each thread on the clinical evaluation tool must be performed at the satisfactory level after the completion of the last day of clinical. If a student is consistently having difficulty with obtaining a satisfactory grade in any of the criteria, he/she must initiate contact and meet with the clinical instructor for further guidance. If an unsatisfactory grade is earned in any criteria on the last clinical day, the student receives an unsatisfactory grade for the clinical component. A satisfactory grade for clinical is mandatory for passing the nursing class. The following are definitions for the ratings of the clinical evaluation tool. Satisfactory (“S”) The student performs in a safe, therapeutic manner in the described or expected behavior. The student requires minimal guidance to function in nursing situations appropriate for this level of student. The student prepares adequately for each clinical experience. Unsatisfactory (“U”) The student requires continuous guidance or assistance to perform in the described or expected behavior. The student does not prepare adequately for each clinical experience. In order to assess for growth, the student must actively be working on obtaining a satisfactory evaluation in all criteria during the entire clinical rotation. Demonstrating continued effort in learning in the clinical area is essential to the application of theory in patient care situations. Examples of poor effort in learning include: a) turning in paperwork incomplete, b) not preparing adequately for clinical or providing daily updates, c) performing skills poorly in clinical placing patients at risk and d) not making corrections in his/her performance or written documentation after receiving guidance from the clinical instructor. If the student engages in any of these or similar behaviors, he/she will earn an unsatisfactory rating in the clinical criteria and place themselves at risk for failure. Demonstrating insufficient effort will be defined by the following criteria and will result in dismissal prior to the completion of the clinical course: 1. 2. 3. A greater number of unsatisfactory ratings versus satisfactory ratings in four or more of the seven threads at the completion of two thirds (⅔) of the clinical hours. Failure to correct and provide a written response on the clinical worksheet and/or the clinical evaluation tool at the request of the clinical instructor prior to the next scheduled clinical day. Failure to complete/address the majority or 50% of the criteria in each thread of the Clinical Evaluation Tool prior to the start of the next clinical day. Directions in Completing the Clinical Evaluation Tool The student will complete the clinical evaluation tool after every day of the clinical experience by either placing an “S” or “U” in the column of the same date. Comments should be made for every criterion to explain the rationale of why the “S” or “U” was earned and provide a clinical example of the student’s performance. Due dates and times are assigned by the clinical instructor. If the majority or 50% of the criteria in each thread of the clinical evaluation tool is not completed/addressed prior to the start of the next assigned clinical experience, the student cannot attend the clinical experience, therefore earning an unsatisfactory grade for the clinical, and failing the nursing course. After the instructor receives the completed clinical evaluation tool from the student, the instructor will complete the evaluation tool by either agreeing or disagreeing with the student’s self-evaluation. The instructor makes comments for any area of disagreement. The instructor will then date and sign it, and return it to the student for reviewing. The student will keep EVERY clinical evaluation tool and turn them ALL in to the instructor on the day that the last clinical evaluation tool is turned in. These tools will be part of the student’s permanent file. All clinical evaluation tools must be turned in to the clinical instructor prior to receiving a final clinical evaluation. If any tools are missing, the student cannot receive a final clinical evaluation. An “I” (incomplete) grade will be given to the student until all paperwork is complete and a final clinical evaluation is received. Other Criteria that will result in dismissal prior to the completion of the clinical course, therefore earning an unsatisfactory grade for clinical. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Obtaining more than two (2) medication errors (either actual or potential) during the clinical rotation. Having an unexcused clinical absence. Having more than one excused clinical absence. Being tardy more than 60 minutes to the clinical unit. Being tardy (less than 60 minutes) more than one time for Mental Health Nursing, Pediatric Nursing or Maternal/Infant Nursing clinical. Being tardy (less 60 minutes) more than two (2) times for Fundamentals of Nursing, Medical/Surgical Nursing or Advanced Medical/Surgical Nursing. Violating clinical cell phone/electronic device policy two (2) times per clinical rotation. Not completing asterisk (*) areas on the clinical worksheets pre-clinically. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 153 | P a g e PN Clinical Requirements Physical Exam, PPD, Immunizations, Influenza Vaccination, Criminal Background Checks, Drug Screening and BLS/CPR Certification: PSI’s clinical sites require that the Health Records Coordinator provide the clinical site with information regarding each PN student’s health status, immunizations, criminal background checks, drug screening and BLS/CPR certification prior to accepting students. Health physicals, PPDs, influenza vaccination, and criminal background checks all expire yearly. BLS/CPR certification also has an expiration date, depending on when the student was certified. Immunizations that are not complete need to be updated as required interval dates occur, until immunizations are complete. Prior to participation in clinical rotations, practical nursing students must complete PSI’s mandatory Clinical Requirements including: 1. FBI/BCI Background Checks 2. *Verification of CPR 3. Verification of a negative 5-Panel urine drug screen 4. Verification of Completion of PSI’s Physical Assessment Form 5. Verification of Completion of PSI’s Immunization Form (providing proof of immunizations, titers lab results and TB screening.) 6. Verification of Completion of annual Influenza (Flu) vaccination. *Only two (2) certifications for Basic Life Support (BLS) will be accepted. 1. American Heart Association - Basic Life Support for Healthcare Providers (or) 2. American Red Cross - CPR/AED for Professional Rescuers and Health Care Providers A negative 5-panel urine drug screen must be completed prior to PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing clinical rotation health clinical requirements due date. The drug screen must be obtained through PSI’s contracted provider, U.S. Healthworks (at either the Holland, OH or Oregon, OH location). The Healthcare documentation (i.e. Physical Assessment and Immunizations) must be completed on PSI forms, or official source forms (i.e. Health Care Provider (HCP) office for, Health Department form, or Urgent Care form). If documentation is submitted on a PSI form, the HCP must stamp the form with their address, and sign and date the form. If documentation is submitted on the provider’s form, the address must appear on the form and the HCP must sign and date the form. The original must be submitted for the student record, and the student should keep a copy for their own record. An annual influenza (Flu) vaccination (either injection or nasal spray) must be obtained every fall quarter once a student is enrolled in nursing courses with a clinical component. It is solely the responsibility of the PN student to keep his/her health physical exam, PPD, immunizations, criminal background check, drug screening, and BLS/CPR records updated and current, without exception. The following is a list of the final due date for these for each specific nursing course. The Due Dates for the Health/Clinical Requirements are as follows: Course No. PN105 PN205 PN304 PN305 PN404 PN405 Fundamentals of Nursing Medical/Surgical Nursing Mental Health Nursing Advanced Medical/Surgical Nursing Maternal/Infant Nursing Pediatric Nursing Due Date By 5 p.m. Tuesday of Tuesday of Tuesday of Tuesday of Tuesday of Tuesday of Week Week Week Week Week Week 7 5 5 5 5 5 It is entirely up to the student to stay in compliance with this requirement. Non-Compliance of Health Physical Exam, PPD, and Immunization Requirements, annual influenza vaccination, Criminal Background Checks, drug screening or BLS/CPR Certification will result in the following: No clinical site will be assigned to the student after the due date, the student will receive a letter grade of “D” if the student was passing the specific nursing course(s) at the time of the non-compliance; Or the student will receive a letter grade of “F’ if the student was failing the specific nursing course(s) at the time of the non-compliance. Note: IF this was the first attempt for the course, the course can be repeated one more time when an available seat is open at an additional tuition cost. IF this was a second attempt at a course, the student will be terminated from his/her enrollment. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 154 | P a g e PN Lab Competencies If a student fails a lab demonstration (competency), the student is responsible for scheduling practice time and scheduling an appointment with the instructor for a return demonstration. Students are to be prompt for the appointment, 5 minutes late and the student will lose that appointment slot. It is the student’s responsibility to reschedule a failed or missed return demonstration. Lab Competency: In the event the student obtains a failing (unsatisfactory) grade for lab competency, the student will be allowed two (2) additional attempts to pass the competency, for a total of three (3) attempts. The student must arrange with the instructor within one week of a lab failure, a plan of remediation and a time to take the makeup competency. If the student fails to show for the scheduled first or second or third attempt lab competency and with no communication with the instructor, the student fails the lab competency and must repeat the entire course. Changes in the scheduled lab competency time made with the instructor PRIOR to the scheduled time are acceptable. The student will be allowed to finish the didactic part of the course but will not be allowed to attend clinical for that course. The clinical fee charged to the student will be credited to his or her account. The tuition for the course will have been earned in full. If the student fails to show for the scheduled first, second or third attempt at the competency and with no communication with the instructor, the student fails the competency and must repeat the entire course. Changes in the scheduled competency time made with the instructor PRIOR to the scheduled time are acceptable. The student will be required to repeat the course in its entirety at an additional cost when an available seat is open. Medical Release for PN Program If a student is, or becomes pregnant during her enrollment, the student will be required to obtain a release from the student’s OB/GYN physician, Nurse Midwife, or Nurse Practitioner, allowing the student to participate in all academic and clinical requirements without any limitations. Students who have become ill, have sustained an injury, have had surgery, or have had a baby and are post-partum during his/her enrollment will be required to obtain a medical release from the student’s physician allowing the student to participate in all academic and clinical requirements without any limitations. PSI has a “Medical Release Form” that is to be completed to document the release. This form may be obtained from the Program Director, Dean of Education or from the Administrative Assistant at PSI. This form is to be completed by the student’s personal physician. A student will not be assigned a clinical rotation until this documentation has been completed and submitted by the assigned due date. PN Curriculum Content Rule 4723-5-14 (C) (5) (c) Curriculum for a nursing course which requires a clinical component in a Practical Nursing Education Program “includes clinical and laboratory experiences which shall.....be provided concurrently with the related theory instruction.” Due to the above Ohio Board of Nursing Rule, all students must complete the theory, lab and clinical components of a nursing course in the same term/quarter. If a student passes the theory and lab components of a nursing course, but cannot complete the clinical, for ANY reason, the entire course must be repeated in its entirety when an available opening occurs. This will be at an additional tuition and fees cost to the student. Failure of a Nursing Course /Seat Availability Process Due to limited seating in the practical nursing program, PSI will use the following criteria to determine which student is given a seat for the following quarter, based on seat availability. To be considered for a repeat seat in a nursing course: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. The student should have completed the theory component of the class in its entirety and received a final percentage grade for that class. The student should have maintained a minimum of 85% attendance for the quarterly registered clock hours. The student is not on behavioral probation. The student who is not on academic probation will be given priority for a seat over the student who is on academic probation. The student has passed ALL of the other courses in which he or she was enrolled for that quarter, and has not withdrawn from any course. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 155 | P a g e If the above criteria are met, the student is able to progress to the next level- seat availability criteria. 1. First seat will be awarded to; Students, who have passed all other courses, including the didactic and lab components of the nursing course, but failed the clinical component of the nursing course; a. If more than one student, PSI will start with the highest accumulative GPA and go down until seats are filled. If seats remain; 2. Second seat will be awarded to: Students, who have passed all other courses for the quarter, passed the nursing theory component of the course but failed the lab practical(s). a. If more than one student, PSI will start with the highest accumulative GPA and go down until seats are filled. If seats remain; 3. Third seat will be awarded to: Students who have passed all other courses for the quarter and received a “D” in the theory component of the nursing course, and have passed the lab practical(s) a. If more than one student, PSI will start with the highest accumulative GPA and go down until seats are filled. If seats remain; 4. Fourth seat will be awarded to: Students, who have passed all other courses for the quarter and received a “D” in the theory component of the nursing course, and have failed the lab practical(s). a. If more than one student, PSI will start with the highest accumulative GPA and go down until seats are filled. If seats remain; 5. Fifth seat will be awarded to: Students who have passed all other courses for the quarter and received a “F” in the theory component, and passed the lab practical(s). a. If more than one student, PSI will start with the highest accumulative GPA and go down until seats are filled. If seats remain; 6. Sixth seat will be awarded to: Students who have passed all other courses for the quarter and received an “F” in the theory component, and failed the lab practical(s) a. If more than one student, PSI will start with the highest accumulative GPA and go down until seats are filled. If a student passes the nursing course for the quarter but fails one or two of the other courses, the student will not be allowed to take a new nursing course until the failed non-nursing course or courses are passed successfully. All students who fail a course will be given a Plan of Study (POS) as to how, when and if they will be able to complete the PN Program. This POS cannot be accomplished until ALL courses are completed, and final grades are recorded. This POS will be shared with the student over break week. Students will be contacted per phone, and an appointment will be set up for them. 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 156 | P a g e School of Practical Nursing (PN) ---Advisory Board Members (Revised 04-2016) Program PN PN PN PN PN PN PN Advisory Member Kathy Brentlinger Owner Beth Butler Staff Nurse Lisa Drager Staff Developer Coordinator Nicole Justus Staff Nurse Medical Assistant/Supervisor Ann King Staff Development Specialist Cathy Weigand Director Additional Members Annette Martin PN Program Director PN Advisory Chairman LPN, LSW Employer Senior Care Management BSN, RN Toledo Hospital -8N Psychiatry BSN, RN Hickory Ridge MSN, RN Toledo Hospital Kingston Care Center MSN, RN Advanced Specialty Hospital MSN, BSN, RN Employer PSI PN Kim Osburn Dean of Education PN Advisory Co-Chairman MSN/ed, BSN, RN PSI PN Mary Pat Vetter PN Instructor Laura Welborn PN Instructor Cynthia Bohland PN Instructor BSN, RN PSI MSN, RN PSI BSN, RB PSI PN PN 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 157 | P a g e 2016-2017 Academic Catalog 158 | P a g e